# Danish translation for ubuntu-manual # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubuntu-manual package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2010-04-26 22:01+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-08-14 14:32+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ask Hjorth Larsen \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2010-08-14 14:36+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build Unknown)\n" #. TRANSLATORS: do not translate this #. type: Plain text #: main.tex:3 msgid "\\providecommand{\\polang}{en_US}" msgstr "\\providecommand{\\polang}{en_US}" #. Resize the screenshots using the same scale. To calculate the scale value, we feed in the widest screenshot. #. TRANSLATORS: Do not translate this line! #. type: Plain text #: main.tex:6 msgid "\\setmaxscreenshot{screenshots/en/02-blank-desktop.png}" msgstr "\\setmaxscreenshot{screenshots/en/02-blank-desktop.png}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :12 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{applet}{name={applet}, description={An applet is a small " "program that runs in a \\gls{panel}. Applets provide useful functions such " "as starting a program, viewing the time, or accessing the main menu.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{applet}{name={panelprogram}, plural={panelprogrammer}, " "description={Et panelprogram (engelsk: applet) er et lille program, der " "kører i et \\gls{panel}. Panelprogrammer giver adgang til nyttige " "funktioner, såsom start af programmer, ur, eller adgang til hovedmenuen.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :19 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{Canonical}{name={Canonical}, description={Canonical, the " "financial backer of Ubuntu, provides support for the core Ubuntu system. It " "has over 310 paid staff members worldwide who ensure that the foundation of " "the operating system is stable, as well as checking all the work submitted " "by volunteer contributors. To learn more about Canonical, go to \\" "url{http://www.canonical.com}.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{Canonical}{name={Canonical}, description={Canonical, " "firmaet bag Ubuntu, sælger support til Ubuntu. Det har over 310 ansatte over " "hele verden, som sikrer at grundlaget for Ubuntu er solidt. De tjekker også " "kvaliteten af bidrag fra frivillige. Man kan læse mere om Canonical på \\" "url{http://www.canonical.com}.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :24 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{cursor}{name={cursor}, description={The blinking cursor " "that appears after the \\gls{prompt} in the \\gls{terminal} is used to show " "you where text will appear when you start typing. You can move it around " "with arrow keys on your keyboard.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{cursor}{name={markør}, description={Den blinkende markør " "efter \\gls{prompt}en i \\gls{terminal}en viser hvor ny tekst vil starte, " "når du begynder at skrive. Du kan flytte markøren rundt med piletasterne på " "tastaturet.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :28 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{desktop environment}{name={desktop environment}, " "description={A generic term to describe a GUI interface for humans to " "interact with computers. There are many desktop environments such as GNOME, " "KDE, XFCE and LXDE just to name a few.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{desktop environment}{name={skrivebordsmiljø}, " "plural={skrivebordsmiljøer}, description={En generel betegnelse for en " "samlet grafisk brugergrænseflade (GUI), som tillader mennesker at interagere " "med computere. Der er mange skrivebordsmiljøer, såsom GNOME, KDE, XFCE og " "LXDE.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :32 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{DHCP}{name={\\acronym{DHCP}}, description={\\" "acronym{DHCP} stands for \\emph{Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol}, it is " "used by a \\acronym{DHCP} \\gls{server} to assign computers on a network an " "IP address automatically.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{DHCP}{name={\\acronym{DHCP}}, description={\\" "acronym{DHCP} står for \\emph{Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol}. Det " "bruges af en \\acronym{DHCP}-\\gls{server} til automatisk at tildele IP-" "adresser til computere på et netværk.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :36 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{dialup connection}{name={dialup connection}, " "description={A dialup connection is when your computer uses a modem to " "connect to an \\gls{ISP} through your telephone line.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{dialup connection}{name={opkaldsforbindelse}, " "description={En opkaldsforbindelse er når din computer bruger et modem til " "at forbinde til en \\gls{ISP} gennem din telefonlinje.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :40 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{Ethernet port}{name={Ethernet port}, description={An " "Ethernet port is what an Ethernet cable is plugged into when you are using a " "\\gls{wired connection}.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{Ethernet port}{name={Ethernet-port}, description={En " "ethernet-port er det stik, et ethernet-kabel sidder i, når du benytter en \\" "gls{wired connection}.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :44 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{GNOME}{name={\\acronym{GNOME}}, description={\\" "acronym{GNOME} (which once stood for GNU Network Object Model Environment) " "is the default desktop environment used in Ubuntu.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{GNOME}{name={\\acronym{GNOME}}, description={\\" "acronym{GNOME} (som engang stod for GNU Network Object Model Environment) er " "standard-skrivebordsmiljøet i Ubuntu.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :48 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{GUI}{name={\\acronym{GUI}}, description={The \\" "acronym{GUI} (which stands for Graphical User Interface) is a type of user " "interface that allows humans to interact with the computer using graphics " "and images rather than just text.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{GUI}{name={\\acronym{GUI}}, plural={\\acronym{GUI}'er}, " "description={\\acronym{GUI} (som står for \"Graphical User Interface\") er " "en type brugergrænseflade, som tillader mennesker at interagere med " "computeren ved hjælp af grafik og billeder, frem for kun tekst.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :52 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{ISP}{name={\\acronym{ISP}}, description={\\acronym{ISP} " "stands for \\emph{Internet Service Provider}, an \\acronym{ISP} is a company " "that provides you with your internet connection.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{ISP}{name={\\acronym{ISP}}, description={\\acronym{ISP} " "står for \\emph{Internet Service Provider}, og betyder internetudbyder -- " "altså et firma, som sælger internetforbindelser.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :57 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{kernel}{name={kernel}, description={A kernel is the " "central portion of a Unix-based operating system, responsible for running " "applications, processes, and providing security for the core components.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{kernel}{name={kerne}, description={Kernen er den centrale " "del af et Unix-baseret operativsystem. Den er ansvarlig for at køre " "programmer og processer, og sørger for sikkerheden i de centrale " "komponenter.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :60 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{maximize}{name={\\emph{maximize}}, description={When you " "maximize an application in Ubuntu it will fill the whole desktop, excluding " "the panels.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{maximize}{name={\\emph{maksimere}}, description={Når du " "maksimerer et program i Ubuntu, vil det fylde hele skærmen, bortset fra " "panelerne.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :65 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{MeMenu}{name={MeMenu}, description={The MeMenu in Ubuntu " "10.04 allows you to manage your presence on social networking services. It " "also allows you to publish status messages to all of your accounts by " "entering updates into a text field.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{MeMenu}{name={MeMenu}, description={MeMenu'en in Ubuntu " "10.04 giver dig mulighed for at administrere din tilstedeværelse på sociale " "netværk. Den gør det også muligt at sende statusmeddelelser til alle dine " "konti samtidig ved at skrive dem i et tekstfelt.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :69 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{minimize}{name={minimize}, description={When you minimize " "an open application, it sits in an applet on a panel. If you click on a " "minimized applications panel button, it will then be restored to its normal " "state and allow you to interact with it.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{minimize}{name={minimere}, description={Når du minimerer " "et program, forsvinder det fra skrivebordet og lægger sig ned i panelet. " "Hvis du klikker på et minimeret program i panelet, vender det tilbage til " "sin normale størrelse, og du kan igen bruge det.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :73 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{notification area}{name={notification area}, " "description={The notification area is an applet on the panel that provides " "you with all sorts of information such as volume control, the current song " "playing in Rhythmbox, your internet connection status and email status.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{notification area}{name={statusfelt}, " "description={Statusfeltet er et program på panelet, der leverer alle mulige " "slags informationer såsom lydstyrke, den sang der nu afspilles i Rhythmbox, " "status for din internetforbindelse samt e-post-status.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :78 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{output}{name={output}, description={The output of a " "command is any text it displays on the next line after typing a command and " "pressing enter, \\eg, if you type \\commandlineapp{pwd} into a terminal and " "press \\keystroke{Enter}, the directory name it displays on the next line is " "the output.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{output}{name={output}, description={En kommandos udskrift " "eller ``output'' er den tekst som vises på de næste linjer efter at " "kommandoen er tastet ind, og der er tastet \\keystroke{Enter}. Hvis du " "f.eks.\\ skriver \\commandlineapp{pwd} i terminalen og taster \\" "keystroke{Enter}, vises navnet på den aktuelle arbejdsmappe som udskrift.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :82 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{package}{name={package}, description={Debian package " "files that hold the core information and code for applications to run.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{package}{name={pakke}, description={Debian-pakkefiler " "indeholder information og kode for programmer.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :87 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{panel}{name={panel}, description={A panel is a bar that " "sits on the edge of your screen. It contains \\glspl{applet} which provide " "useful functions such as running programs, viewing the time, or accessing " "the main menu.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{panel}{name={panel}, plural={paneler}, description={Et " "panel er en bjælke, som ligger i kanten af din skærm. Den indeholder \\" "glspl{applet} som giver adgang til nyttige funktioner såsom start af " "programmer, ur og adgang til hovedmenuen.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :91 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{parameter}{name={parameter}, description={Parameters are " "special options that you can use with other commands in the terminal to make " "that command behave differently, this can make a lot of commands far more " "useful.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{parameter}{name={parameter}, description={Parametre er " "kommandotilvalg, der styrer funktionen af kommandoer i terminalen. Dette gør " "mange kommandoer langt mere fleksible.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :96 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{prompt}{name={prompt}, description={The prompt displays " "some useful information about your computer, it can be customized to display " "in different colors as well as being able to display the time, date and " "current directory as well as almost anything else you like.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{prompt}{name={prompt}, description={Prompten viser nyttig " "information om din computer. Den kan tilpasses til at bruge forskellige " "farver, vise tid, dato, den nuværende mappe samt meget andet.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :99 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{proprietary}{name={proprietary}, description={Software " "made by companies that don't release their source code under an open-source " "license.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{proprietary}{name={proprietær}, description={Software " "lavet af firmaer der ikke udgiver deres kildekode under en open source-" "licens.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :103 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{router}{name={router}, description={A router is a " "specially designed computer that using its software and hardware, routes " "information from the internet to a network. It is also sometimes called a " "gateway.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{router}{name={router}, plural={routere}, description={En " "router er en særlig computer, som benytter sin software og hardware til at " "styre informationstrafikken fra internettet til et lokalt netværk. Den " "kaldes undertiden en \"gateway\".}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :107 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{server}{name={server}, description={A server is a " "computer that runs a specialized operating system and provides services to " "computers that connect to it and make a request.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{server}{name={server}, plural={servere}, description={En " "server er en computer med et specialiseret operativsystem, som leverer " "tjenester til computere, der forbinder til den med forespørgsler.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :111 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{shell}{name={shell}, description={The \\gls{terminal} " "gives access to the shell, when you type a command into the terminal and " "press enter the shell takes that command and performs the relevant action.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{shell}{name={shell}, description={I \\gls{terminal}en " "arbejder man i en \"shell\" (skal). Når man indtaster en kommando i " "terminalen og taster \"Enter\", fortolker shell'en kommandoen og udfører den " "relevante opgave.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :115 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{Software Center}{name={Software Center}, description={The " "Software Center is where you can easily manage software installation and " "removal as well as the ability to manage software installed via Personal " "Package Archives.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{Software Center}{name={Software Center}, " "description={Ubuntu Softwarecenter giver dig let adgang til at installere " "eller afinstallere programmer. Også programmer installeret via \"Personal " "Package Archives\".}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :119 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{Synaptic Package Manager}{name={Synaptic Package " "Manager}, description={Synaptic Package Manager is a tool that, instead of " "listing applications (like the Software Center) lists individual packages " "that can then be installed, removed and fixed.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{Synaptic Package Manager}{name={Synaptic}, " "description={Pakkehåndteringsprogrammet \"Synaptic\" er et værktøj, som ikke " "viser en liste over programmer (som Software Center gør), men i stedet " "individuelle pakker, som kan installeres, afinstalleres eller repareres.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :123 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{terminal}{name={terminal}, description={The terminal is " "Ubuntu's text only interface, it is a method of controlling some aspects of " "the operating system using only commands entered via the keyboard.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{terminal}{name={terminal}, description={Terminalen er " "Ubuntus tekst-grænseflade. Den giver mulighed for at styre dele af " "operativsystemet udelukkende med kommandoer skrevet på tastaturet.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :127 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{wired connection}{name={wired connection}, description={A " "wired connection is when your computer is physically connected to a \\" "gls{router} or \\gls{Ethernet port} with a cable, this is the most common " "connection for desktop computers.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{wired connection}{name={kablet netværksforbindelse}, " "description={En kablet netværksforbindelse er når din computer er fysisk " "forbundet til en \\gls{router} eller \\gls{Ethernet port} med et kabel. Det " "er en meget almindelig forbindelsesform.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :131 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{wireless connection}{name={wireless connection}, " "description={A wireless connection involves no cables of any sort and " "instead uses a wireless signal to communicate with either a \\gls{router} or " "access point.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{wireless connection}{name={trådløs netværksforbindelse}, " "description={En trådløs netværksforbindelse benytter ikke kabler. I stedet " "bruges et trådløst signal til at kommunikere med enten en \\gls{router} " "eller et adgangspunkt.}}" #. type: Plain text #: ./frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #: :136 msgid "" "\\newglossaryentry{Wubi}{name={Wubi}, description={Wubi stands for Windows " "Ubuntu Installer, and it allows you to install Ubuntu inside Windows. See " "page~\\pageref{sec:installation:using-wubi} for more information.}}" msgstr "" "\\newglossaryentry{Wubi}{name={Wubi}, description={Wubi står for \"Windows " "Ubuntu Installer\" og giver mulighed for at installere Ubuntu på Windows. " "Læs mere på side~\\pageref{sec:installation:using-wubi}.}}" #. type: title{#1} #: main.tex:14 msgid "Getting Started with Ubuntu 10.04" msgstr "Kom godt i gang med Ubuntu 10.04" #. type: author{#1} #: main.tex:14 msgid "The Ubuntu Manual Team" msgstr "Ubuntus manualhold" #. TRANSLATORS: do not translate this #. \include{frontmatter/cover} #. type: document #: main.tex:17 msgid "\\frontcover" msgstr "\\frontcover" #. type: document #: ./frontmatter/copyright.tex #: :12 msgid "" "\\noindent Copyright \\textcopyright{} \\the\\year{} by The Ubuntu Manual " "Team. Some rights reserved. \\ccbysa" msgstr "" "\\noindent Copyright \\textcopyright{} \\the\\year{} af Ubuntus manualhold. " "Nogle rettigheder reserveret. \\ccbysa" #. type: document #: ./frontmatter/copyright.tex #: :21 msgid "" "\\noindent This work is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution--" "Share Alike 3.0 License. To view a copy of this license, see \\" "hyperref[ch:license]{Appendix~}\\ref{ch:license}, visit \\" "url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/}, or send a letter to " "Creative Commons, 171 Second Street, Suite 300, San Francisco, California, " "94105, USA." msgstr "" "\\noindent Dette værk er udgivet under licensen Creative Commons Attribution-" "-Share Alike 3.0. Licensen kan læses på \\hyperref[ch:license]{Appendix~}\\" "ref{ch:license}, du kan besøge \\url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" "sa/3.0/deed.da}, eller du kan sende et brev til Creative Commons, 171 Second " "Street, Suite 300, San Francisco, California, 94105, USA." #. Show the revision information if it's present #. \IfFileExists{revision.tex}{\begingroup\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\ttfamily\obeylines\input{revision}\endgroup}{} #. type: document #: ./revision.tex #: :2 msgid "" "\\begingroup\\parindent=0pt\\parskip=0pt Revision number: 806\\qquad " "Revision date: 2010-04-23 22:59:46 +0100" msgstr "" "\\begingroup\\parindent=0pt\\parskip=0pt Revision number: 806\\qquad " "Revision date: 2010-04-23 22:59:46 +0100" #. type: document #: ./frontmatter/copyright.tex #: :27 msgid "\\endgroup" msgstr "\\endgroup" #. Prologue - Benjamin Humphrey #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :2 msgid "\\listoftodos" msgstr "\\listoftodos" #. type: chapter{#2} #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :5 msgid "Prologue" msgstr "Forord" #. type: section{#2} #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :7 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Velkommen" #. could possibly have Team logo here, right aligned #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :9 msgid "" "Welcome to \\emph{Getting Started with Ubuntu}, an introductory guide " "written to help new users get started with Ubuntu." msgstr "" "Velkommen til \\emph{Kom godt i gang med Ubuntu} -- en introduktion, som kan " "hjælpe nye brugere i gang med Ubuntu." #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :11 msgid "" "Our goal is to cover the basics of Ubuntu (such as installation and working " "with the desktop) as well as guide you through some of the most popular " "applications. We designed this guide to be simple to follow with step-by-" "step instructions and plenty of screenshots, allowing you to discover the " "potential of your new Ubuntu system even if you are a novice computer user " "or are migrating from another operating system for the first time." msgstr "" "Vores mål er at dække de grundlæggende dele af Ubuntu (som installation og " "brug af skrivebordet) samt guide dig gennem nogle af de mest brugte " "programmer. Instruktionerne er lette at følge med skridt-for-skridt " "instruktioner og mange skærmbilleder. På den måde opdager du mulighederne i " "dit nye Ubuntu-system, selv hvis du er uvant med computere eller kommer fra " "en anden platform." #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :13 msgid "" "Please bear in mind that this guide is still very much a work in progress " "and always will be. It is written specifically for Ubuntu 10.04 \\" "acronym{LTS}, and although we have aimed to not limit our instructions to " "this version it is unavoidable that some things will change over the life of " "Ubuntu. Whenever a new version of Ubuntu is released, we will incorporate " "any changes into our guide, and make a new version available at \\" "url{http://www.ubuntu-manual.org}." msgstr "" "Husk at denne guide stadig er under udarbejdelse og vil fortsætte med at " "være det. Den er skrevet specielt til Ubuntu 10.04 \\acronym{LTS}, og skønt " "vi har forsøgt ikke at begrænse vores instruktioner til denne version, kan " "det ikke undgås at der vil ske ændringer i Ubuntu. Hver gang en ny version " "af Ubuntu udgives, vil vi indarbejde ændringerne i vores guide, og gøre en " "ny version tilgængelig på \\url{http://www.ubuntu-manual.org}." #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :15 msgid "" "\\emph{Getting Started with Ubuntu 10.04} is not intended to be a " "comprehensive Ubuntu instruction manual. It is more like a quick-start guide " "that will get you doing the things you need to do with your computer quickly " "and easily, without getting bogged down in technical details." msgstr "" "\\emph{Kom godt i gang med Ubuntu 10.04} er ikke en udtømmende " "instruktionsbog om Ubuntu. Den er mere en opstartsvejledning, som hjælper " "dig i gang med det du ønsker at gøre med din computer - hurtigt og let, og " "uden at begrave dig i tekniske detaljer." #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :17 msgid "" "\\marginnote{More information about Ubuntu's online and system documentation " "can be found in \\chaplink{ch:learning-more}.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Mere information om Ubuntus online- og systemdokumentation " "findes i \\chaplink{ch:learning-more}.}" #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :20 msgid "" "If you are after more detail, there are excellent resources available at \\" "url{http://help.ubuntu.com}. Ubuntu's built-in system documentation is also " "very useful for accessing help on specific topics, and can be found by " "clicking \\menu{System\\then Help and Support} in Ubuntu. If something " "isn't covered here, chances are you will find the information you are " "looking for in one of those locations. We will try our best to include links " "to more detailed help wherever we can." msgstr "" "Ønsker du flere detaljer, findes de på \\url{http://help.ubuntu.com}. " "Ubuntus indbyggede systemdokumentation giver let adgang til hjælp omkring " "specifikke emner, og kan findes under \\menu{System\\then Hjælp og support} " "i Ubuntu. Leder du forgæves i denne guide, er der gode chancer for at du " "kan finde svar et af disse steder. Vi forsøger at indsætte henvisninger til " "mere detaljeret hjælp, hvor vi kan." #. type: section{#2} #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :22 msgid "Ubuntu philosophy" msgstr "Filosofien bag Ubuntu" #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :24 msgid "" "The term ``Ubuntu'' is a traditional African concept that originated from " "the Bantu languages of southern Africa. It can be described as a way of " "connecting with others\\dash living in a global community where your actions " "affect all of humanity. Ubuntu is more than just an operating system: it is " "a community of people that come together voluntarily to collaborate on an " "international software project that aims to deliver the best possible user " "experience." msgstr "" "Ordet ``Ubuntu'' er et traditionelt afrikansk begreb, som stammer fra Bantu-" "sproget i det sydlige Afrika. Det kan beskrives som en måde at forbinde til " "andre på\\dash at leve i et globalt fællesskab, hvor dine handlinger " "påvirker hele menneskeheden. Ubuntu er mere end blot et operativsystem: det " "er et fællesskab af mennesker, som mødes frivilligt for at samarbejde om et " "internationalt softwareprojekt, som søger at give den bedst mulige " "computeroplevelse." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :26 msgid "The Ubuntu promise" msgstr "Ubuntu-løftet" #. type: itemize #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :30 msgid "" "Ubuntu will always be free of charge, along with its regular enterprise " "releases and security updates." msgstr "" "Ubuntu vil altid være frit tilgængeligt, sammen med sine regelmæssige " "enterprise-udgivelser og sikkerhedsopdateringer." #. type: itemize #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :33 msgid "" "Ubuntu comes with full commercial support from \\gls{Canonical} and hundreds " "of companies from across the world." msgstr "" "Ubuntu leveres med fuld kommerciel støtte fra \\gls{Canonical} og hundreder " "af virksomheder i hele verden." #. type: itemize #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :36 msgid "" "Ubuntu provides the best translations and accessibility features that the " "free software community has to offer." msgstr "" "Ubuntu indeholder de bedste oversættelser og tilgængelighedsfunktioner, som " "findes inden for fri software." #. type: itemize #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :40 msgid "" "Ubuntu core applications are all free and open source. We want you to use " "free and open source software, improve it, and pass it on." msgstr "" "Ubuntus kerneprogrammer er alle frie og open source. Vi ønsker at du skal " "bruge fri og open source-software, forbedre det og dele det." #. type: section{#2} #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :43 msgid "A brief history of Ubuntu" msgstr "Ubuntu - kort fortalt" #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :45 msgid "" "Ubuntu was conceived in 2004 by Mark Shuttleworth, a successful South " "African entrepreneur, and his company \\gls{Canonical}. Shuttleworth " "recognized the power of Linux and Open Source, but was also aware of " "weaknesses that prevented mainstream use." msgstr "" "Ubuntu blev startet i 2004 af Mark Shuttleworth, en succesrig sydafrikansk " "forretningsmand, og hans firma \\gls{Canonical}. Shuttleworth anderkendte " "styrken i Linux og open source, men var også opmærksom på de svagheder, som " "stod i vejen for mere udbredt brug." #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :47 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Canonical is the company that provides financial and technical " "support for Ubuntu. They have employees based around the world who work on " "developing and improving the operating system, as well as reviewing work " "submitted by volunteer contributors. To learn more about Canonical, go to \\" "url{http://www.canonical.com}.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Canonical er firmaet, som understøtter Ubuntu finansielt og " "teknisk. De har ansatte over hele verden, som arbejder på at udvikle og " "forbedre operativsystemet, samt gennemse materiale fra frivillige " "biddragydere. Vil du vide mere om Canonical, så se \\" "url{http://www.canonical.com}.}" #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :51 msgid "" "Shuttleworth set out with clear intentions to address these weaknesses and " "create a system that was easy to use, completely free (see \\" "chaplink{ch:learning-more} for the complete definition of ``free''), and " "could compete with other mainstream operating systems. With the Debian " "system as a base, Shuttleworth began to build Ubuntu. Using his own funds at " "first, installation \\acronym{CD}s were pressed and shipped worldwide at no " "cost to the end user. Ubuntu spread quickly, the size of the community " "rapidly increased, and it soon became the most popular Debian-based Linux " "distribution available." msgstr "" "Shuttleworth havde ambitionen om at rette op på disse svagheder og skabe et " "system som var let at bruge, fuldstændigt frit (se \\chaplink{ch:learning-" "more} for den præcise definition af ``frit''), og konkurrencedygtigt i " "forhold til andre almindelige operativsystemer. Shuttleworth begyndte at " "bygge Ubuntu baseret på Debian-systemet. Han betalte selv for trykningen af " "de første installations-\\acronym{cd}'er, som blev sendt gratis ud til " "brugere i hele verden. Ubuntu spredte sig hurtigt, fællesskabet blev hurtigt " "større, og snart var det den mest populære Debian-baserede Linux-" "distribution som fandtes." #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :53 msgid "" "Now with more people working on the project than ever before, Ubuntu " "continues to see improvement to its core features and hardware support, and " "has gained the attention of large organizations worldwide. For example, in " "2007 Dell began a collaboration with Canonical to sell computers with Ubuntu " "pre-installed. Additionally, in 2005 the French Police began to transition " "their entire computer infrastructure to a variant of Ubuntu\\dash a process " "which has reportedly saved them ``millions of Euro'' in licensing fees for " "Microsoft Windows. By the year 2012, the French Police anticipates that all " "of their computers will be running Ubuntu. Canonical profits from this " "arrangement by providing technical support and custom-built software." msgstr "" "I dag, hvor der er flere der arbejder på projektet end nogensinde før, " "fortsætter Ubuntu med at få forbedringer i grundlæggende funktionaliteter og " "hardware-understøttelse, og tiltrækker sig opmærksomhed fra store " "organisationer i hele verden. I 2007 begyndte Dell for eksempel et " "samarbejde med Canonical om at sælge computere med Ubuntu præ-installeret. I " "2005 begyndte det franske politi ydermere at flytte hele deres computer-" "infrastruktur til en variant af Ubuntu\\dash en handling, som efter sigende " "sparede dem for ``millioner af euro'' i licensafgifter til Microsoft " "Windows. De forventer, at i 2012 vil alle deres computere køre Ubuntu. " "Canonical tjener på denne ordning ved at yde teknisk hjælp og " "specialudviklet software." #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :55 msgid "" "\\marginnote{For information on Ubuntu Server Edition, and how you can use " "it in your company, visit \\" "url{http://www.ubuntu.com/products/whatisubuntu/serveredition/features}.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Information om Ubuntu Server Edition, og hvordan du kan bruge " "den i dit firma, kan findes på \\" "url{http://www.ubuntu.com/products/whatisubuntu/serveredition/features}.}" #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :57 msgid "" "While large organizations often find it useful to pay for support services, " "Shuttleworth has promised that the Ubuntu desktop system will always be " "free. As of 2010, Ubuntu desktop is installed on nearly 2\\% of the world's " "computers. This equates to millions of users worldwide, and is growing each " "year." msgstr "" "Mens store organisationer ofte foretrækker at betale for support, har " "Shuttleworth lovet at skrivebordsudgaven Ubuntu desktop altid vil være " "gratis. I 2010 er Ubuntu desktop installeret på næsten 2\\% af verdens " "computere. Det svarer til millioner af brugere i hele verden, et tal der " "vokser år for år." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :59 msgid "What is Linux?" msgstr "Hvad er Linux?" #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :61 msgid "" "Ubuntu is built on the foundation of Linux, which is a member of the Unix " "family. Unix is one of the oldest types of operating systems and has " "provided reliability and security in professional applications for almost " "half a century. Many servers around the world that store data for popular " "websites (such as YouTube and Google) run some variant of a Unix system." msgstr "" "Grundlaget for Ubuntu er Linux, som er et medlem af Unix-familien. Unix er " "en af de ældste typer af operativsystemer og har givet stabilitet og " "sikkerhed i professionelle sammenhænge i næsten et halvt århundrede. Mange " "servere i verden, der gemmer data for populære netsteder (f.eks.\\ YouTube " "og Google), kører en eller anden form for Unix-system." #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :63 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Whilst modern graphical \\glspl{desktop environment} have " "generally replaced early command line--based operating systems, the command " "line can still be a quick and efficient way of performing many tasks. See \\" "chaplink{ch:command-line} for more information, and \\chaplink{ch:the-ubuntu-" "desktop} to learn more about \\gls{GNOME} and other desktop environments.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Mens moderne grafiske \\glspl{desktop environment} generelt har " "erstattet tidlige kommandolinjebaserede operativsystemer, kan kommandolinjen " "stadig være en hurtig og effektiv måde at udføre mange opgaver. Se \\" "chaplink{ch:command-line} for yderligere information, og \\chaplink{ch:the-" "ubuntu-desktop} for at læse mere om \\gls{GNOME} og andre " "skrivebordsmiljøer.}" #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :66 msgid "" "Linux was designed from the ground up with security and hardware " "compatibility in mind, and is currently one of the most popular Unix-based " "operating system. One of the benefits of Linux is that it is incredibly " "flexible and can be configured to run on almost any device\\dash from the " "smallest micro-computers and cellphones to larger super-computers. " "Initially, Unix was entirely command line-based until Graphical User " "Interfaces (\\glspl{GUI}) began to emerge in the early 1990s." msgstr "" "Linux er fra starten designet med henblik på sikkerhed og hardware-" "understøttelse, og er i dag et af de mest populære Unix-baserede " "operativsystemer. En fordel ved Linux er den store fleksibilitet, og at det " "kan konfigureres til at køre på næsten alle enheder\\dash fra den mindste " "mikrocomputer og mobiltelefon til de største supercomputere. Oprindeligt var " "Unix kun kommandolinjebaseret indtil grafiske brugergrænseflader (\\" "glspl{GUI}) begyndte at komme frem i de tidlige 1990ere." #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :70 msgid "" "\\mbox{}\\marginnote{To learn more about Linux distributions, see \\" "chaplink{ch:learning-more}.}These early \\acronym{GUI}s were difficult to " "configure and clunky at best, and generally only used by seasoned computer " "programmers. In the past decade, however, Graphical User Interfaces have " "come a long way in terms of usability, reliability and appearance. Ubuntu is " "just one of many different Linux \\emph{distributions}, and uses one of the " "more popular graphical desktop environments called \\acronym{GNOME}. \\" "marginnote{A \\emph{desktop environment} is a sophisticated and integrated " "user interface that provides the basis for humans to interact with a " "computer using a monitor, keyboard and a mouse.}" msgstr "" "\\mbox{}\\marginnote{Se \\chaplink{ch:learning-more} for at læse mere om " "Linuxdistributioner.}Disse tidlige \\acronym{GUI}'er var vanskelige at " "konfigurere, klodsede og blev generelt kun anvendt af øvede " "computerprogrammører. I det sidste årti er grafiske brugerflader nået langt " "mht. anvendelighed, pålidelighed og udseende. Ubuntu er bare en af mange " "forskellige Linux-\\emph{distributioner}, og anvender et af de mere populære " "grafiske skrivebordsmiljøer, der hedder \\acronym{GNOME}. \\marginnote{Et " "\\emph{skrivebordsmiljø} er en sofistikeret og integreret brugerflade der " "giver mennesker mulighed for at arbejde sammen ved brug af en computer " "sammen med en skærm, et tastatur og en mus.}" #. type: section{#2} #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :72 msgid "Is Ubuntu right for you?" msgstr "Er Ubuntu det rette for dig?" #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :74 msgid "" "New users to Ubuntu may find that it takes some time to feel comfortable " "with the operating system. You will no doubt notice many similarities to " "both Microsoft Windows and Mac \\acronym{OS~X}, as well as some things that " "work very differently. Users coming from Mac \\acronym{OS~X} are more likely " "to notice similarities due to the fact that both Mac \\acronym{OS~X} and " "Ubuntu originated from Unix." msgstr "" "Nye brugere af Ubuntu kan opleve at det tager noget tid at vænne sig til " "operativsystemet. Du vil uden tvivl både finde mange ligheder med både " "Microsoft Windows og Mac \\acronym{OS~X}, og nogle ting der virker " "anderledes. Brugere der kommer fra Mac \\acronym{OS~X} er tilbøjelige til at " "bemærke ligheder, da både Mac \\acronym{OS~X} og Ubuntu har sine rødder i " "Unix." #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :76 msgid "" "Before you decide whether or not Ubuntu is right for you, we suggest giving " "yourself some time to grow accustomed to the way things are done \\dash and " "expect to find that some things are different to what you are used to. We " "also suggest taking the following into account:" msgstr "" "Før du beslutter om Ubuntu er noget for dig eller ej, foreslår vi at du " "tager dig lidt tid til at sætte dig en smule ind i hvordan ting virker i " "Ubuntu \\dash og forvente at nogle ting vil adskille sig fra hvad du er vant " "til. Vi foreslår også at du tager følgende til overvejelse:" #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :78 msgid "" "\\marginnote{A popular forum for Ubuntu discussion and support is the Ubuntu " "Forums, \\url{http://ubuntuforums.org}.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Et populært forum for (engelsksproget) hjælp og diskussion af " "Ubuntu er Ubuntu Forums, \\url{http://ubuntuforums.org}. Et dansk forum kan " "findes hos Ubuntu Danmark, \\url{http://ubuntudanmark.dk/forum/}.}" #. type: itemize #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :81 msgid "" "\\textbf{Ubuntu is community based.} That is, Ubuntu is made, developed, and " "maintained by the community. Because of this, support is probably not " "available at your local computer store. Thankfully, the Ubuntu community is " "here to help. There are many articles, guides, and manuals available, as " "well as users on various Internet forums and Internet relay chat (\\" "acronym{IRC}) rooms that are willing to help out beginners. Additionally, " "near the end of this guide we include a troubleshooting chapter: \\" "chaplink{ch:troubleshooting}." msgstr "" "\\textbf{Ubuntu er baseret på fællesskabet.} Det vil sige, at Ubuntu bliver " "lavet, udviklet og vedligeholdt af fællesskabet. Af den grund kan du nok " "ikke få hjælp i din lokale elektronikbutik. Heldigvis står Ubuntus " "fællesskab til rådighed. Der er mange artikler, guider og manualer " "tilgængelige, ligesom brugere på diverse diskussionssider og internet relay " "chat (\\acronym{IRC}) er villige til at assistere begyndere. Desuden har vi " "inkluderet et kapitel om problemløsning til sidst i bogen: \\" "chaplink{ch:troubleshooting}." #. type: itemize #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :83 msgid "" "\\marginnote{See \\chaplink{ch:software-management} to learn more about \\" "application{Ubuntu Software Center}. To learn more about dual-booting " "(running Ubuntu side-by-side with another operating system), see \\" "chaplink{ch:installation}. For more information on Wine, go to \\" "url{http://www.winehq.org/}.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Se \\chaplink{ch:software-management} for at læse mere om \\" "application{Ubuntu Software Center}. For at læse mere om dual boot (kørsel " "af Ubuntu side om side med et andet operativsystem), så se \\" "chaplink{ch:installation}. Gå til \\url{http://www.winehq.org/} for at få " "mere information om Wine.}" #. type: itemize #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :87 msgid "" "\\textbf{Many applications designed for Microsoft Windows or Mac \\" "acronym{OS~X} will not run on Ubuntu.} For the vast majority of tasks that " "people use their computers for every day, there are suitable alternative " "applications available in Ubuntu. However, many professional applications " "(such as the Adobe Creative Suite) are not developed to work with Ubuntu. If " "you rely on commercial software that is not compatible with Ubuntu, yet " "still want to give Ubuntu a try, you may want to consider dual-booting. " "Alternatively, some applications developed for Windows will work in Ubuntu " "with a program called \\application{Wine}." msgstr "" "\\textbf{Mange programmer designet til Microsoft Windows eller Mac \\" "acronym{OS~X} vil ikke køre på Ubuntu.} For størstedelen af alle de opgaver " "folk bruger deres computer til hver dag, er der i Ubuntu passende " "alternativer. Der er dog mange professionelle programmer (som f.eks. Adobe " "Creative Suite) der ikke er udviklet til at virke i Ubuntu. Hvis du er " "afhængig af kommerciel software der ikke er kompatibel med Ubuntu, men dog " "stadig gerne vil prøve Ubuntu, kan det være at du skulle overveje dual boot. " "Alternativt kan det være at nogle programmer udviklet til Windows vil virke " "i Ubuntu med programmet \\application{Wine}." #. type: itemize #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :92 msgid "" "\\textbf{Many commercial games will not run on Ubuntu.} If you are a heavy " "gamer, then Ubuntu may not be for you. Game developers usually design games " "for the largest market, where they can make the most profit. Since Ubuntu's " "market share is not as substantial as Microsoft's Windows or Apple's Mac \\" "acronym{OS~X}, most game developers will not allocate resources towards " "making their games compatible with Ubuntu. If you just like to play a game " "every now and then, there is active game development within the community, " "and many high quality games can be easily installed through \\" "application{Ubuntu Software Center}. Additionally, some games developed for " "Windows will also work in Ubuntu with \\application{Wine}." msgstr "" "\\textbf{Mange kommercielle spil kan ikke køre på Ubuntu.} Hvis du er en " "ivrig spiller er Ubuntu måske ikke noget for dig. Spiludviklere designer som " "regel spil til det største marked hvor de kan få det største udbytte. Da " "Ubuntus markedsandel ikke er lige så stor Microsofts Windows eller Apples " "Mac \\acronym{OS~X}, vil de fleste udviklere ikke afsætte ressourcer til at " "gøre deres spil kompatible med Ubuntu. Hvis du bare kan lide at spille et " "spil i ny og næ, er der en aktiv spiludvikling i fællesskabet og mange " "højkvalitetsspil kan nemt installeres via \\application{Ubuntu Software " "Center}. Derudover vil nogle spil der er udviklet til Windows også virke i " "Ubuntu med \\application{Wine}." #. type: section{#2} #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :96 msgid "Contact details" msgstr "Kontaktinformationer" #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :98 msgid "" "Many people have contributed their time freely to this project. If you " "notice any errors or think we have left something out, feel free to contact " "us. We do everything we can to make sure that this manual is up to date, " "informative, and professional. Our contact details are as follows:" msgstr "" "Mange mennesker har bidraget med deres fritid til dette projekt. Hvis du " "finder nogen fejl eller mener at vi har glemt noget, er du velkommen til at " "kontakte os. Vi gør alt hvad vi kan for at holde denne manual opdateret, " "informativ og professionel. Vores kontaktinformationer er følgende:" #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :102 msgid "\\textbf{The Ubuntu Manual Team}" msgstr "\\textbf{Ubuntus manualhold}" #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :106 msgid "Website: \\url{http://www.ubuntu-manual.org/}" msgstr "Hjemmeside: \\url{http://www.ubuntu-manual.org/}" #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :110 msgid "Email: \\url{ubuntu-manual@lists.launchpad.net}" msgstr "E-post: \\url{ubuntu-manual@lists.launchpad.net}" #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :114 msgid "\\acronym{IRC}: \\#ubuntu-manual on \\url{irc.freenode.net}" msgstr "\\acronym{IRC}: \\#ubuntu-manual på \\url{irc.freenode.net}" #. type: section{#2} #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :116 msgid "Conventions used in this book" msgstr "Benyttede konventioner i bogen" #. type: document #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :118 msgid "The following typographic conventions are used in this book:" msgstr "De følgende typografiske konventioner benyttes i denne bog:" #. type: itemize #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :122 msgid "" "Application names, button names, menu items, and other \\acronym{GUI} " "elements are set in \\textbf{boldfaced type}." msgstr "" "Navne på programmer, knapper, menuer og andre \\acronym{GUI}-elementer " "bliver skrevet med \\textbf{fed skrift}." #. type: itemize #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :124 msgid "" "Menu sequences are sometimes set as \\menu{System\\then Preferences\\then " "Appearance}, which means, ``Choose the \\menu{System} menu, then choose the " "\\menu{Preferences} submenu, and then select the \\menu{Appearance} menu " "item.''" msgstr "" "Menuvalg noteres ofte på formen \\menu{System\\then Indstillinger\\then " "Udseende}, som betyder ``Vælg menuen \\menu{System}, vælg derefter " "undermenuen \\menu{Indstillinger}, og vælg så menuelementet \\" "menu{Udseende}.''" #. type: itemize #: ./prologue/prologue.tex #: :126 msgid "" "\\texttt{Monospaced type} is used for text that you type into the computer, " "text that the computer outputs (as in a terminal), and keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" "\\texttt{Tekst med fast tegnbredde} bliver brugt til tekst som du skal " "skrive på computere, tekst som computeren skriver (f.eks. i terminalen) og " "tastaturgenveje." #. type: chapter{#2} #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :5 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Installation" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :7 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Many companies (such as Dell and System76) sell computers with " "Ubuntu pre-installed. If you already have Ubuntu installed on your computer, " "feel free to skip to \\chaplink{ch:the-ubuntu-desktop}.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Mange firmaer (Såsom Dell og System76) sælger computere " "præinstalleret med Ubuntu. Hvis du allerede har Ubuntu installeret på din " "computer, er du velkommen til at gå videre til \\chaplink{ch:the-ubuntu-" "desktop}.}" #. type: section{#2} #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :10 msgid "Getting Ubuntu" msgstr "Sådan får du fat på Ubuntu" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :10 msgid "" "Before you can get started with Ubuntu, you will need to obtain a copy of " "the Ubuntu installation \\acronym{CD}. Some options for doing this are " "outlined below." msgstr "" "Før du kan komme i gang med Ubuntu, skal du skaffe en kopi af Ubuntus " "installations-\\acronym{cd}. Der er flere forskellige muligheder for dette, " "som angivet nedenunder." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :13 msgid "Downloading Ubuntu" msgstr "Hent Ubuntu" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :13 msgid "" "The easiest and most common method for getting Ubuntu is to download the " "Ubuntu \\emph{\\acronym{CD} image} directly from \\" "url{http://www.ubuntu.com}. Head to the website and click the ``Download " "Ubuntu'' link at the top. Select the nearest download location to you in the " "drop-down box (to ensure maximum download speed), then click ``Begin " "Download.''" msgstr "" "Den nemmeste og mest almindelige måde at skaffe Ubuntu på, er at hente dets " "\\emph{\\acronym{cd}-aftryk} direkte fra \\url{http://www.ubuntu.com}. Gå " "ind på hjemmesiden og tryk på ``Download Ubuntu''-linket i toppen. Vælg den " "nærmeste download-lokalitet fra rulleboksen (for at opnå maksimal hastighed " "når du henter), og tryk så på ``Begin Download.''" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :16 msgid "32-bit vs 64-bit" msgstr "32-bit vs 64-bit" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :16 msgid "" "You may notice the words ``Ubuntu Desktop 10.04 (32-bit)'' underneath the " "default download button on the website. If you are unsure what 32-bit means, " "don't worry. 32-bit will work on most computers, so if in doubt, simply " "proceed with the download. However, if you know that your computer is " "capable of using 64-bit software, you may wish to try the 64-bit version " "instead. To do this click on ``Alternative download options'' and make your " "selection." msgstr "" "Du har sikkert lagt mærke til ordene ``Ubuntu Desktop 10.04 (32-bit)'' under " "downloadknappen på hjemmesiden. Tag det roligt hvis du ikke ved hvad 32-bit " "betyder. 32-bit virker på de fleste computere, så hvis du er i tvivl skal du " "bare hente den. Hvis du dog ved at din computer kan gøre brug af 64-bit-" "software, kan det være at du i stedet vil prøve 64-bit udgaven i stedet for. " "For at hente den, skal du klikke på ``Alternative download options'' og " "vælge 64-bit." #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :18 msgid "" "\\marginnote{\\emph{32-bit} and \\emph{64-bit} are types of processor " "architectures. 64-bit is newer, and most recent computers will come with a " "64-bit capable processor. See \\chaplink{ch:learning-more} for more " "information.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{\\emph{32-bit} og \\emph{64-bit} er typer af " "processorarkitekturer. 64-bit er nyere og de nyeste computere vil have en 64-" "bit processor. Læs \\chaplink{ch:learning-more} for yderligere information.}" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :20 msgid "Downloading Ubuntu as a torrent" msgstr "Hent Ubuntu som torrent" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :22 msgid "" "When a new version of Ubuntu is released, sometimes the \\glspl{server} can " "get clogged up with large numbers of people downloading or upgrading at the " "same time. If you are familiar with using torrents, you may wish to download " "the torrent file by clicking ``Alternative download options,'' and obtain " "your copy of the \\acronym{CD} image this way instead. You may see " "significant improvements to your download speed, and will also be helping to " "spread Ubuntu to other users worldwide. Again, if you are unsure how to use " "torrents, you can use the default download options on the website." msgstr "" "Når en ny version af Ubuntu er udgivet, kan de officielle \\glspl{server} " "godt blive overbelastede, når mange mennesker henter eller opgraderer på " "samme tid. Hvis du ved hvordan man bruger torrents kan det være at du vil " "hente torrentfilen ved at klikke på ``Alternative download options,'' og få " "din kopi af \\acronym{cd}-aftrykket på denne måde. Du vil højst sandsynligt " "kunne se en klar forbedring af din downloadhastighed, og du vil også hjælpe " "med at sprede Ubuntu til andre brugere verden over. Igen, hvis du er usikker " "på hvordan man bruger torrents, kan du bare bruge standardvalget på " "downloadsiden." #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :24 msgid "" "\\marginnote{\\textbf{Torrents} are a way of sharing files and information " "around the Internet via ``Peer to Peer'' file sharing. When a new version of " "Ubuntu is released, the Ubuntu servers can become very busy. If you know how " "to use torrents, we recommend that you download the \\acronym{CD} image this " "way to take the load off the servers during periods of high demand.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{\\textbf{Torrents} er en måde hvorpå man kan dele filer og " "informationer på internettet via ``Peer to Peer''-fildeling. Når en ny " "version af Ubuntu er udgivet, får Ubuntu-serverne meget travlt. Hvis du ved " "hvordan man bruger torrents, anbefaler vi at du henter \\acronym{cd}-" "aftrykket på denne måde, for at lette presset på serverne i perioder med høj " "efterspørgsel.}" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :27 msgid "Burning the \\acronym{CD} image" msgstr "Brænding af \\acronym{cd}-aftrykket" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :27 msgid "" "Once your download is complete you will be left with a file called \\" "emph{ubuntu-10.04-desktop-i386.iso} or similar (\\emph{i386} here in the " "filename refers to the 32-bit version. This will be replaced with \\" "emph{amd64} if you downloaded the 64-bit version instead). This file is a \\" "acronym{CD} image\\dash a bit like a ``snapshot'' of the contents of a \\" "acronym{CD}\\dash which you will need to burn to a \\acronym{CD} disc. To " "find out how to burn a \\acronym{CD} image on your computer, refer to your " "operating system or manufacturer help. You can also find detailed " "instructions at \\url{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/BurningIsoHowto}" msgstr "" "Når den er hentet ned, vil du have en fil der hedder \\emph{ubuntu-10.04-" "desktop-i386.iso} eller lignende (\\emph{i386} i filnavnet henviser her til " "32-bit udgaven. Det vil være erstattet med \\emph{amd64} hvis du i stedet " "henter 64-bit-udgaven). Denne fil er et \\acronym{cd}-aftryk\\dash lidt lige " "som et ``øjebliksbillede'' af indeholdet af en\\acronym{cd}\\dash som du " "skal brænde til en \\acronym{cd}-skive. For at finde ud af hvordan man " "brænder en \\acronym{cd}-afbildning på din computer, henviser vi til din " "operativsystem- eller produktmanual. Du kan også finde detaljerede " "instrukser på \\url{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/BurningIsoHowto}" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :29 msgid "Ordering a free \\acronym{CD}" msgstr "Bestilling af en gratis \\acronym{cd}" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :32 msgid "" "\\marginnote{You will be required to create a free online account with " "Launchpad before you can place your \\acronym{CD} order. Once you have " "Ubuntu installed and running, you will need this account again for use with " "all \\textbf{Ubuntu One} services. See \\chaplink{ch:default-applications} " "for more information on Ubuntu One.} Alternatively, a free \\acronym{CD} can " "be ordered from Canonical. This option may be preferred if you don't have " "access to a \\acronym{CD} burner, have limited bandwidth, or a slow Internet " "connection. There are no shipping costs or other charges when you order an " "Ubuntu \\acronym{CD}. Simply visit \\url{http://shipit.ubuntu.com} to " "request your free Ubuntu Desktop Edition \\acronym{CD}." msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Du er nødt til at oprette en gratis netkonto på Launchpad før " "du kan bestille din \\acronym{cd}. Når først Ubuntu er installeret og kører, " "vil du kunne bruge denne konto igen til alle andre \\textbf{Ubuntu One}-" "tjenester. Læs \\chaplink{ch:default-applications} for yderligere " "information om Ubuntu One.} Alternativt kan en gratis \\acronym{cd} " "bestilles fra Canonical. Denne valgmulighed er foretrukket hvis du ikke har " "adgang til en \\acronym{cd}-brænder, hvis du har en begrænset båndbredde, " "eller en langsom internetforbindelse. Der er ingen forsendelsesomkostninger " "eller andre gebyrer når du bestiller en Ubuntu-\\acronym{cd}. Gå ind på \\" "url{http://shipit.ubuntu.com} for at bestille din Ubuntu Desktop Edition-\\" "acronym{cd}." #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :34 msgid "" "The \\acronym{CD} usually takes two to six weeks to arrive, depending on " "your location and the current demand. If you would rather start using Ubuntu " "sooner, you may prefer to follow the instructions above for downloading the " "\\acronym{CD} image, and then burn it to a disc instead." msgstr "" "\\acronym{Cd}'en tager som regel mellem to og seks uger om at ankomme, " "afhængig af hvor du bor og efterspørgslen. Hvis du gerne vil i gang med at " "benytte Ubuntu noget før, skal du i stedet følge de ovenstående " "instruktioner om at hente \\acronym{cd}-aftrykket, og brænde den ned på en " "skive." #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :36 msgid "" "\\marginnote{It is possible to purchase Ubuntu on \\acronym{CD} from some " "computer stores or online shops. Have a look around your local area or on " "the Internet to see if someone is selling it near you. Even though Ubuntu is " "free software, it's not illegal for people to sell it.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Det er muligt at købe Ubuntu på \\acronym{cd} fra nogle " "computer- eller internetbutikker. Se omkring i dit lokalområde eller på " "internettet og se om nogen sælger den i nærheden af dig. Selvom Ubuntu er " "gratis software, er det ikke ulovligt for folk at sælge det.}" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :39 msgid "The Live \\acronym{CD}" msgstr "Live-\\acronym{cd}" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :41 msgid "" "The Ubuntu \\acronym{CD} functions not only as an installation \\acronym{CD} " "for putting Ubuntu onto your computer, but also as a Live \\acronym{CD}. A " "Live \\acronym{CD} allows you to test Ubuntu without making any permanent " "changes to your computer by running the entire operating system straight " "from the \\acronym{CD}." msgstr "" "Ubuntu-\\acronym{cd}'en fungerer ikke kun som en installations-\\acronym{cd} " "til at få Ubuntu på din computer, men også som en Live-\\acronym{cd}. En " "Live-\\acronym{cd} gør dig i stand til at prøvekøre Ubuntu uden at lave " "nogen permanente ændringer til din computer, ved at køre hele " "operativsystemet direkte fra \\acronym{cd}'en." #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :43 msgid "" "The speed at which your computer can read information from a \\acronym{CD} " "is much slower than reading information from a hard drive. Running Ubuntu " "from the Live \\acronym{CD} also occupies a large portion of your computer's " "memory, which would usually be available for programs to access when Ubuntu " "is running from your hard drive. The Live \\acronym{CD} experience will " "therefore feel slightly slower than it does when Ubuntu is actually " "installed on your computer. However, running Ubuntu from the \\acronym{CD} " "is a great way to test things out and allows you to try the default " "applications, browse the Internet, and get a general feel for the operating " "system. It's also useful for checking that your computer hardware works " "properly in Ubuntu and that there are no major compatibility issues." msgstr "" "Hastigheden ved hvilken din computer kan læse informationer fra en \\" "acronym{cd} er meget lavere end ved læsning af informationer fra en " "harddisk. Kørsel af Ubuntu fra en Live-\\acronym{cd} optager også en stor " "del af computerens hukommelse, som normalt vil være tilgængelig for " "programmer når Ubuntu køres fra din harddisk. Oplevelsen af Live-\\" "acronym{cd}'en vil derfor føles lidt langsommere end hvis Ubuntu rent " "faktisk var installeret på din harddisk. Ved at køre Ubuntu fra \\" "acronym{cd}'en kan man dog, på en god måde, teste forskellige ting og prøve " "de medfølgende standardprogrammer, gå på nettet og få en general fornemmelse " "af operativsystemet. Det er også nyttigt for at kontrollere om din " "computerhardware fungerer ordentligt i Ubuntu og at der ikke er nogen større " "kompatibilitetsproblemer." #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :45 msgid "" "\\marginnote{In some cases, your computer will run as normal and appear not " "to recognize the Ubuntu \\acronym{CD} is present as it starts up. This is " "okay, generally it means that the priority given to \\emph{devices} when " "your computer is starting needs to be changed. For example, your computer " "might be set to look for information from your hard drive first, and then to " "look for information on a \\acronym{CD} second. In order to run Ubuntu from " "the Live \\acronym{CD}, we want it to look for information from a \\" "acronym{CD} first. Changing your \\emph{boot priority} is beyond the scope " "of this guide. If you need assistance to change the boot priority, see your " "computer manufacturer's documentation for more information.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{I nogle tilfælde vil din computer køre som normalt og vil ikke " "genkende Ubuntu-\\acronym{cd}'en ved opstart. Dette er helt normalt. Som " "regel betyder det at den prioritet der gives til \\emph{enhederne} når din " "computer starter op, skal ændres. For eksempel er din computer måske " "indstillet til først at søge på din harddisk, og først derefter søge på \\" "acronym{cd}'en. For at kunne køre Ubuntu fra Live-\\acronym{cd}'en, skal vi " "have den til at søge på \\acronym{cd}'en som det første. Ændring af din \\" "emph{prioritet} er uden for denne manuals område. Hvis du har brug for hjælp " "til at ændre din opstartsprioritet skal du læse din computerfabrikants " "dokumentation for yderligere information.}" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :47 msgid "" "To try out Ubuntu using the Live \\acronym{CD}, insert the Ubuntu \\" "acronym{CD} into your \\acronym{CD} drive and restart your computer. Most " "computers are able to detect when a ``bootable'' \\acronym{CD} is present in " "your drive at startup\\dash that is, a \\acronym{CD} that will temporarily " "take precedence over your usual operating system. As your computer starts, " "it will run whatever information is stored on this bootable \\acronym{CD}, " "rather than the information stored on your hard drive which your computer " "usually looks for." msgstr "" "For at prøve Ubuntu med Live-\\acronym{cd}'en, skal du indsætte Ubuntu-\\" "acronym{cd}'en i dit \\acronym{cd}-rom drev og genstarte din computer. De " "fleste computere er i stand til at afgøre om en ``bootable'' \\acronym{cd} " "er i dit drev ved opstart\\dash det vil sige en \\acronym{cd}, der " "midlertidigt startes fra frem for dit sædvanlige styresystem. Når din " "computer starter vil den køre de data der nu end er gemt på den bootbare \\" "acronym{cd}, i stedet for de data der er gemt på din harddisk og som din " "computer sædvanligvis leder efter." #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :49 msgid "" "Once your computer finds the Live \\acronym{CD} and after a quick loading " "screen, you will presented with the ``Welcome'' screen. Using your mouse, " "select your language from the list on the left, then click the button " "labeled \\button{Try Ubuntu 10.04}. Ubuntu will then start up, running " "straight from the Live \\acronym{CD}." msgstr "" "Når først din computer har fundet Live-\\acronym{cd}'en vist en hurtig " "opstartside, vil du blive præsenteret for velkomstskærmen. Ved hjælp af " "musen kan du nu vælge dit sprog på listen til venstre og derefter klikke på " "knappen \\button{Prøv Ubuntu 10.04}. Ubuntu vil nu starte op og køre direkte " "fra Live-\\acronym{cd}'en." #. \screenshotTODO{Ubuntu Live \acronym{CD} Welcome screen} #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :52 msgid "" "\\screenshot{01-live-cd-welcome.png}{ss:live-cd-welcome}{The welcome screen " "allows you to choose your language.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{01-live-cd-welcome.png}{ss:live-cd-welcome}{Velkomstskærmen " "lader dig vælge dit sprog.}" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :54 msgid "" "Once Ubuntu is up and running, you will see the default desktop. We will " "talk more about how to actually use Ubuntu in \\chaplink{ch:the-ubuntu-" "desktop}, but for now feel free to test things out, open some programs, " "change settings and generally explore\\dash any changes you make will not be " "saved once you exit, so you don't need to worry about accidentally breaking " "anything." msgstr "" "Når først Ubuntu er oppe at køre vil du se standardskrivebordet. Vi vil tale " "mere om hvordan man rent faktisk bruger Ubuntu i \\chaplink{ch:the-ubuntu-" "desktop}, men indtil videre skal du være velkommen til at prøvekøre " "forskellige ting, åbne nogle programmer, ændre indstillinger og generelt gå " "på opdagelse\\dash de ændringer du foretager dig bliver nulstillet så snart " "du afslutter, så du skal ikke bekymre dig om at ødelægge noget ved et uheld." #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :56 msgid "" "When you are finished exploring, restart your computer by clicking the " "``Power'' button in the top right corner of your screen (circle with a line " "through the top) and then select \\menu{Restart.} Follow the prompts that " "appear on screen, including removing the Live \\acronym{CD} and pressing \\" "keystroke{Enter} when instructed, and then your computer will restart. As " "long as the Live \\acronym{CD} is no longer in the drive, your computer will " "return to its original state as though nothing ever happened!" msgstr "" "Når du er færdig med at gå på opdagelse, genstarter du computeren ved at " "klikke på ``strøm''-knappen i det øverste højre hjørne af din skærm (cirkel " "med en streg gennem toppen) og vælge \\menu{Genstart.} Følg de anvisninger " "der vises på skærmen, inklusive den der fortæller dig at fjerne Live-\\" "acronym{cd}'en og trykke på \\keystroke{Enter} når det bliver anvist. " "Derefter vil din computer genstarte. Så længe Live-\\acronym{cd}'en ikke " "længere er i drevet, vil din computer vende tilbage til dens sædvanlige " "tilstand som om intet var hændt." #. type: section{#2} #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :58 msgid "Minimum system requirements" msgstr "Minimale systemkrav" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :69 msgid "" "Ubuntu runs well on most computer systems. If you are unsure whether it will " "work on your computer, the Live \\acronym{CD} is a great way to test things " "out first. For the more technically minded, below is a list of hardware " "specifications that your computer should ideally meet as a minimum " "requirement. \\marginnote{The majority of computers in use today will meet " "the requirements listed here, however, refer to your computer's " "documentation or speak to the manufacturer if you would like more " "information.}" msgstr "" "Ubuntu kører godt på de fleste computersystemer. Hvis du er usikker på, om " "det vil virke på din computer, er Live-\\acronym{cd}'en en god måde at finde " "ud af det på. For de mere teknisk interesserede er der herunder en liste " "over krav til udstyr, som din computer som minimum skal opfylde. \\" "marginnote{Størstedelen af computerne, der bruges i dag opfylder de viste " "krav, men læs manualen til din computer eller tal med producenten, hvis du " "vil vide mere.}" #. type: itemize #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :69 msgid "700~MHz x86 processor" msgstr "700~MHz x86-processor" #. type: itemize #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :69 msgid "256~\\acronym{MB} of system memory (\\acronym{RAM})" msgstr "Systemhukommelse (\\acronym{RAM}) på 256~\\acronym{MB}" #. type: itemize #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :69 msgid "3~\\acronym{GB} of disk space" msgstr "3~\\acronym{GB} fri plads på harddisken" #. type: itemize #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :69 msgid "Graphics card capable of 1024$\\times$768 resolution" msgstr "Grafikkort der kan vise en opløsning på 1024$\\times$768" #. type: itemize #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :69 msgid "Sound card" msgstr "Lydkort" #. type: itemize #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :69 msgid "A network or Internet connection" msgstr "En netværks- eller internetforbindelse" #. type: section{#2} #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :71 msgid "Installing Ubuntu" msgstr "Installation af Ubuntu" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :73 msgid "" "The process of installing Ubuntu is designed to be quick and easy, however, " "we realize that some people may find the idea a little daunting. To help you " "get started we have included step-by-step instructions below, along with " "screenshots so you can see how things will look along the way." msgstr "" "Installationsprocessen i Ubuntu er designet til at være nem og hurtig, men " "vi er klar over at nogle mennesker finder processen lidt skræmmende. For at " "hjælpe dig i gang har vi herunder inkluderet trin for trin-instruktioner " "sammen med skærmbilleder, så du kan se hvordan hvordan processen forløber." #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :76 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Alternatively, you can also use your mouse to double-click the " "``Install Ubuntu 10.04'' icon that is visible on the desktop when using the " "Live \\acronym{CD}. This will start the Ubuntu installer.} If you have " "already tested out the Ubuntu Live \\acronym{CD}, you should now be familiar " "with the initial ``Welcome'' screen that appears (refer to \\" "seclink{sec:livecd} section above for more information). Again, select your " "language on the left-hand side, then click the button labeled \\" "button{Install Ubuntu 10.04.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Alternativt kan du også dobbeltklikke med musen på ikonet " "``Installer Ubuntu 10.04'' der er synligt på skrivebordet når du kører Live-" "\\acronym{cd}'en. Dette vil påbegynde installationen af Ubuntu.} Hvis du " "allerede har prøvekørt Live- \\acronym{cd}'en, skulle du være bekendt med " "velkomstskærmen der kommer frem (se afsnittet \\seclink{sec:livecd} ovenover " "for yderligere information). Igen, vælg dit sprog i venstre side og klik " "derefter på knappen \\button{Installér Ubuntu 10.04.}" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :78 msgid "" "At least 3~\\acronym{GB} of free space on your hard drive is required in " "order to install Ubuntu, however, 10~\\acronym{GB} or more of free space is " "recommended. That way you will have plenty of room to install extra programs " "later on, as well as store your own documents, music and photos." msgstr "" "Mindst 3~\\acronym{GB} fri plads på harddisken er krævet for at installere " "Ubuntu, 10~\\acronym{GB} fri plads eller mere er dog anbefalet. Så har du " "nemlig masser af plads til at senere at installere ekstraprogrammer såvel " "som at gemme dine egne dokumenter, musik og billeder." #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :80 msgid "" "\\marginnote{There are two other options presented on the ``Welcome'' " "screen: \\textbf{release notes} and \\textbf{update this installer}. " "Clicking on the blue underlined \\textbf{release notes} will open a web page " "containing any important information regarding the current version of " "Ubuntu. Clicking \\textbf{update this installer} will search the Internet " "for any updates to the Ubuntu Live \\acronym{CD} that may have been released " "since your \\acronym{CD} was created.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Der er to andre valgmuligheder på ``velkomstskærmen'': \\" "textbf{Udgivelsesnoter} og \\textbf{opdatér dette installationsprogram}. Ved " "at klikke på den blå, understregede tekst \\textbf{udgivelsesnoter} åbner du " "en hjemmeside med vigtige oplysninger vedrørende den aktuelle udgave af " "Ubuntu. Klikker du på \\textbf{opdatér dette installationsprogram}, søger " "systemet for opdateringer til Ubuntu Live-\\acronym{cd}'en, der er udgivet " "siden din \\acronym{cd} blev brændt.}" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :83 msgid "Getting started" msgstr "Kom godt i gang" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :83 msgid "" "To get started, place the Ubuntu \\acronym{CD} in your \\acronym{CD} drive " "and restart your computer." msgstr "" "For at komme i gang, skal du placere Ubuntu-\\acronym{cd}'en i dit \\" "acronym{cd}-rom-drev og genstarte din computer." #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :85 msgid "" "The next screen will display a world map. Using your mouse, click your " "location on the map to tell Ubuntu where you are. Alternatively, you can use " "the \\dropdown{drop-down lists} underneath. This allows Ubuntu to set up " "your system clock and other location-based features. Click \\button{Forward} " "when you are ready to move on." msgstr "" "Den næste skærm vil vise et verdenskort. Klik med musen på kortet for at " "fortælle Ubuntu, hvor du bor. Alternativt kan du bruge \\" "dropdown{rullegardinerne} forneden. Dette gør Ubuntu i stand til at " "indstille systemuret samt regionsbaserede funktioner. Klik på \\" "button{Næste}, når du er klar til at fortsætte." #. \screenshotTODO{Installation: Where are you? screen} #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :88 msgid "" "\\screenshot{01-where-are-you.png}{ss:where-are-you}{Tell Ubuntu your " "location.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{01-where-are-you.png}{ss:where-are-you}{Fortæl Ubuntu hvor du " "er.}" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :90 msgid "" "Next, you need to tell Ubuntu what keyboard you are using. Usually, you will " "find the suggested option is satisfactory. If you are unsure, you can click " "the \\button{Guess} button to have Ubuntu work out the correct choice by " "asking you to press a series of keys. You can also choose your own keyboard " "layout from the list. If you like, type something into the box at the bottom " "to make sure you are happy with your selection, then click \\button{Forward} " "to continue." msgstr "" "Næste skridt er at fortælle Ubuntu hvilket tastatur du bruger. Som regel er " "det foreslåede valg tilfredsstillende. Hvis du er usikker, kan du klikke på " "\\button{Gæt}-knappen for at lade Ubuntu gætte det korrekte valg ved at bede " "dig om at trykke på en række taster. Du kan også vælge dit eget " "tastaturlayout fra listen. Hvis du vil, kan du indtaste noget i boksen " "forneden for at være sikker på at du er tilfreds med dit valg. Klik derefter " "på \\button{Næste} for at fortsætte." #. \screenshotTODO{Installation: Keyboard screen} #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :93 msgid "" "\\screenshot{01-keyboard-setup.png}{ss:keyboard-setup}{Check your keyboard " "layout is correct.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{01-keyboard-setup.png}{ss:keyboard-setup}{Kontrollér at din " "tastaturudlægning er korrekt.}" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :95 msgid "Prepare disk space" msgstr "Klargør diskområde" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :97 msgid "" "This next step is often referred to as \\emph{partitioning}. Partitioning is " "the process of allocating portions of your hard drive for a specific " "purpose. When you create a partition, you are essentially dividing up your " "hard drive into sections that will be used for different types of " "information. Partitioning can sometimes seem complex to a new user, however, " "it does not have to be. In fact, Ubuntu provides you with some options that " "greatly simplify this process." msgstr "" "Dette næste skridt kaldes ofte \\emph{partitionering}. Partitionering er den " "proces, der allokerer dele af din harddisk til et bestemt formål. Når du " "opretter en partition, deler du i realiteten din harddisk op i sektioner, " "der vil brugt til forskellige typer data. Partitionering kan nogle gange " "virke komplekst for en ny bruger, hvilket det dog ikke behøver være. Rent " "faktisk giver Ubuntu dig nogle valg, der i høj grad gør denne proces nemmere." #. \screenshotTODO{Installation: Partitioning screen} #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :100 msgid "" "\\screenshot{01-partition.png}{ss:partition}{Choose where you would like to " "install Ubuntu.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{01-partition.png}{ss:partition}{Vælg hvor du vil installere " "Ubuntu.}" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :109 msgid "Erase and use the entire disk" msgstr "Slet og brug hele disken" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :109 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Many people installing Ubuntu for the first time are currently " "using either Windows \\acronym{XP}, Windows Vista, Windows 7, or Mac \\" "acronym{OS~X} on their computer. Ubuntu provides you with the option of " "either \\emph{replacing} your existing operating system altogether, or " "installing Ubuntu alongside your existing system. The latter is called \\" "emph{dual-booting}. Whenever you turn on or restart your computer, you will " "be given the option to select which operating system you want to use for " "that session.} Use this option if you want to erase your entire disk. This " "will delete any existing operating systems that are installed on that disk, " "such as Windows \\acronym{XP}, and install Ubuntu in its place. This option " "is also useful if you have an empty hard drive, as Ubuntu will automatically " "create the necessary partitions for you." msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Mange af de, der installerer Ubuntu for første gang, bruger " "samtidigt enten Windows \\acronym{XP}, Windows Vista, Windows 7, eller Mac \\" "acronym{OS~X} på deres computer. Ubuntu tilbyder dig enten at \\" "emph{erstatte} dit eksisterende operativsystem eller at installere Ubuntu " "ved siden af det eksisterende system. Sidstnævnte kaldes \\emph{dual-" "booting}. Når du tænder eller genstarter din computer, vil du blive spurgt " "om hvilket styresystem du vil bruge.} Vælg dette hvis du vil slette hele din " "disk. Dette vil slette ethvert eksisterende styresystem der er installeret " "på denne disk, som f.eks. Windows \\acronym{XP}, og installere Ubuntu i dets " "sted. Denne mulighed er også nyttig hvis du har en tom harddisk, da Ubuntu " "automatisk vil oprette de nødvendige partitioner for dig." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :112 msgid "Guided partitioning" msgstr "Guidet partitionering" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :112 msgid "" "If you already have another operating system installed on your hard drive, " "and want to install Ubuntu alongside it, choose the \\radiobutton{Install " "them side by side, choosing between them each startup} option." msgstr "" "Hvis du allerede har et andet styresystem installeret på din harddisk og " "ønsker at installere Ubuntu ved siden af det, skal du vælge \\" "radiobutton{Installér dem side om side, vælg mellem dem ved opstart}." #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :114 msgid "" "Ubuntu will automatically detect the other operating system and install " "Ubuntu alongside it. For more complicated dual-booting setups, you will need " "to configure the partitions manually." msgstr "" "Ubuntu vil automatisk finde det andet operativsystem og installere Ubuntu " "ved siden af det. For mere avancerede dual-booting opsætninger, er du nødt " "til at konfigurere partionerne manuelt." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :117 msgid "Specifying partitions manually" msgstr "Angiv partitioner manuelt" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :117 msgid "" "This option is for more advanced users and is used to create special " "partitions, or format the hard drive with a filesystem different to the " "default one. It can also be used to create a separate \\texttt{/home} " "partition. This can be very useful in case you decide to reinstall Ubuntu, " "as it allows you to format and reinstall the operating system, whilst " "keeping all your personal files and program settings intact in a separate " "partition." msgstr "" "Dette punkt er for mere avancerede brugere og bruges til at oprette særlige " "partitioner, eller formatere harddisken med et andet filsystem end " "standardvalget. Det kan også anvendes til at oprette en separat \\" "texttt{/home}-partition. Dette kan være nyttigt i tilfælde af at du " "beslutter dig for at geninstallere Ubuntu, da det lader dig formatere og " "geninstallere operativsystemet og samtidigt gemme alle dine personlige filer " "og programindstillinger på en separat partition." #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :119 msgid "" "Because this is quite an advanced task, we have omitted the details from " "this edition of \\emph{Getting Started with Ubuntu.} You can see more " "information and detailed instructions on partitioning here: \\" "url{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/HowtoPartition}." msgstr "" "Da dette er en ret avanceret opgave, har vi udeladt detaljerne i denne " "udgave af \\emph{Kom godt i gang med Ubuntu.} Du kan læse yderligere " "informationer og detaljerede instrukser her: \\" "url{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/HowtoPartition}." #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :121 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Ubuntu installs a \\textbf{home folder} where your personal " "files and configuration data are located by default. If you choose to have " "your home folder on a separate partition, then in the event that you decide " "to reinstall Ubuntu or perform a fresh upgrade to the latest release, your " "personal files and configuration data won't be lost.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Ubuntu installerer en \\textbf{hjemmemappe} hvor dine " "personlige filer og konfigurationsdata som standard bliver gemt. Hvis du " "vælger at have din hjemmemappe på en separat partition vil dine personlige " "filer og konfigurationsdata ikke gå tabt, hvis du vælger at geninstallere " "eller opgradere Ubuntu til den seneste udgivelse.}" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :123 msgid "" "Once you are happy with the way the partitions are going to be set up, click " "the \\button{Forward} button at the bottom to move on." msgstr "" "Når du er tilfreds med opsætningen på partitionerne, kan du klikke på \\" "button{Næste} for at fortsætte." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :125 msgid "Enter your details" msgstr "Indtast dine oplysninger" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :127 msgid "" "Ubuntu needs to know some information about you so it can set up the primary " "login account on your computer. Your name will appear on the login screen as " "well as the \\gls{MeMenu}, which will be discussed further in \\" "chaplink{ch:the-ubuntu-desktop}." msgstr "" "Ubuntu skal bruge nogle informationer om dig, så den kan indstille " "standardlogindkontoen på din computer. Dit navn vil vises på logindskærmen " "såvel som i \\gls{MeMenu}'en, som vil blive yderligere diskuteret i \\" "chaplink{ch:the-ubuntu-desktop}." #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :129 msgid "On this screen you will need to tell Ubuntu:" msgstr "På denne skærm skal du fortælle Ubuntu:" #. type: itemize #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :137 msgid "your real name," msgstr "dit rigtige navn," #. type: itemize #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :137 msgid "your desired username," msgstr "det brugernavn du vil benytte," #. type: itemize #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :137 msgid "your desired password," msgstr "det kodeord du vil benytte," #. type: itemize #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :137 msgid "what you want to call your computer," msgstr "hvad du vil kalde din computer," #. type: itemize #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :137 msgid "how you want Ubuntu to log you in." msgstr "hvordan du vil have at Ubuntu logger dig ind." #. \screenshotTODO{Installation: Who are you? screen} #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :140 msgid "" "\\screenshot{01-who-are-you.png}{ss:who-are-you}{Setup your user account.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{01-who-are-you.png}{ss:who-are-you}{Opsæt din brugerkonto.}" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :142 msgid "" "Type in your full name under ``What is your name?''. The next text field is " "where you select a username for yourself, and is the name that will be " "displayed at the Ubuntu login screen when you turn on your computer. You " "will see this is automatically filled in for you with your first name. Most " "people find it easiest to stick with this, however, it can be changed if you " "prefer." msgstr "" "Indtast dit fulde navn under ``Hvad er dit navn?''. I det næste tekstfelt " "vælger du et brugernavn, og dette navn vil blive vist på logindskærmen i " "Ubuntu når du tænder for din computer. Du kan se at dette felt automatisk er " "udfyldt med dit fornavn. De fleste mennesker synes at det er nemmest at " "holde sig til det, men du kan dog ændre det hvis du vil." #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :144 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Although you can choose your preferred username and computer " "name, you are required to stick with letters, numbers, hyphens, and dots. " "You will receive a warning if symbols or other characters are entered, and " "until this is altered you will be unable to progress to the next screen.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Selvom du kan vælge dit bruger- og computernavn, kræves det dog " "at du holder dig til bogstaver, tal, bindestreger og punktummer. Du vil få " "en advarsel hvis du har indtastet symboler eller andre tegn, og indtil du " "har rettet det, vil du ikke være i stand til at fortsætte til næste " "skærmbillede.}" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :146 msgid "" "Next, choose a password and enter it into the first password field on the " "left, then type the same again into the right field to verify. When both " "passwords match, a strength rating will appear on the right that will tell " "you whether your password is ``too short,'' ``weak,'' ``fair,'' or " "``strong.'' You will be able to continue the installation process regardless " "of your password strength, however, for security reasons it is best to " "choose a strong one. This is best achieved by having a password that is at " "least six characters long, and is a mixture of letters, numbers, symbols, " "and uppercase/lowercase. For extra security, avoid obvious passwords like " "your birth date, spouse's name, or the name of your pet." msgstr "" "Som det næste skal du vælge en adgangskode og indtaste den i det først felt " "til venstre. Indtast den så igen i det feltet til højre for at bekræfte det. " "Når adgangskoderne stemmer, vil en styrkevurdering fortælle dig hvorvidt din " "adgangskode er ``for kort,'' ``svag,'' ``nogenlunde,'' ``god'' eller " "``stærk.'' Du vil være i stand til at fortsætte installationsprocessen " "uagtet din adgangskodes styrke, men af sikkerhedsårsager er det bedst at " "vælge en god en. Dette er nemmest ved at have en adgangskode der er på " "mindst seks tegn, er en blanding af bogstaver, tal, symboler og store og små " "bogstaver." #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :148 msgid "" "Now you need to decide on your computer's name. Again, this will be filled " "in for you automatically using the login name you entered above (it will say " "something like ``john-desktop'' or ``john-laptop.''), however, it can be " "changed if you prefer. Your computer name will mainly be used for " "identifying your computer if you are on a home or office network with " "multiple other computers. To learn more about setting up a network, refer to " "\\chaplink{ch:default-applications}." msgstr "" "Nu skal du angive din computers navn. Igen vil dette være automatisk udfyldt " "med det logindnavn du angav ovenfor (der vil stå noget i stil med ``jens-" "desktop'' eller ``jens-laptop.''), men det kan dog ændres hvis du ønsker. " "Dit computernavn vil primært blive brugt til at identificere din computer " "hvis du er på et hjemme- eller firmanetværk med flere computere. Se \\" "chaplink{ch:default-applications} for at læse mere om hvordan man opsætter " "et netværk." #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :150 msgid "" "Finally, at the bottom of this screen you have three options to choose from " "regarding how you want to log in to Ubuntu." msgstr "" "Til sidst vil du i bunden af skærmen have tre muligheder at vælge mellem i " "forhold til hvordan du vil logge ind i Ubuntu." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :152 msgid "Log in automatically" msgstr "Log ind automatisk" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :154 msgid "" "Ubuntu will log in to your primary account automatically when you start up " "the computer so you won't have to enter your username and password. This " "makes your login experience quicker and more convenient, however, if privacy " "or security are important to you, this option is not recommended. Anyone who " "can physically access your computer will be able to turn it on and also " "access your files." msgstr "" "Ubuntu vil automatisk logge på din primære konto når du tænder for din " "computer, så du skal derfor ikke indtaste dit brugernavn og adgangskode. " "Dette vil gøre logindoplevelsen hurtigere og mere behagelig. Hvis privatliv " "og sikkerhed er vigtigt for for dig, er denne indstilling dog ikke " "anbefalet. Enhver der fysisk kan tilgå din computer vil kunne tænde for den " "og tilgå dine filer." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :156 msgid "Require my password to login" msgstr "Kræv min adgangskode for at logge ind" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :158 msgid "" "This option is selected by default, as it will prevent unauthorized people " "from accessing your computer without knowing the password you created " "earlier. This is a good option for those that, for example, share their " "computer with other family members. Once the installation process has been " "completed, an additional login account can be created for each family " "member. Each person will then have their own login name and password, " "account preferences, Internet bookmarks, and personal storage space." msgstr "" "Denne indstilling er valgt som standard, da den vil forhindre personer uden " "godkendelse i at tilgå din computer uden at kende adgangskoden, du oprettede " "før. Dette er eksempelvis en god mulighed for dem, der deler deres computer " "med familien eller venner. Når installationen er færdig, kan et yderligere " "brugernavn oprettes for hver bruger af computeren. Alle vil så have deres " "eget brugernavn og adgangskode, kontoindstillinger, gemte internetadresser " "og personlig lagerplads." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :160 msgid "Require my password to login and decrypt my home folder" msgstr "Kræv min adgangskode ved indlogning og afkrypter min hjemmemappe." #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :163 msgid "" "This option provides you with an extra layer of security. Your home folder " "is where your personal files are stored. By selecting this option, Ubuntu " "will automatically enable encryption on your home folder, meaning that files " "and folders must be \\emph{decrypted} using your password before they can be " "accessed. Therefore if someone had physical access to your hard drive (for " "example, if your computer was stolen and the hard drive removed), they would " "still not be able to see your files without knowing your password. \\" "warning{If you choose this option, be careful not to enable automatic login " "at a later date. It will cause complications with your encrypted home " "folder, and will potentially lock you out of important files.}" msgstr "" "Denne indstilling giver dig et yderligere sikkerhedslag. Din hjemmemappe er " "hvor dine personlige filer ligger gemt. Ved at tilvælge denne indstilling " "vil Ubuntu automatisk kryptere din hjemmemappe, hvilket betyder at dine " "filer og mapper skal \\emph{afkrypteres} ved brug af din adgangskode, før de " "kan tilgås. Derfor vil det ikke være muligt for andre at se dine filer og " "mapper uden at kende adgangskoden, hvis de på en måde får dit lagerdrev i " "hænde (f.eks. hvis computeren bliver stjålet og drevet fjernet). \\" "warning{Hvis du vælger denne indstilling, bør du ikke tilvælge automatisk " "indlogning ved et senere tidspunkt, da dette kan forårsage problemer i din " "krypterede hjemmemappe og kan føre til, at du ikke vil kunne tilgå vigtige " "filer.}" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :165 msgid "Confirm your settings and begin installation" msgstr "Bekræft dine indstillinger og gå i gang med at installere" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :169 msgid "" "The last screen summarizes your install settings, including any changes that " "will be made to the partitions on your hard drive. Note the warning about " "data being destroyed on any removed or formatted partitions\\dash if you " "have important information on your hard drive that is not backed up, now " "would be a good time to check that you have set up your partitions " "correctly. \\marginnote{You should not need to click the \\button{Advanced} " "button unless you wish to change your bootloader settings or network proxy. " "These are more advanced tasks and beyond the scope of this guide.} Once you " "have made sure that all the settings are correct, click on \\button{Install} " "to begin the installation process." msgstr "" "Det sidste skærmbillede sammenfatter dine personlige indstillinger samt " "eventuelle ændringer, der vil forekomme på dine harddiskpartitioner. Bemærk " "advarslen angående data, der vil blive tilintetgjort på alle slettede eller " "formaterede partitioner\\dash hvis du har vigtige data på din harddisk, der " "ikke har en sikkerhedskopi, ville det være en god ide at gennemgå " "partitionsopsætningen atter en gang før du fortsætter. \\marginnote{Du burde " "ikke få brug for knappen \\button{Avanceret}, med mindre du vil ændre " "opstartsindstillinger eller netværks-proxyen. Dette indebærer " "finindstillinger, som denne vejledning ikke vil beskæftige sig med.} Når du " "har gennemgået alle indstillinger, kan du bekræfte dem og begynde " "installeringen ved at trykke på \\button{Installer}." #. \screenshotTODO{Installation: Confirmation screen} #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :172 msgid "" "\\screenshot{01-confirmation.png}{ss:confirmation}{Check that everything is " "set up right before Ubuntu is installed.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{01-confirmation.png}{ss:confirmation}{Kontroller at alt er sat " "rigtigt op før Ubuntu installeres.}" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :175 msgid "" "Ubuntu will now install. As the installation progresses, a slideshow will " "give you an introduction to some of the default applications included with " "Ubuntu. These applications are covered in more detail in \\" "chaplink{ch:default-applications}." msgstr "" "Ubuntu vil nu blive installeret. Under forløbet vil du blive fremvist nogle " "af standardprogrammerne, der følger med Ubuntu. Programmerne beskrives mere " "udførligt i \\chaplink{ch:default-applications}." #. \screenshotTODO{Installation: First slide in the slideshow} #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :178 msgid "" "\\screenshot{01-first-slide.png}{ss:first-slide}{The first slide in the " "installation slideshow.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{01-first-slide.png}{ss:first-slide}{Første side i " "installationsfremvisningen.}" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :181 msgid "" "After approximately twenty minutes, the installation will complete and you " "will be able to click \\button{Restart Now} to restart your computer and " "start Ubuntu. The \\acronym{CD} will be ejected, so remove it from your \\" "acronym{CD} drive and press \\keystroke{Enter} to continue." msgstr "" "Efter omtrent tyve minutter vil installationen være overstået, og du vil " "kunne trykke på \\button{Genstart nu} for at genstarte din computer og " "begynde at bruge Ubuntu. \\acronym{Cd}'en vil skubbes ud, så tag den " "venligst væk fra drevet og tryk \\keystroke{Enter} for at fortsætte." #. \screenshotTODO{Installation: Restart now dialog} #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :184 msgid "" "\\screenshot{01-restart-now.png}{ss:restart-now}{You are now ready to " "restart your computer.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{01-restart-now.png}{ss:restart-now}{Du kan nu genstarte " "computeren.}" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :186 msgid "" "Wait while your computer restarts, and you will then see the login window " "(unless you selected automatic login)." msgstr "" "Vent imens din computer genstarter, hvorefter du vil kunne se skærmen til " "brugervalg (med mindre du har valgt automatisk indlogning)." #. \screenshotTODO{Installation: The Ubuntu login window} #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :189 msgid "" "\\screenshot{01-ubuntu-login.png}{ss:ubuntu-login}{The Ubuntu login window.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{01-ubuntu-login.png}{ss:ubuntu-login}{Brugervalgsskærmen i " "Ubuntu.}" #. type: document #: ./installation/installation.tex #: :191 msgid "" "Click your username and enter your password, then press \\keystroke{Enter} " "or click \\button{Log in}. You will then be logged in to Ubuntu and will be " "presented with your new desktop!" msgstr "" "Klik på dit brugernavn og indtast din adgangskode efterfulgt af tryk på \\" "keystroke{Enter}-tasten eller klik på knappen \\button{Log ind}. Du vil " "derefter blive logget ind i Ubuntu og vil kunne se dit nye skrivebord." #. type: chapter{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :5 msgid "The Ubuntu desktop" msgstr "Skrivebordet i Ubuntu" #. type: section{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :8 msgid "Understanding the desktop" msgstr "Lær skrivebordet at kende" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :8 msgid "" "At first glance, you will notice many similarities between Ubuntu and other " "operating systems such as Windows or Mac \\acronym{OS~X}. This is because " "they are all based on the concept of a graphical user interface (\\" "gls{GUI})\\dash that is, you use your mouse to navigate the desktop, open " "programs, move files, and perform most other tasks. In short, things are " "very visually oriented, which means it is important for you to become " "familiar with where and what to click in Ubuntu." msgstr "" "Ved første øjekast vil du nok bemærke mange ligheder mellem Ubuntu og andre " "operativsystemer såsom Windows eller Mac \\acronym{OS~X}. Dette skyldes at " "de alle er baseret på grafiske brugergrænseflader (\\gls{GUI}'er)\\dash " "altså at du bruger musen til at navigere rundt på skrivebordet, åbne " "programmer, flytte filer og foretage de fleste andre handlinger med. Kort " "sagt er tingene meget visuelt orienteret, hvilket betyder at det er vigtigt " "for dig at vænne dig til hvor og hvad der skal klikkes på i Ubuntu." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :10 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Ubuntu 10.04 has an emphasis on ``social from the start'' and " "features social network integration in the desktop for sites like Twitter " "and Facebook.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Ubuntu 10.04 har det specielle fokus ``social fra starten'' og " "har integreret adgang til sociale netværk såsom Twitter og Facebook på " "skrivebordet.}" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :13 msgid "GNOME" msgstr "GNOME" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :13 msgid "" "All \\acronym{GUI}-based operating systems use a \\emph{desktop " "environment}. Desktop environments encompass many things, such as the look " "and feel of your system, as well as how the desktop is organized, laid out, " "and navigated by the user. In Linux distributions (such as Ubuntu), there " "are a number of desktop environments available for use. One of the most " "popular desktop environments is called \\acronym{GNOME}, which is used by " "default in Ubuntu. \\acronym{KDE}, \\acronym{XFCE}, and \\acronym{LXDE} are " "other popular desktop environments (used in Kubuntu, Xubuntu, and Lubuntu, " "respectively), and there are many more. As Ubuntu is based on \\" "acronym{GNOME}, we will limit our discussion in this guide to exploring your " "\\acronym{GNOME} desktop." msgstr "" "Alle grafiske operativsystemer bruger et \\emph{skrivebordsmiljø}. " "Skrivebordsmiljøer omfatter mange ting, f.eks. udseendet og opførslen af dit " "system, hvordan skrivebordet er organiseret, og hvordan det betjenes af " "brugeren. I udgaver af Linux (såsom Ubuntu) er der flere tilgængelige " "skrivebordsmiljøer. Et af de mest populære kaldes \\acronym{GNOME}, og dette " "bruges som standard i Ubuntu. \\acronym{KDE}, \\acronym{XFCE} og \\" "acronym{LXDE} er andre populære skrivebordsmiljøer (disse bruges henholdsvis " "i Kubuntu, Xubuntu og Lubuntu), og der er mange flere. Da Ubuntu er baseret " "på \\acronym{GNOME}, vil vi i denne vejledning begrænse os til \\" "acronym{GNOME}-skrivebordet." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :15 msgid "" "\\marginnote{To read more about other variants of Ubuntu, refer to \\" "chaplink{ch:learning-more}.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Du kan læse mere om andre udgaver af Ubuntu i \\" "chaplink{ch:learning-more}.}" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :17 msgid "" "When you first log in to Ubuntu after installing it to your hard drive, you " "will see the \\acronym{GNOME} desktop. Ubuntu is highly customizable, as is " "the \\acronym{GNOME} desktop, but for now let's just explore the default " "layout that is in front of you." msgstr "" "Når du tager Ubuntu i brug for første gang efter at have installeret det, " "vil du se \\acronym{GNOME}-skrivebordet. Ubuntu er meget tilpasningsdygtig " "og det samme gælder for dette skrivebord, men lad os lige nu kun undersøge " "standardudlægningen, som du ser foran dig." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :19 msgid "" "\\screenshot{02-blank-desktop.png}{ss:blank-desktop}{The Ubuntu 10.04 " "default desktop.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{02-blank-desktop.png}{ss:blank-desktop}{Standardskrivebordet i " "Ubuntu 10.04.}" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :22 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Everything on a panel is an \\gls{applet}, even the main menu.} " "First, you will notice there are two \\emph{panels}\\dash one at the top of " "your desktop and one at the bottom. A panel is a bar that sits on the edge " "of your screen and contains various \\emph{applets}. These applets provide " "useful functions such as running programs, viewing the time, or accessing " "the main menu." msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Hvert element på værktøjslinjerne, selv hovedoversigten, er et " "tilegnet \\gls{panelprogram}.} Noget af det første, man lægger mærke til, er " "de to \\emph{værktøjslinjer}\\dash - en i toppen af skrivebordet og en i " "bunden. De placeres som regel i kanten af skærmen og indeholder forskellige " "\\emph{panelprogrammer}, der tilbyder nyttige funktionaliteter såsom at " "afvikle programmer, se tiden og tilgå hovedoversigten." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :25 msgid "The top panel" msgstr "Øverste panel" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :25 msgid "" "Starting from the left, you will see three menu headings\\dash \\" "button{Applications}, \\button{Places}, and \\button{System}\\dash followed " "by two program icons. The first of these icons will open the \\" "application{Firefox} web browser (see \\chaplink{ch:default-applications} " "for more information), and the next will open the \\application{Ubuntu Help " "Center}. \\marginnote{The \\application{Ubuntu Help Center} is a highly " "useful resource. It provides a wealth of information about your Ubuntu " "system, and is always at your fingertips by simply clicking this panel icon " "(or navigating to \\menu{System \\then Help and Support}).}" msgstr "" "I venstre side kan du se tre menuoverskrifter\\dash \\button{Programmer}, \\" "button{Steder}, og \\button{System}\\dash efterfulgt af to programikoner. " "Det første af disse ikoner vil åbne browseren \\application{Firefox} (se \\" "chaplink{ch:default-applications} for at læse mere), og det næste vil åbne \\" "application{Ubuntu hjælpecenter}. \\marginnote{\\application{Ubuntu " "hjælpecenter} er en stærk ressource. Den tilbyder et hav af oplysninger om " "dit Ubuntusystem og er altid ved hånden ved at klikke på dette ikon eller " "ved at gå til \\menu{System \\Hjælp og support}).}" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :27 msgid "" "On the right side of this panel you will find the \\emph{notification area}, " "which is similar in function to the ``system tray'' in Windows, or the " "``menu extras'' area on the Mac \\acronym{OS~X} menubar. Next to this is the " "\\gls{MeMenu}, which will display your username (the name you entered during " "installation) and is used to update social network sites like Twitter and " "Facebook as well as set your Instant Messaging status in \\" "application{Empathy}. Finally, on the far right of the panel is the session " "menu, which provides menu options for locking your computer, logging out, " "restarting, or shutting down completely." msgstr "" "I højre side af denne værktøjslinje kan man finde \\emph{statusfeltet}, som " "svarer til det kendte statusfelt i hjørnet af Windows-skrivebordet eller " "kontekstområdet i menulinjen i Mac \\acronym{OS~X}. Ved siden af denne har " "vi den såkaldte \\gls{MeMenu}, som vil vise dit brugernavn (navnet som du " "indtastede under opsætningen) og som bruges til sociale netværkssider som " "Twitter og Facebook såvel som til at sætte din status i beskedprogrammet \\" "application{Empathy}. Endelig har vi helt ovre i højre side menuen, der " "giver mulighed for at slukke, låse, genstarte eller logge dig ud af din " "konto på computeren." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :29 msgid "" "\\marginnote{New notifications of emails and instant messages appear in the " "messaging menu applet. When you have a new message, the envelope icon will " "turn green.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Nye beskedvinduer til e-post og lynbeskeder ses i " "beskedpanelprogrammet. Når du modtager en ny besked, vil konvolutikonet " "blive grønt.}" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :33 msgid "The notification area" msgstr "Statusfeltet" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :33 msgid "" "Inside the \\gls{notification area} you will find the network indicator, " "volume adjustment, Bluetooth indicator (if your computer has Bluetooth " "capability), messaging, and the date and time applets. Some programs will " "also place an icon in the notification area when you open them." msgstr "" "I \\gls{statusfeltet} finder du netværksmåleren, lydstyrkekontrollen, " "Bluetooth-måleren (hvis din computer har Bluetooth-enheder), beskedområde og " "et panelprogram til visning af tid og dato. Nogle programmer vil også lægge " "et ikon i statusfeltet når du åbner dem." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :35 msgid "" "\\marginnote{To remove an applet, right click on it and select \\" "button{Remove From Panel.}}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{For at fjerne et panelprogram, skal du højreklikke på det og " "vælge \\button{Fjern fra panel.}}" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :37 msgid "" "Left-clicking icons in the notification area will bring up a list of " "options, and in some cases right-clicking an icon will also perform an " "action related to that program. For example, to adjust the volume, simply " "left-click once on the volume icon and a volume slider will appear. Click " "the date and time applet to open a small calendar, and then click a specific " "date to add a reminder to your calendar through \\application{Evolution} " "(see \\chaplink{ch:default-applications} for more information on \\" "application{Evolution})." msgstr "" "Ved at venstreklikke ikoner i statusfeltet får du en liste med " "valgmuligheder frem og i nogle tilfælde vil højreklik også foretage en " "hændelse i forbindelse med programmet. Eksempelvis skal man for at justere " "lydstyrken venstreklikke på lydstyrkeikonet, hvorefter en linje med skyder " "vil dukke op. Klik på uret og datoen for at åbne en kalender og klik på en " "bestemt dato for at tilføje en påmindelse til din kalender i \\" "application{Evolution} (se \\chaplink{ch:default-applications} for at finde " "yderligere oplysninger om \\application{Evolution})." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :39 msgid "" "\\marginnote{To add a new applet to a panel, right click in a clear area on " "the panel and select \\button{Add to Panel.}}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{For at tilføje et nyt panelprogram, skal du højreklikke på et " "tomt område på værktøjslinjen og vælge \\button{Tilføj til panel.}}" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :41 msgid "" "When the calender is expanded there is a button labeled \\button{Locations}, " "which will open a small world map when clicked. Here you can further set up " "your location preferences by clicking \\button{Edit}. In the window that " "appears, click \\button{Add}, then enter your location in the text field. If " "you live in a major city it may be on the list already; if not, you can " "enter your latitude and longitude manually (try searching online if you " "don't have this information). Make sure your time zone is selected, then " "click \\button{OK} to return to the preferences screen." msgstr "" "Når kalenderen er udfoldet, er der en knap kaldet \\button{Steder}, som vil " "åbne et lille verdenskort når den klikkes. Herfra kan du opsætte dine " "områdeangivelser ved at trykke på \\button{Redigér}. I vinduet, der kommer " "frem, klikker du på \\button{Tilføj} og indtaster navnet på det ønskede " "område i tekstfeltet. Hvis du bor i en større by, kan det tænkes, at den " "allerede er på listen; hvis ikke kan du indtaste længdegrader og " "breddegrader manuelt (prøv at finde disse oplysninger på internettet, hvis " "du ikke allerede kender dem). Forvis dig om at tidszonen er valgt og tryk på " "\\button{O.k.} for at vende tilbage til indstillingsskærmen." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :43 msgid "" "Feel free to explore the other options available under the \\button{General} " "and \\button{Weather} tabs if you like, then click \\button{Close} at the " "bottom when you are done. If weather information is available for your city, " "you will now see the current temperature displayed alongside the date and " "time in the notification area." msgstr "" "Du er velkommen til at udforske andre tilgængelige muligheder under " "fanebladene \\button{Generelt} og \\button{Vejr} hvis du ønsker. Når du er " "færdig, kan du trykke på \\button{Luk}. Hvis vejroplysninger er tilgængelige " "for din by, vil du nu kunne se den nuværende temperatur vist ved siden af " "tiden og datoen i statusfeltet." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :45 msgid "The bottom panel" msgstr "Det nederste panel" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :47 msgid "" "\\marginnote{The \\acronym{GNOME} desktop environment used in Ubuntu can " "provide two or more ``virtual desktops,'' or \\textbf{workspaces}. Using " "these workspaces can reduce clutter by opening windows on separate desktops, " "without needing a separate monitor. For example, in order to organize your " "activities you may have your email open in one workspace and a text document " "you are working on in another. To switch workspaces, simply click on the " "boxes in the \\textbf{workspace switcher} or use the keyboard shortcut \\" "keystroke{Ctrl+Alt+Left arrow} or \\keystroke{Ctrl+Alt+Right arrow} to " "switch workspaces quickly.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{\\acronym{GNOME}-skrivebordsmiljøet, som Ubuntu benytter sig " "af, kan stille to eller flere ``virtuelle'' skriveborde eller \\" "textbf{arbejdsområder} til rådighed. Ved at bruge disse arbejdsområder kan " "man formindske rod ved at åbne vinduer på adskilte skriveborde uden at det " "kræver en yderligere skærm. Eksempelvis kan det være praktisk at have et e-" "brev åbent i et arbejdsområde og et tekstprogram i et andet for at kunne " "arbejde effektivt. For at skifte mellem arbejdsområder kan du trykke på de " "enkelte kasser i \\textbf{arbejdsområdeskifteren} eller bruge " "tastaturgenvejen \\keystroke{Ctrl+Alt+venstrepil} eller \\" "keystroke{Ctrl+Alt+højrepil} for at skifte arbejdsområde hurtigt.}" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :49 msgid "" "Ubuntu uses most of the bottom panel to display a list of all programs or " "windows that are currently open. These appear as horizontal buttons which " "can be clicked to \\emph{minimize} or \\emph{restore} the corresponding " "windows (see \\seclink{sec:managing-windows} below for more information)." msgstr "" "Ubuntu bruger det meste af det nederste panel til at vise alle åbne " "programmer eller vinduer. De viser sig som vandrette knapper, som kan " "klikkes for at \\emph{minimere} eller \\emph{genskabe} de tilsvarende " "vinduer (se \\seclink{sec:managing-windows} nedenfor for yderligere " "oplysninger)." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :51 msgid "" "On the far left of the bottom panel is a small icon that resembles a " "desktop. This \\emph{Show Desktop} button will \\gls{minimize} all open " "windows at once, giving you clear access to your desktop. This is " "particularly useful when you have many windows open at once and your desktop " "becomes cluttered. Clicking the button again will restore the windows to " "their original position." msgstr "" "Længst til venstre på det nederste panel er der et lille ikon, der ligner et " "skrivebord. Denne \\emph{Vis skrivebord}-knap vil \\gls{minimize} alle åbne " "vinduer og giver dermed adgang til skrivebordet. Det er især nyttigt, når " "man har mange vinduer åbne på en gang og skrivebordet er rodet. Hvis man " "trykker på knappen igen genskabes alle vinduerne til deres oprindelige " "position." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :53 msgid "" "On the right side of the panel you will see some small boxes in a row; this " "is the \\emph{Workspace Switcher}. By default, Ubuntu 10.04 is set up with " "two workspaces." msgstr "" "På højresiden af panelet vil du kunne se nogle små kasser i en række; dette " "er \\emph{arbejdsområdeskifteren}. Som standard er Ubuntu 10.04 sat op med " "to arbejdsområder." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :55 msgid "" "Finally, the icon farthest to the right is the \\emph{trash}, which performs " "a similar function to the Recycle Bin in Windows or the Trash in Mac \\" "acronym{OS~X}. Any files you delete are first sent to the trash. To see the " "contents of the trash, click on this icon. You can empty it by clicking on " "the \\button{Empty Trash} button in the window that appears, or " "alternatively by right-clicking the trash icon in the bottom panel and " "selecting \\menu{Empty Trash} from the menu. This will permanently delete " "any files or folders that it contains." msgstr "" "Endelig har vi ikonet yderst til højre. Dette er \\emph{papirkurven}, som " "også kendes fra Windows eller Mac \\acronym{OS~X}. Alle filer, som du " "sletter, videreføres i første omgang til papirkurven. For at se dens " "indhold, kan du klikke på dette ikon. Du kan tømme den ved at trykke på " "knappen \\button{Tøm papirkurv} i vinduet, der fremkommer, eller ved at " "højreklikke på papirkurven i nederste panel og vælge \\menu{Tøm papirkurv} " "fra menuen. Dette vil uigenkaldeligt slette alle filer og mapper indeholdt i " "papirkurven." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :58 msgid "The desktop background" msgstr "Skrivebordsbaggrund" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :58 msgid "" "In between the top and bottom panels is an image that covers the entire " "desktop. This is the desktop background (often referred to as your " "``wallpaper''), and the one you see in front of you belongs to the default " "Ubuntu 10.04 theme known as \\emph{Ambiance.} To learn more about " "customizing your desktop including changing your background, see the section " "on \\seclink{sec:customizing-desktop} below." msgstr "" "Mellem det øverste og nederste panel er der et billede, der dækker hele " "skrivebordet. Det er skrivebordsbaggrunden, og den du ser foran dig er del " "standardtemaet i Ubuntu 10.04, kendt som \\emph{Ambiance.} For at læse mere " "om tilpasning af skrivebordet, herunder hvordan man skifter " "skrivebordsbaggrund, se afsnittet om \\seclink{sec:customizing-desktop} " "nedenfor." #. type: section{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :62 msgid "Managing windows" msgstr "Håndtering af vinduer" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :62 msgid "" "When you open a program in Ubuntu (such as a web browser or a text editor\\" "dash see \\chaplink{ch:default-applications} for more information on using " "programs), a \\emph{window} will appear on your desktop. If you have used " "another operating system before, such as Microsoft Windows or Mac \\" "acronym{OS~X}, you are probably familiar with the concept of a ``window''\\" "dash the box that appears on your screen when you start a program. In " "Ubuntu, the top part of a window (the \\emph{titlebar}) will have the title " "of the window in the center, and three buttons in the top left corner. From " "left to right, these buttons \\emph{close}, \\emph{minimize}, and \\" "emph{maximize} the window. Additionally, you can right-click anywhere on the " "titlebar for a list of other window management options." msgstr "" "Når du åbner et program i Ubuntu (f.eks. en browser eller tekstbehandler\\" "dash se \\chaplink{ch:standardprogrammer} for mere information om brug af " "programmer), vil der vise sig et \\emph{vindue} på skrivebordet. Hvis du har " "brugt et andet styresystem før, f.eks. Microsoft Windows eller Mac \\" "acronym{OS~X}, er du sikkert bekendt med ideen bag et ``vindue''\\dash " "feltet, der viser sig på skærmen, når du startet et program. I Ubuntu har " "den øverste del af et vindue (\\emph{titellinjen}) vinduets titel i midten " "og tre knapper i det øverste venstre hjørne. Fra venstre til højre vil " "knapperne ved at trykke på dem henholdsvis \\emph{lukke}, \\emph{minimere}, " "og \\emph{maksimere} vinduet. Derudover kan du højreklikke hvor som helst på " "titellinjen for at se en liste med muligheder for vindueshåndtering." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :64 msgid "Closing, maximizing, restoring, and minimizing windows" msgstr "Lukning, maksimering, gendannelse og minimering af vinduer" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :68 msgid "" "\\screenshot{02-window-buttons.png}{ss:window-buttons}{The close, minimize, " "and maximize buttons are on the top-left corner of windows.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{02-window-buttons.png}{ss:window-buttons}{Knapperne til at " "lukke, minimere og maksimere er i øverste venstre hjørne af vinduerne.}" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :70 msgid "" "To \\emph{close} a window, click on the ``$\\times$'' in the upper left " "corner of the window\\dash this will be the first button. Immediately to the " "right of this is a downward-pointing arrow that is used to \\emph{minimize} " "the window to the bottom panel of your desktop. Once minimized the window " "will no longer be visible, however, its corresponding button in the bottom " "panel will remain, indicating the program is still running in the " "background. Clicking this button will \\emph{restore} the window to its " "original position. Finally, the button to the far right of the titlebar will " "\\gls{maximize} the window, making it fill the entire screen. Clicking this " "button again will return the window to its original size." msgstr "" "For at \\emph{lukke} et vindue kan du klikke på ``$\\times$'' i det øverste " "venstre hjørne af et vindue\\dash det er den første knap. Umiddelbart til " "højre for den er der en pil, der peger nedad, som bruges til at \\" "emph{minimere} vinduet til det nederste panel på skrivebordet. Når et vindue " "er minimeret, er det ikke længere synligt, men den tilsvarende knap i det " "nederste panel er der stadig og antyder, at programmet stadig kører i " "baggrunden. Hvis du trykker på denne knap, \\emph{gendannes} vinduet til " "dets plads fra før. Den sidste knap, der sidder længst til højre, vil \\" "gls{maximize} vinduet, så det fylder hele skærmen. Hvis du klikker på denne " "knap igen, vender vinduet tilbage til dets oprindelige størrelse." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :75 msgid "Moving and resizing windows" msgstr "Flyt og ændr størrelsen på vinduer" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :75 msgid "" "To move a window around the workspace, place the mouse pointer over the " "window's titlebar, then click and drag the window while continuing to hold " "down the left mouse button. To resize a window, place the pointer on an edge " "or corner of the window so that it turns into a larger arrow, the resize " "icon. You can then click and drag to resize the window." msgstr "" "For at flytte et vindue mellem to arbejdsområder skal du placere markøren " "over vinduets titellinje, klikke på den og trække vinduet, mens du holder " "knappen i bund. For at ændre størrelsen på et vindue skal du placere " "markøren på kanten eller i et hjørne af et vindue, således at markøren " "ændrer sig til en større pil. Så kan du klikke og trække i vinduet for at " "ændre dets størrelse." #. type: section{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :77 msgid "Switching between open windows" msgstr "Skift mellem åbne vinduer" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :82 msgid "" "There are at least two ways in Ubuntu to switch between open windows in a " "workspace. You can find the window on the bottom panel taskbar and click to " "bring it up on the screen, or you can use \\keystroke{Alt+Tab} to select the " "window you wish to work on. Hold down the \\keystroke{Alt} key, and keep " "pressing the \\keystroke{Tab} button until the window you're looking for " "appears on the desktop." msgstr "" "Der er mindst to måder i Ubuntu til at skifte mellem åbne vinduer i et " "arbejdsområde. Du kan finde vinduet i det nederste panel og klikke for at få " "det frem på skærmen, eller du kan bruge \\keystroke{Alt+Tab} for at vælge " "det vindue, du vil bruge. Hold \\keystroke{Alt}-knappen nede, og tryk på \\" "keystroke{Tabulator}-knappen indtil det vindue, du ledte efter, viser sig på " "skrivebordet." #. type: section{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :86 msgid "Using the Applications menu" msgstr "Brug af menuen Programmer" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :86 msgid "" "\\marginnote{You may find that there are programs in the \\" "menu{Applications} menu that you don't use frequently, or just don't want to " "be displayed on the menu. To hide those applications (without deleting the " "actual programs), click on \\menu{System \\then Preferences \\then Main " "Menu}. Find the programs in the right panel that you want to hide from the " "menu, and deselect them in the ``Show'' column.} There are three menu " "headers in the top panel. Let's take a look at these in more detail, " "starting with the \\menu{Applications} menu." msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Hvis der er programmer i \\menu{Programmer}-menuen som du ikke " "bruger ofte, eller bare ikke ønsker skal vises i menuen, kan du skjule dem " "(uden at slette programmerne) ved at klikke \\menu{System \\then " "Indstillinger \\then Hovedmenu}. Find programmerne, som du vil skjule fra " "menuen, i det højre panel og fjern afkrydsningen i kolonnen ``Vis''.} Der er " "tre menuoverskrifter i det øverste panel. Lad os tage et nærmere kig på dem. " "Vi starter med menuen \\menu{Programmer}." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :90 msgid "Accessories" msgstr "Tilbehør" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :90 msgid "" "The \\menu{Accessories} sub-menu has many programs that are suited for " "productivity, including \\application{Calculator} and \\application{Tomboy " "Notes}." msgstr "" "Undermenuen \\menu{Tilbehør} har mange nyttige programmer, f.eks. \\" "application{Lommeregner} og \\application{Tomboy-notesblok}." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :93 msgid "" "\\marginnote{See \\chaplink{ch:default-applications} for more information " "about the included applications.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Se \\chaplink{ch:default-applications} for at finde yderligere " "oplysninger om de medfølgende programmer.}" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :95 msgid "" "Other programs in \\menu{Accessories} include the \\application{\\" "acronym{CD}/\\acronym{DVD} Creator}, \\application{gedit Text Editor} " "(similar to Windows' Notepad and Mac \\acronym{OS~X}'s TextEdit), \\" "application{Search for Files} (we'll discuss that later), and \\" "application{Take Screenshot}, which allows you to take a picture of your " "desktop screen." msgstr "" "Der er andre programmer i \\menu{Tilbehør}, f.eks. \\application{\\" "acronym{Cd}/\\acronym{dvd}-brænder}, \\application{Tekstredigeringen gedit} " "(svarer til Windows' Notepad og Mac \\acronym{OS~X}'s TextEdit), \\" "application{Søg efter filer} (som vi diskuterer senere), og \\" "application{Gem skærmbillede}, som kan tage billeder af dit skrivebord." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :101 msgid "Games" msgstr "Spil" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :101 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several games built in for your entertainment. If you enjoy card " "games, check out \\application{AisleRiot Solitaire}. Perhaps you're looking " "for more of a challenge: in that case, there's \\application{gBrainy} and \\" "application{Sudoku}. The \\menu{Games} menu also includes \\" "application{Mahjongg}, \\application{Mines} (similar to Windows' Minesweeper " "game) and \\application{Quadrapassel} (similar to Tetris)." msgstr "" "Ubuntu kommer med adskillige spil. Hvis du holder af kortspil, så prøv \\" "application{Kabale}. Hvis du er til lidt mere udfordring er der \\" "application{gBrainy} og \\application{Sudoku}. Menuen \\menu{Spil} har også " "\\application{Mahjongg}, \\application{Minestryger} (som svarer til " "Minestryger i Windows) og \\application{Quadrapassel} (som svarer til " "Tetris)." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :104 msgid "Graphics" msgstr "Grafik" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :104 msgid "" "Under the \\menu{Graphics} sub-menu, you'll find the \\application{F-Spot} " "photo manager where you can view, edit and share pictures you've downloaded " "from your camera. \\application{OpenOffice.org Drawing} allows you to create " "images using the OpenOffice.org suite, and \\application{Simple Scan} is a " "program for scanning images and documents from your scanner." msgstr "" "I undermenuen \\menu{Grafik} finder du \\application{F-Spot fotohåndtering}, " "hvor du kan vise, redigere og dele billeder, som du har hentet fra dit " "kamera. I \\application{OpenOffice.org Tegneprogram} kan du lave billeder " "med OpenOffice.org-kontorpakken. Med \\application{Simpel Skanning} kan du " "skanne billeder og dokumenter med din skanner." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :108 msgid "Internet" msgstr "Internet" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :108 msgid "" "\\marginnote{\\emph{Instant messaging} (\\acronym{IM}) is a means of text-" "based communication where you can hold a conversation with someone over the " "Internet, instantly.} The \\menu{Internet} sub-menu is where you will find " "the \\application{Firefox} web browser, the \\application{Empathy} Instant " "Messenger client to allow you to talk to your friends and family, and \\" "application{Ubuntu One}, a program that allows you to sync and backup your " "files across many different computers." msgstr "" "\\marginnote{\\emph{Lynbeskeder} (\\acronym{IM} - fra engelsk \\emph{Instant " "Messaging}) er en måde, hvorpå du kan udveksle øjeblikkelige beskeder med en " "eller flere venner over internettet.}. I undermenuen \\menu{Internet} kan du " "finde internetbrowseren \\application{Firefox}, lynbeskedsklienten \\" "application{Empathy}, hvormed du kan snakke med venner og familie, samt \\" "application{Ubuntu One}, der er et program, der giver dig mulighed for at " "synkronisere og lave sikkerhedskopier af dine filer på tværs af forskellige " "computere." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :112 msgid "Office" msgstr "Kontor" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :112 msgid "" "\\marginnote{To learn more about OpenOffice.org and to get help with using " "the OpenOffice.org suite of applications, visit \\" "url{http://openoffice.org}.} The \\menu{Office} sub-menu is where you will " "find most of the OpenOffice.org suite to help you create formal documents, " "presentation or slideshows. Also under \\menu{Office} is the \\" "application{Evolution} email client and an online dictionary. The full " "OpenOffice.org suite installed in Ubuntu by default consists of:" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Du kan læse mere om OpenOffice.org og få hjælp til at bruge " "OpenOffice.org-kontorpakken på \\url{http://openoffice.org}.} I undermenuen " "\\menu{Kontor} finder du størstedelen af OpenOffice.org-kontorpakken, som du " "kan bruge til at lave dokumenter, præsentationer og diasshows. I undermenuen " "\\menu{Kontor} finder du også e-post-programmeet \\application{Evolution} og " "en internetbaseret ordbog. Den fulde OpenOffice.org-kontorpakke, der er " "installeret som standard i Ubuntu består af:" #. type: itemize #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :119 msgid "OpenOffice.org Word Processor" msgstr "OpenOffice.org Tekstbehandler" #. type: itemize #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :119 msgid "OpenOffice.org Spreadsheet" msgstr "OpenOffice.org Regneark" #. type: itemize #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :119 msgid "OpenOffice.org Presentation" msgstr "OpenOffice.org Præsentation" #. type: itemize #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :119 msgid "OpenOffice.org Drawing (located under the \\menu{Graphics} sub-menu)" msgstr "" "OpenOffice.org Tegneprogram (som findes i undermenuen \\menu{Grafik})" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :129 msgid "Sound and video" msgstr "Lyd og video" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :129 msgid "" "The \\menu{Sound and Video} sub-menu has programs for working with " "multimedia, such as:" msgstr "" "Undermenuen \\menu{Lyd og Video} har multimedieprogrammer som f.eks.:" #. type: itemize #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :129 msgid "\\application{Brasero} disc burner" msgstr "Diskbrænderprogrammet \\application{Brasero}" #. type: itemize #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :129 msgid "\\application{Totem} movie player" msgstr "Filmafspilleren \\application{Totem}" #. type: itemize #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :129 msgid "\\application{Pitivi} video editor" msgstr "Videoredigeringsprogrammet \\application{Pitivi}" #. type: itemize #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :129 msgid "\\application{Rhythmbox} music player" msgstr "Musikafspilleren \\application{Rhythmbox}" #. type: itemize #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :129 msgid "\\application{Sound Recorder}" msgstr "\\application{Lydoptager}" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :131 msgid "" "More information on all of these programs can be found in \\" "chaplink{ch:default-applications}." msgstr "" "Mere information om alle disse programmer findes i \\chaplink{ch:default-" "applications}." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :136 msgid "Ubuntu Software Center" msgstr "Ubuntu Softwarecenter" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :138 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Learn more about the \\application{Ubuntu Software Center} in \\" "chaplink{ch:software-management}.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Læs mere om \\application{Ubuntu Softwarecenter} under \\" "chaplink{ch:software-management}.}" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :141 msgid "" "At the very bottom of the \\menu{Applications} menu is the \\" "application{Ubuntu Software Center}. This application gives you access to a " "library of software that you can download. The main screen in the \\" "application{Ubuntu Software Center} is similar to your \\menu{Applications} " "menu, for easy searching. If you know the name of the program you're looking " "for, just enter it in the search text field on the top right of the \\" "application{Ubuntu Software Center} window. The \\application{Ubuntu " "Software Center} keeps track of programs that are installed on your " "computer. If you're simply curious as to what is available, you can explore " "the software available using the categories listed on the left side of the " "window." msgstr "" "Helt i bunden af menuen \\menu{Programmer} findes \\application{Ubuntu " "Softwarecenter}. Dette program giver dig adgang til en masse software, som " "du kan hente. Hovedskærmen i \\application{Ubuntu Softwarecenter} minder om " "menuen \\menu{Programmer}, hvilket gør det nemt at søge efter programmer. " "Hvis du kender navnet på det program, du leder efter, indtaster du det i " "søgefeltet i øverste højre hjørne af \\application{Ubuntu Softwarecenter}-" "vinduet. \\application{Ubuntu Softwarecenter} holder styr på de programmer, " "der er installeret på din computer. Hvis du er nysgerrig kan du udforske alt " "den tilgængelige software ved at bruge kategorierne, der vises i venstre " "side af vinduet." #. type: section{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :145 msgid "Using the System menu" msgstr "Brug af menuen System" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :145 msgid "" "The \\menu{System} menu, located on the top panel, contains two important " "sub-menus. These sub-menus, \\menu{Preferences} and \\menu{Administration}, " "allow you to make modifications to Ubuntu's appearance, as well as the way " "it functions. Through the \\menu{System} menu, you can also open the \\" "application{Ubuntu Help Center} (\\application{Help and Support}), find out " "more about your \\acronym{GNOME} desktop environment (\\application{About " "GNOME}), and find out more about Ubuntu in general (\\application{About " "Ubuntu})." msgstr "" "\\menu{System}-menuen, i det øverste panel, har to vigtige undermenuer. I " "disse to undermenuer, \\menu{Indstillinger} og \\menu{Administration}, kan " "du ændre Ubuntus udseende og måden Ubuntu fungerer på. I \\menu{System}-" "menuen kan du også åbne (\\application{Hjælp og support}), læse mere \\" "acronym{GNOME}-skrivebordet under (\\application{Om GNOME}), og læse mere om " "Ubuntu generelt (\\application{Om Ubuntu})." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :147 msgid "" "\\marginnote{See \\chaplink{ch:hardware} for more information on setting up " "Ubuntu.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Se \\chaplink{ch:hardware} for mere information om opsætning af " "Ubuntu.}" #. Commented out as we can't rely on the user taking the screenshot to have default programs in stalled luke jennings (ubuntujenkins) #. \screenshotTODO{Screenshot showing the expanded Applications > Sound and Video menu with the programs clearly shown.} #. \screenshotTODO{Screenshot of expanded System > Preferences menu that clearly shows all Preference options.} #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :154 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "Indstillinger" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :154 msgid "" "You can use the \\menu{Preferences} sub-menu to modify the appearance of the " "desktop and windows, assign a default printer, designate keyboard shortcuts, " "change the entries listed in the \\menu{Applications} menu, edit network " "connections, and change mouse settings, among other options." msgstr "" "Du kan bruge undermenuen \\menu{Indstillinger} til at ændre skrivebordets og " "vinduernes udseende, sætte en standardprinter, lave genvejstaster, ændre " "hvilke programmer, der vises i menuen \\menu{Programmer}, opsætte " "netværksforbindelser og ændre museindstillinger mv." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :156 msgid "Administration" msgstr "Administration" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :158 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Most of the options in the \\menu{Administration} menu will " "prompt you to enter your user password when you click on them. This is a " "security feature to make sure that only authorized people are allowed to " "change system settings. To learn more about security in Ubuntu, see \\" "chaplink{ch:security}.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{De fleste programmer i menuen \\menu{Administration} kræver at " "du indtaster din adgangskode, når du klikker på dem. Dette er for at øge " "sikkerheden ved at sikre at kun autoriserede personer kan lave ændringer i " "systemopsætningen. Du kan læse mere om sikkerhed i Ubuntu i \\" "chaplink{ch:security}.}" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :163 msgid "" "The \\menu{Administration} sub-menu contains programs you can use to monitor " "computer performance, change disk partitions, activate third-party drivers, " "manage all installed printers, and manage how your computer receives updates " "from Ubuntu. This sub-menu also has the \\application{Synaptic Package " "Manager}, which is a more technical resource for locating and downloading " "software packages." msgstr "" "Undermenuen \\menu{Administration} indeholder programmer, som du kan bruge " "til at overvåge computeren, ændre diskpartitioner, aktivere tredjeparts-" "drivere, håndtere de installerede printere, og hvordan din computer modtager " "opdateringer fra Ubuntu. Undermenuen indeholder også " "pakkehåndteringsprogrammet \\application{Synaptic}, som er en mere teknisk " "metode til at finde, hente og installere software." #. type: section{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :167 msgid "Browsing files on your computer" msgstr "Gennemse filer på din computer" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :167 msgid "" "There are two ways to locate files on your computer. You can use the \\" "application{Search for Files} tool in the \\menu{Applications} menu, under \\" "menu{Accessories}. You can also use the \\menu{Places} menu on the top " "panel. See the section below about the \\seclink{sec:nautilus} for more " "details." msgstr "" "Der er to måder til at finde filer på din computer. Du kan bruge programmet " "\\application{Søg efter filer} i menuen \\menu{Programmer}, under \\" "menu{Tilbehør}. Du kan også bruge menuen \\menu{Steder} i det øverste panel. " "Se afsnittet nedenfor om \\seclink{sec:nautilus} for flere detaljer." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :171 msgid "Places" msgstr "Steder" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :171 msgid "" "The \\menu{Places} menu holds a list of commonly used folders (such as \\" "menu{Documents}, \\menu{Music}, \\menu{Downloads}, and the \\menu{Home " "Folder}). You can also browse the disks on your computer by clicking \\" "menu{Computer} in this menu. If you set up a home network, you will find a " "menu item to access shared files/folders. You can also access the \\" "application{Search for Files} tool from the \\menu{Places} menu, as well as " "browse a list of recently opened documents." msgstr "" "Menuen \\menu{Steder} indeholder en liste af mapper, som ofte bruges (f.eks. " "\\menu{Dokumenter}, \\menu{Musik}, \\menu{Hentede filer}, og \\" "menu{Hjemmemappe}. Du kan også gennemse harddiskene på din computer ved at " "klikke på \\menu{Maskine} i denne menu. Hvis du opsætter et hjemmenetværk, " "kan du tilgå delte filer og mapper ved at klikke på \\menu{Netværk}. Du kan " "også tilgå programmet \\application{Søg efter filer} fra menuen \\" "menu{Steder} og se en liste over de dokumenter, der er blevet åbnet for " "nylig." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :175 msgid "Your home folder" msgstr "Din hjemmemappe" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :175 msgid "" "The home folder is where each user's personal files are located. When you " "installed Ubuntu, you entered a name to set up your user account. That same " "name is assigned to your home folder. When you open your personal folder, " "you will see that there are several folders inside: Desktop (which contains " "any files that are visible on the desktop), Documents, Downloads, Music, " "Pictures, Public, Templates, and Videos." msgstr "" "I hjemmemappen findes alle brugeres personlige filer. Da du installerede " "Ubuntu, indtastede du et navn til at opsætte din brugerkonto. Det samme navn " "bruges til den hjemmemappe. Når du åbner din personlige mappe, vil du se, at " "der er flere mapper i den: Skrivebord (som indeholder alle filer på " "skrivebordet), Dokumenter, Hentede filer, Musik, Billeder, Offentligt, " "Skabeloner og Videoklip." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :177 msgid "" "\\marginnote{You should open the example content to see how different types " "of files are displayed in Ubuntu.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Åbn mappen Eksempler for at se, hvordan forskellige filtyper " "vises i Ubuntu.}" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :179 msgid "" "You will also see a link named Examples. Double-click on that link to open a " "folder containing example documents, spreadsheets, and multimedia files." msgstr "" "Der er en lænke, der hedder Eksempler. Dobbeltklik på denne for at vise en " "mappen med eksempler på dokumenter, regneark og multimediefiler." #. type: section{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :184 msgid "Nautilus file browser" msgstr "Gennemse filer i Nautilus" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :184 msgid "" "Just as Windows has Windows Explorer and Mac \\acronym{OS~X} has Finder to " "browse files and folders, Ubuntu uses the \\application{Nautilus} file " "browser by default. We will now look at the features offered in \\" "application{Nautilus}." msgstr "" "Helt som Windows har Windows Explorer og Mac \\acronym{OS~X} har Finder til " "at gennemse filer og mapper, bruger Ubuntu \\application{Nautilus} som " "standard. I det følgende ser vi på de muligheder, der er i \\" "application{Nautilus}." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :188 msgid "The Nautilus file browser window" msgstr "Nautilus-vinduet" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :188 msgid "" "When you open a folder on the desktop or from the \\menu{Places} menu, the \\" "application{Nautilus} file browser window opens up. The standard browser " "window contains the following features:" msgstr "" "Når du åbner en mappe på skrivebordet eller fra menuen \\menu{Steder}, åbnes " "et \\application{Nautilus}-vindue. Som standard indeholder et vindue " "følgende funktioner:" #. type: itemize #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :193 msgid "" "\\textit{Menubar:} The menubar is located at the top of the window. These " "menus allow you to modify the layout of the browser, navigate, bookmark " "commonly used folders and files, and view hidden folders and files." msgstr "" "\\textit{Menulinjen:} Menulinjen er placeret i toppen af vinduet. Menuerne " "giver dig mulighed for at ændre opsætningen af vinduet, orientere dig, sætte " "mapper og filer som bogmærker og se skjulte mapper og filer." #. type: itemize #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :195 msgid "" "\\marginnote{If you bookmark a folder, it will appear in the \\menu{Places} " "menu.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Hvis du giver en mappe et bogmærke, vil mappen vise sig i " "menuen \\menu{Steder}.}" #. type: itemize #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :200 msgid "" "\\textit{Toolbar:} The toolbar has tools for navigation and a tool to make " "the contents of the window larger or smaller. A drop-down list gives you the " "option of switching the view from \\menu{Icon View} to \\menu{List View} or " "\\menu{Compact View}. The search icon (which looks like a magnifying glass) " "open a field so you can search for a file by name." msgstr "" "\\textit{Værktøjslinje:} Værktøjslinjen har værktøjer til navigation og et " "værktøj til at gøre indholdet af et vindue større eller mindre. En " "rullegardinsmenu giver dig mulighed skifte visning fra \\menu{Ikoner} til \\" "menu{Liste} eller \\menu{Kompakt}. Søgeikonet, der ligner et " "forstørrelsesglas, åbner et søgefelt hvor du kan søge efter filer efter navn." #. type: itemize #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :202 msgid "" "\\marginnote{If you start typing a location, \\application{Nautilus} will " "change the navigation buttons into a text field labeled \\emph{Location.}}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Hvis du begynder at indtaste navnet på et sted på computeren, " "vil \\application{Nautilus} ændre navigationsknapperne til et søgefelt, der " "hedder \\emph{Sted.}}" #. type: itemize #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :205 msgid "" "\\textit{Additional Navigation Tools:} Just below the toolbar, you will see " "a representation of where you are currently browsing. This is similar to the " "history function of most browsers; it keeps track of where you are and " "allows you to backtrack if necessary. You can click on the locations to " "navigate back through the file browser." msgstr "" "\\textit{Flere navigationsværktøjer:} Lige under værktøjslinjen vil du se en " "angivelse af det sted, du får vist. Dette svarer til historikfunktionen i de " "fleste browsere. Det holder styr på hvor du er, og lader dig gå tilbage til " "tidligere steder. Du kan klikke på disse steder for at gå tilbage til dem i " "filbrowseren." #. type: itemize #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :210 msgid "" "The \\textit{left pane} of the file browser has shortcuts to commonly-used " "folders. When you bookmark a folder, it appears in the left pane. No matter " "what folder you open, the left pane will always contain the same folders. " "This left pane can be changed to display different features by clicking the " "down arrow beside ``Places'' near the top." msgstr "" "Den \\textit{venstre ramme} af vinduet har genveje til ofte brugte mapper. " "Når du sætter en mappe som bogmærke, vil den ses i den venstre ramme. " "Indholdet deraf vil altid være det samme uanset hvilken mappe du åbner, men " "det kan ændres ved at trykke på ``Steder'' lige over rammen." #. type: itemize #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :213 msgid "" "The largest, \\textit{central pane} shows the files and folders in the " "directory that you are currently browsing." msgstr "" "Midterrammen, der er den største, viser de filer og mapper, som du lige nu " "kan vælge mellem." #. \screenshotTODO{Screenshot of Nautilus in the default home folder.} #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :216 msgid "" "\\screenshot{02-quickshot-home.png}{ss:quickshot-home}{Nautilus file manager " "displaying your home folder.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{02-quickshot-home.png}{ss:quickshot-home}{Nautilus " "filhåndtering viser dig din hjemmemappe.}" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :220 msgid "Navigating between directories" msgstr "Bevæge sig mellem mapper" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :220 msgid "" "To navigate between directories, use the bookmarks in the left pane of the \\" "application{Nautilus} file browser. You can also retrace your steps by " "clicking on the name of a folder where it is listed just below the " "navigational icons. Double-clicking on a visible directory will cause you to " "navigate to it in \\application{Nautilus}." msgstr "" "For at komme fra en mappe til en anden, skal du bruge bogmærkerne i ruden " "til venstre for filhåndteringsvinduet i \\application{Nautilus}. Du kan også " "gå tilbage til en tidligere mappe ved at trykke på dens navn under pilene. " "Ved at dobbeltklikke på en synlig mappe vil \\application{Nautilus} åbne den " "og vise dig indholdet." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :224 msgid "Opening files" msgstr "Åbning af filer" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :224 msgid "" "To open a file, you can either double-click on its icon or right-click and " "select \\button{Open With} (program)." msgstr "" "For at åbne en fil kan du enten dobbeltklikke på dens ikon eller højreklikke " "og vælge \\button{Åbn med} (program)." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :228 msgid "Creating new folders" msgstr "Oprettelse af mapper" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :228 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Note that you can easily view hidden files by clicking \\" "menu{View \\then Show Hidden Files}, or alternatively by pressing \\" "keystroke{Ctrl+H}. Hiding files with a dot (.) is \\textbf{not} a security " "measure\\dash instead it provides a way of keeping your folders organized " "and tidy.} To create a new folder from within \\application{Nautilus} click " "\\menu{File \\then Create Folder}, then name the folder that appears by " "replacing the default ``untitled folder'' with your desired label (\\eg, " "``Personal Finances''). You can also create a new folder by pressing \\" "keystroke{Ctrl+Shift+N}, or by right-clicking in the file browser window and " "selecting \\button{Create Folder} from the popup menu (this action will also " "work on the desktop). If you wish to hide certain folders or files, place a " "dot (.) in front of the name (\\ie, ``.Personal Finances'')." msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Bemærk at du nemt kan se skjulte filer ved at klikke \\menu{Vis " "\\then Vis skjulte filer} eller ved at trykke \\keystroke{Ctrl+H}. Det at " "skjule filer med punktum (.) er \\textbf{ikke} en sikkerhedsforanstaltning \\" "dash det er en måde at holde mapperne velorganiserede og overskuelige på.} " "For at lave en ny mappe i \\application{Nautilus} skal du vælge \\menu{Fil \\" "then Opret mappe} og navngive mappen ved at udskifte standardnavnet ``mappe " "uden navn'' med den ønskede titel (f.eks. ``Personlig indkomst''). Du kan " "også oprette en ny mappe ved at trykke \\keystroke{Ctrl+Shift+N}, eller ved " "at højreklikke i filhåndteringsvinduet og vælge \\button{Opret mappe} i " "kontekstmenuen (denne handling virker også på skrivebordet). Hvis du ønsker " "at gemme en bestemt mappe eller fil, kan du placere et punktum (.) foran " "navnet (f.eks. ``.Personlig indkomst'')." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :232 msgid "Copying and moving files and folders" msgstr "Kopiering og flytning af filer og mapper" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :232 msgid "" "\\marginnote{You can also use the keyboard shortcuts \\keystroke{Ctrl+C} and " "\\keystroke{Ctrl+V} to copy and paste files and folders.} You can copy files " "or folders in \\application{Nautilus} by clicking \\menu{Edit\\then Copy}, " "or by right-clicking on the item and selecting \\button{Copy} from the popup " "menu. When using the \\button{Edit} menu in \\application{Nautilus}, make " "sure you've selected the file or folder you want to copy first (by left-" "clicking on it once)." msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Du kan også bruge tastaturgenvejene \\keystroke{Ctrl+C} og \\" "keystroke{Ctrl+V} til at kopiere og indsætte filer og mapper.} Du kan " "kopiere filer og mapper i \\application{Nautilus} ved at klikke \\" "menu{Redigér \\then Kopiér} eller ved at højreklikke på et menupunkt og " "vælge \\button{Kopier} i kontekstmenuen. Når du bruger \\button{Redigér}-" "menuen i \\application{Nautilus}, så vær sikker på, at du har markeret filen " "eller mappen, som du vil kopiere (ved klikke på den en gang)." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :236 msgid "" "Multiple files can be selected by left-clicking in an empty space (\\ie, not " "on a file or folder), holding the mouse button down, and dragging the cursor " "across the files or folders you want. This ``click-drag'' move is useful " "when you are selecting items that are grouped closely together. To select " "multiple files or folders that are not positioned next to each other, hold " "down the \\keystroke{Ctrl} key while clicking on each item individually. " "Once multiple files and/or folders are selected you can use the \\menu{Edit} " "menu to perform actions just like you would for a single item.\\" "marginnote{When you ``cut'' or ``copy'' a file or folder, nothing will " "happen until you ``paste'' it somewhere. Paste will only affect the most " "recent item that was cut or copied.} When one or more items have been " "``copied,'' navigate to the desired location then click \\menu{Edit \\then " "Paste} (or right-click in an empty area of the window and choose \\" "button{Paste}) to copy them to the new location." msgstr "" "Du kan vælge flere filer ad gangen ved at klikke på et tomt område (dvs. " "ikke en fil eller en mappe), holde museknappen nede og trække markøren over " "de filer eller mapper, du ønsker at markere. Denne ``Klik og træk''-manøvre " "er hensigtsmæssig, når du vælger elementer, der ligger tæt på hinanden. For " "at vælge flere filer eller mapper, der ikke er tæt på hinanden, kan du holde " "\\keystroke{Ctrl}-tasten nede, mens du klikker på hvert element. Når alle " "filerne og/eller mapperne er markeret, kan du bruge menuen \\menu{Redigér} " "til at udføre handlinger på samme måde, som hvis det havde været et enkelt " "element. \\marginnote{Når du ``klipper'' eller ``kopierer'' en fil eller " "mappe, sker der intet, før du ``indsætter'' den et andet sted. Indsæt " "påvirker kun elementer, der lige er blevet klippet eller kopieret.} Når et " "eller flere elementer er blevet ``kopieret,'' kan du gå til det ønskede sted " "og klikke \\menu{Redigér \\then Indsæt} (eller højreklikke på et tomt område " "i vinduet og vælge \\button{indsæt}) for at kopiere dem til den nye " "placering." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :238 msgid "" "While the \\emph{copy} command can be used to make a duplicate of a file or " "folder in a new location, the \\emph{cut} command can be used to move files " "and folders around. That is, a copy will be placed in a new location, and " "the original will be removed from its current location." msgstr "" "Hvor \\emph{kopieringskommandoen} kan bruges til at lave kopier af filer og " "mapper på en ny placering, bruges kommandoen \\emph{klip} til at flytte " "filer og mapper. Det vil sige, at filerne og mapperne vil blive kopieret til " "den nye placering, samtidig med at originalerne bliver fjernet fra deres " "oprindelige placering." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :240 msgid "" "To move a file or folder, select the item you want to move then click \\" "menu{Edit \\then Cut}. Navigate to your desired location, then click \\" "menu{Edit \\then Paste}.\\marginnote{In the Nautilus \\button{Edit} menu, " "you will also find the \\button{Copy To} and \\button{Move To} buttons. " "These can be used to copy or move items to common locations, and can be " "useful if you are using \\textbf{panes} (see below). Note that it is " "unnecessary to use \\button{Paste} when using these options.} As with the " "copy command above, you can also perform this action using the right-click " "menu, and it will work for multiple files or folders at once. An alternative " "way to move a file or folder is to click on the item, and then drag it to " "the new location." msgstr "" "For at flytte en fil eller mappe skal du vælge det element, du vil flytte og " "klikke på \\menu{Redigér \\then Klip}. Gå til den ønskede placering og klik " "på \\menu{Redigér \\then Indsæt}. \\marginnote{I \\button{Redigér}-menuen i " "Nautilus er der også \\button{Kopiér til}- og \\button{Flyt til}-knapper. De " "kan bruges til at kopiere eller flytte elementer til en fælles placering og " "kan være nyttige, hvis du bruger \\textbf{felter} (se nedenfor). Bemærk at " "det er unødvendigt at klikke på \\button{Indsæt}, når du anvender disse.} På " "samme måde som kopieringen ovenfor kan du også udføre denne handling ved at " "bruge højrekliksmenuen , der i øvrigt også virker for flere filer eller " "mapper ad gangen. En anden måde at flytte filer eller mapper på er at klikke " "på dem og trække dem over til deres nye placering." #. type: comment #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :245 msgid "" "Is this true? I couldn't get it to work for me --jaminday \\marginnote{If " "you click on a file or folder with both the left and right mouse buttons at " "the same time, keep holding and drag it to your destination folder. When you " "let go of both mouse buttons, a menu will appear asking whether you want to " "\\emph{copy, move} or \\emph{link} the item.}" msgstr "" "Er det sandt? Jeg kunne ikke få det til at virke --jaminday \\" "marginnote{Hvis du klikker på filen eller mappen med både venstre og højre " "musetast og holder dem nede, mens du trækker den til den ønskede placering, " "så vil der, når du slipper knapperne, vise sig en menu, der spørger om du " "vil \\emph{kopiere, flytte} eller lave en \\emph{henvisning} til " "elementerne.}" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :250 msgid "Using multiple tabs and multiple Nautilus windows" msgstr "Brug af faneblade og flere Nautilus-vinduer" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :250 msgid "" "Opening multiple \\application{Nautilus} windows can be useful for dragging " "files and folders between locations. The option of \\emph{tabs} is also " "available in \\application{Nautilus}, as well as the use of {panes}.\\" "marginnote{When dragging items between \\application{Nautilus} windows, tabs " "or panes, a small symbol will appear over the mouse cursor to let you know " "which action will be performed when you release the mouse button. A plus " "sign (+) indicates you are about to copy the item, whereas a small arrow " "means the item will be moved. The default action will depend on the " "locations you are using.} When browsing a folder in \\application{Nautilus}, " "to open a second window select \\menu{New Window} from the \\menu{File} " "menu. This will open a new window, allowing you to drag files and folders " "between two locations. To open a new tab, click \\menu{File \\then New Tab}. " "A new row will appear above the space used for browsing your files " "containing two tabs\\dash both will display the directory you were " "originally browsing. You can click these tabs to switch between them, and " "click and drag files or folders between tabs the same as you would between " "windows. You can also open a second pane in Nautilus so you can see two " "locations at once without having to switch between tabs or windows. To open " "a second pane, click \\menu{View \\then Extra Pane}, or alternatively press " "\\keystroke{F3} on your keyboard. Again, dragging files and folders between " "panes is a quick way to move or copy items." msgstr "" "Det kan være nyttigt at åbne flere \\application{Nautilus}-vinduer for at " "trække filer og mapper mellem dem. Det er også muligt at bruge \\" "emph{faneblade} i \\application{Nautilus} såvel som {ruder}.\\marginnote{Når " "du trækker en genstand mellem vinduer, faneblade eller ruder i \\" "application{Nautilus}, fremkommer der et lille symbol over markøren, der " "fortæller dig, hvilken handling der vil blive udført, når du slipper " "museknappen. Et plus (+) betyder at du er ved at kopiere genstanden og en " "lille pil betyder, at du er ved at flytte den. Standardhandlingen afhænger " "af, hvilke steder du arbejder med.} For at åbne et nyt vindue, mens du er i " "en mappe i \\application{Nautilus}, skal du vælge \\menu{Nyt vindue} fra " "menuen \\menu{Filer \\then Nyt faneblad}. En ny række med to faneblade vil " "dukke op over mappeoversigten\\dash begge vil vise den aktuelle mappe. Du " "kan klikke på fanebladene for at skifte mellem dem samt trække og slippe " "filer eller mapper mellem faneblade, netop som du ville gøre det mellem " "vinduer. Du kan også åbne en ny rude, så du får mulighed for at se to steder " "på en gang uden at skifte mellem vinduer eller faneblade. For at åbne den " "anden rude, skal du klikke på menu{Vis \\then Ekstra rude} eller tryk i " "stedet på \\keystroke{F3} på dit tastatur. Som nævnt før, er dette en anden " "hurtig måde at flytte eller kopiere filer på." #. type: section{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :252 msgid "Searching for files on your computer" msgstr "Søgning efter filer på din computer" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :254 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Search for files quickly by pressing \\keystroke{Ctrl+F} in \\" "application{Nautilus} and then typing what you want to find.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Lav hurtige filsøgninger ved at trykke på \\keystroke{Ctrl+F} i " "\\application{Nautilus} og derefter indtaste hvad du søger.}" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :258 msgid "" "Earlier, we mentioned that you can search for files on the computer by using " "the \\menu{Search for Files} feature on the \\menu{Places} menu in the top " "panel. You can also use the \\application{Nautilus} browser to search for " "files, as explained above." msgstr "" "Tidligere nævnte vi, at du kan søge efter filer på computeren ved at bruge \\" "menu{Søg efter filer} i menuen \\menu{Steder} i det øverste panel. Du kan " "også bruge \\application{Nautilus} til at søge efter filer på samme måde som " "ovenfor." #. type: section{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :263 msgid "Customizing your desktop" msgstr "Tilpasning af skrivebordet" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :263 msgid "" "Now that you've been introduced to the \\acronym{GNOME} desktop environment, " "let's take a look at customizing some of its features such as modifying the " "behavior of your panels, or changing the look and feel of your desktop." msgstr "" "Nu hvor du er blevet introduceret til \\acronym{GNOME}-skrivebordsmiljøet, " "så lad os tage et kig på, hvordan man tilpasser nogle af dets funktioner som " "f.eks. panelernes opførsel eller ændring af skrivebordets udseende." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :267 msgid "Panels" msgstr "Paneler" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :267 msgid "" "The panels (currently sitting at the top and bottom of your screen) can be " "moved from their default positions to the sides of the screen, set to hide " "from view when not in use, and can change color. To access these features, " "right-click the panel you want to modify and select \\button{Properties} " "from the pop-up menu. The \\button{General} tab has options to autohide, " "position the panel, and change the panel size (width)." msgstr "" "Paneler (som pt. sidder i toppen og bunden af skærmen) kan flyttes fra deres " "standardposition til siderne af skærmen, skjules, når de ikke bruges, og " "farven på dem kan ændres. For at tilgå disse muligheder skal du højreklikke " "på det panel, du vil tilpasse, og vælge \\button{Indstillinger} fra " "kontekstmenuen. Fanebladet \\button{Generelt} giver mulighed for at skjule " "panelet automatisk samt ændre dets position og størrelse (bredde)." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :269 msgid "" "Use the \\button{Orientation} drop-down box to select where you want the " "panel to be located, and underneath this you can set the desired width (in " "pixels). Note that the smallest width allowed is 20 pixels." msgstr "" "Brug rullegardinsboksen \\button{Orientering} til at vælge, hvor panelet " "skal være. Derunder kan du også indstille bredden af panelet (i pixel). " "Bemærk, at den mindst tilladte bredde er 20 pixel." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :271 msgid "" "By default, a panel covers the entire length of the desktop. To change that, " "you can deselect the \\button{Expand} option. The panel will then shrink so " "that it is just long enough to accommodate any applets or program launchers " "that are currently sitting in it. Ticking the \\button{Autohide} button will " "cause your panel to ``fold'' up into the edge of the screen when you are not " "using it, and remain hidden until you move your mouse cursor back to that " "screen edge." msgstr "" "Som standard dækker et panel hele skrivebordets længde. For at ændre det kan " "du fjerne fluebenet i feltet \\button{udvid}. Panelet vil så formindskes så " "det lige akkurat er langt nok til at give plads til de panelprogrammer eller " "programstartere, der er i det. Sætter du flueben i feltet \\button{Skjul " "automatisk}, så vil panelet ``folde'' sig op til kanten af skærmen, når du " "ikke bruger det, og det vil forblive skjult indtil du flytter markøren til " "den kant af skærmen." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :275 msgid "" "An alternative way of hiding the panel is to do so manually. Clicking on \\" "button{Show hide buttons} will add a button to each side of the panel that " "can be used to hide it from view. By default these buttons will display " "directional arrows, however, you can select the \\button{Arrows on hide " "buttons} option to remove the arrows and just have plain buttons. Clicking " "one of these \\emph{hide buttons} on the panel will slide it across the " "screen and out of view, leaving just the opposite hide button in sight which " "you can click to bring it back. \\marginnote{By default, Ubuntu requires " "that you maintain at least one panel on the desktop. If you prefer a " "Microsoft Windows feel, a panel at the bottom of the desktop can be set to " "start programs as well as select between open windows. Alternatively, if you " "prefer a Mac \\acronym{OS~X} look you can keep a panel at the top and add an " "applications dock such as \\application{Docky}, \\application{Avant Window " "Navigator} (\\acronym{AWN}), or \\application{Cairo-Dock}. These are all " "available in the \\application{Ubuntu Software Center}, which is discussed " "further in \\chaplink{ch:software-management}.} The \\button{Background} tab " "in the Panel Properties window allows you to change the appearance of the " "panel. By default, this is set to \\button{None (use system theme)}, meaning " "that your desktop theme will dictate the appearance of the panel (we will " "look at how to change your desktop theme below). If you prefer, you can " "choose your own panel color by selecting the \\button{Solid color} button, " "then opening the color select window. You can also set the panel " "transparency using the slider. Alternatively, you can click the \\" "button{Background image} button if you have an image or pattern stored on " "your computer that you would like to use as your panel background. Use the " "file selector to locate the background image in your computer, then click \\" "button{Open} to apply the change." msgstr "" "En anden måde at skjule paneler på er at gøre det manuelt. Ved at klikke på " "\\button{Vis skjuleknapper} kan man tilføje knapper på hver side af panelet, " "som kan bruges til at skjule det. Som standard er knapperne påtegnet pile, " "men man kan ændre dette med knappen \\button{Vis pile på skjuleknapper}, der " "i stedet kan give dig tomme knapper. Ved tryk på en af disse knapper vil " "panelet glide langs med skærmen og ud af syne med undtagelse af den " "modstående skjuleknap, som kan bruges til at få panelet tilbage med. \\" "marginnote{Som udgangspunkt kræver Ubuntu at du har mindst et panel synligt " "på skrivebordet. Hvis du foretrækker et udseende som på Mac \\acronym{OS~X}, " "kan du beholde det øvre panel og tilføje en dok såsom \\application{Docky}, " "\\application{Avant Window Navigator} (\\acronym{AWM}) eller \\" "application{Cairo-Dock}. Disse er alle tilgængelige i \\application{Ubuntu " "Softwarecenter}, hvilket er yderligere omtalt i \\chaplink{ch:software-" "management}.} Fanebladdet \\button{Baggrund} i vinduet ``Indstillinger for " "panel'' giver dig mulighed for at ændre udseendet af panelet. Som " "udgangspunkt er det sat til \\button{Intet (benyt systemtema)}, hvilket " "betyder, at skrivebordetstemaet til afgøre panelets udseende (Nedenfor ser " "vi på, hvordan man ændrer skrivebordstemaet). Hvis du foretrækker at sætte " "din egen farve til panelet, kan du gøre dette med knappen \\" "button{Ensfarvet}, der åbner et vindue med farvevælger. Du kan også " "indstille gennemsigtigheden ved at bruge skyderen. Til sidst er det muligt " "at indsætte et billede, som du har liggende på computeren, som baggrund ved " "at vælge knappen \\button{Baggrundsbillede:}. Brug filvælgeren til at finde " "billedet på computeren og klik derefter på \\button{Åbn} for at benytte det." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :278 msgid "Adding applets" msgstr "Tilføjelse af panelprogrammer" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :278 msgid "" "Ubuntu provides a selection of applets that can be added to any panel. " "Applets ranges from the informative to the fun, and can also provide quick " "access to some tasks. To add an applet, right-click on a panel then select \\" "button{Add to Panel\\ldots} from the popup menu. A window will appear with a " "list of available applets, which can then be dragged to an empty space on a " "panel. You may want to spend some time exploring the different ones " "available\\dash they can easily be removed from your panel by right-clicking " "on the applet and selecting \\button{Remove From Panel}. To reposition an " "existing applet, right-click on it and select \\button{Move}. Move your " "mouse cursor to the desired location (this can even be a different panel) " "and the applet will follow, then left-click to drop it into place." msgstr "" "Ubuntu tilbyder et udvalg af panelprogrammer, som kan tilføjes til ethvert " "panel. Panelprogrammer spænder fra at være oplysende til at være for sjov og " "kan også tilbyde nem adgang til visse handlinger. For at tilføje et " "panelprogram skal du højreklikke på et tomt sted på panelet og vælg \\" "button{Tilføj til panel...} fra kontekstmenuen. Et vindue vil dukke op med " "en liste over tilgængelige panelprogrammer, som kan trækkes til et tomt sted " "på et panel. Det kan anbefales at bruge lidt tid på at udforske de " "forskellige muligheder\\dash de kan nemt fjernes igen fra panelet ved at " "højreklikke og vælge \\button{Fjern fra panel}. For at flytte et tilføjet " "panelprogram skal det højreklikkes, hvorefter man vælger \\button{Flyt}. " "Bevæg så markøren til den ønskede placering (evt. et andet panel), hvorefter " "panelprogrammet vil følge efter ind til du sætter det ned ved at " "venstreklikke." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :280 msgid "" "The \\application{Add to Panel\\ldots} window can also be used to add " "additional application launchers to your panel, similar to the \\" "application{Firefox} launcher that sits to the right of the \\button{System} " "menu. To add a new one, double-click on \\button{Application Launcher\\" "ldots} near the top of the window. Here you can navigate through your " "applications and drag them to your panel to create a new launcher, just as " "you did to add an applet previously. Program launchers can also be removed " "and repositioned through their right-click menu. \\marginnote{You can also " "add program launchers to a panel by dragging them directly from the \\" "menu{Applications} menu, in the left of the top panel.}" msgstr "" "Vinduet, der fremkommer ved klik på \\button{Tilføj til panel\\ldots}, kan " "også bruges til at føje genveje til andre programmer til panelet tilsvarende " "til Firefox-ikonet, der sidder til højre for menuen \\button{System}. For at " "tilføje en ny skal du dobbeltklikke på \\button{Programgenvej\\ldots} i " "toppen af listen. Her kan du finde det ønskede program og trække dem hen på " "panelet for at tilføje en genvej, ligesom du gjorde for at tilføje et " "panelprogram tidligere. Programgenveje kan også fjernes og genplaceres ved " "brug af deres højrekliksmenu. \\marginnote{Du kan også tilføje " "programgenveje til et panel ved at trække dem direkte fra menuen \\" "menu{Programmer} i venstre side af øverste panel.}" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :283 msgid "Workspaces" msgstr "Arbejdsområder" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :283 msgid "" "To modify your workspaces, right-click on the \\emph{workspace switcher} " "applet (by default this is on the right side of the bottom panel, just to " "the left of the Trash applet) and select \\button{Preferences}. In the " "window that appears you can choose how many workspaces you want in total, " "and whether these will be displayed on the panel in one or more rows. You " "can also rename each workspace, and have the names displayed in the panel " "applet. If you prefer, you can also choose to just have the workspace you " "are currently using displayed in the panel. In this case you can still " "change between workspaces by moving the mouse over the workspace switcher, " "and scrolling the mouse wheel." msgstr "" "For at ændre dine arbejdsområder kan du højreklikke på \\" "emph{arbejdsområdeskifteren} (den er fra starten sat i højre side af det " "nederste panel til venstre for skraldespanden) og vælge \\" "button{Indstillinger}. I det fremkomne vindue kan du vælge, hvor mange " "arbejdsområder du ønsker i alt og i hvor mange rækker de skal vises i " "skifteren. Du kan også omdøbe hvert arbejdsområde og få navnene til at blive " "vist i skifteren. Det er også muligt at få den til kun at vise det aktuelle " "arbejdsområde vist på panelet. I dette tilfælde er det stadig muligt at " "vælge mellem arbejdsområder ved at bevæge museren hen over skifteren og " "bevæge musehjulet." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :286 msgid "Appearance" msgstr "Udseende" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :286 msgid "" "To further modify the look and feel of your desktop such as the background, " "fonts, and window theme, you can do so through \\application{Appearance " "Preferences}. To access this, navigate to \\menu{System \\then Preferences \\" "then Appearance} in the top panel." msgstr "" "For yderligere at tilpasse udseendet på dit skrivebord såsom baggrunden, " "skrifttyper og vinduestemaet kan du gå til \\application{Indstillinger for " "udseende}. For at tilgå den skal du bruge \\menu{System \\then Indstillinger " "\\then Udseende} i det øverste panel." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :289 msgid "Theme" msgstr "Tema" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :289 msgid "" "The \\window{Appearance Preferences} window will initially display the \\" "button{Theme} tab when it opens. Here you can select a theme that will " "control the appearance of your windows, buttons, scroll bars, panels, icons, " "and other parts of the desktop. The theme called ``Ambiance'' is enabled by " "default, however, you will see there are seven other default themes to " "choose from in the list. Just click once on the theme you want to try, and " "the changes will take effect immediately." msgstr "" "Vinduet \\window{Indstillinger for udseende} vil vise knappen \\" "button{Tema}, når det åbnes. Her kan du vælge et tema, som vil blive fulgt " "af af vinduer, knapper, rullebjælker, paneler, ikoner og andre dele af " "skrivebordet. Temaet kaldet ``Ambience'' er valgt fra start, men du vil " "kunne se, at der er syv andre standardtemaer, der kan vælges ud fra listen. " "Ved at trykke på en af dem, vil du straks kunne se ændringerne." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :291 msgid "" "You can download additional themes by clicking the ``Get More Themes " "Online'' link at the bottom of this window. Your web browser will open and " "take you to \\url{http://art.gnome.org/themes/}, where you can download new " "themes from a large selection. Once you have downloaded a theme, locate the " "file on your computer (using \\application{Nautilus}) and drag it across to " "the Themes window. This will add it to your list of available themes, and a " "window will appear asking whether you want to apply the changes immediately." msgstr "" "Du kan hente yderligere temaer ned ved at trykke på ``Hent flere temaer på " "nettet'' i bunden af vinduet. Din internetbrowser vil da åbne og føre dig " "til \\url{http://art.gnome.org/themes/}, hvorfra du kan vælge mellem mange " "nye temaer fra et stort udvalg. Når du har hentet et tema ned, kan du finde " "det på din computer (ved at bruge \\application{Nautilus}) og trække det til " "temavinduet. Dette vil tilføje temaet til listen af tilgængelige temaer og " "et vindue vil dukke op for at spørge dig, om du vil anvende dette tema med " "det samme." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :293 msgid "" "You can also customize any theme to your liking by selecting it then " "clicking the \\button{Customize\\ldots} button underneath. Here you can mix " "elements of different themes such as icons, mouse pointers, buttons, and " "window borders to create your own unique look." msgstr "" "Du kan også tilpasse ethvert tema ved at vælge det og trykke på knappen \\" "button{Tilpas\\ldots} nedenunder. Herfra kan du blande elementer fra " "forskellige temaer såsom ikoner, markører, knapper og vinduesrammer for at " "skabe dit eget særtilpassede udseende." #. \screenshotTODO{Screenshot of the Appearance preferences main window with some themes visible and the default theme highlighted.} #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :296 msgid "" "\\screenshot{02-appearance-preferences.png}{ss:appearance-preferences}{You " "can change the theme in the \\tab{Theme} tab of \\window{Appearance " "Preferences}.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{02-appearance-preferences.png}{ss:appearance-preferences}{Du " "kan ændre temaet i fanebladet \\tab{Tema} i vinduet \\window{Indstillinger " "for udseende}.}" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :300 msgid "Desktop background" msgstr "Skrivebordsbaggrund" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :300 msgid "" "\\marginnote{You can also change the background by right-clicking on the " "desktop and selecting \\button{Change Desktop Background} from the pop-up " "menu.} Click the \\button{Background} tab in the Appearance Preferences " "window to change the desktop background. Here you will see Ubuntu's default " "selection of backgrounds, however, if you have your own pictures stored on " "your computer you can use these as well. To change the background simply " "click the picture you would like to use from the list in front of you. To " "use your own, click the \\button{Add\\ldots} button, and navigate to the " "image you want. Double-click it, and the change will take effect " "immediately. This image will also then be added to your list of available " "backgrounds." msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Du kan også ændre baggrunden ved at højreklikke på skrivebordet " "og vælge \\button{Skift baggrund} fra kontekstmenuen.} Klik på fanebladet \\" "button{Baggrund} i vinduet for Indstillinger for udseende for at ændre " "skrivebordsbaggrunden. Herfra kan du se Ubuntus standardudvalg og hvis du " "vil benytte dig af dine egne billeder på computeren, er dette også muligt. " "For at ændre baggrunden kan du vælge et på listen foran dig. For at bruge " "dit eget skal du trykke på knappen \\button{Tilføj\\ldots} og finde frem til " "det. Ved dobbeltklik vil ændringen straks blive foretaget. Billedet vil også " "blive tilføjet til din liste af tilgængelige baggrundsbilleder." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :303 msgid "" "If you are after a larger selection of desktop backgrounds, click the ``Get " "More Backgrounds Online'' link at the bottom of the Appearance Preferences " "window. This link will open your web browser, and direct you to the \\" "url{http://art.gnome.org/backgrounds} website." msgstr "" "Hvis du ønsker et større udvalg af skrivebordsbaggrunde, kan du trykke på " "``Hent flere baggrundsbilleder på nettet'' i bunden af vinduet. Dette vil " "åbne din internetbrowser og lede dig hen til siden \\" "url{http://art.gnome.org/backgrounds}." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :306 msgid "Fonts" msgstr "Skrifttyper" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :306 msgid "" "You can also change the fonts used throughout your desktop through the " "Appearance Preferences window by clicking on the \\button{Fonts} tab. You " "can individually set the font style and size for applications, documents, " "desktop items, window titles, and for anything using fixed width fonts. The " "Rendering section at the bottom of the Fonts window gives you four options " "for changing the way that fonts are drawn on your screen. Changing these may " "improve the appearance of text on different types of monitors." msgstr "" "Du kan også ændre skrifttyperne anvendt overalt på dit skrivebord gennem " "vinduet ``Instillinger for udseende'' ved at bruge fanebladet \\" "button{Skrifttyper}. Du kan enkeltvis indstille skrifttypen og -størrelsen " "for programmer, dokumenter, skrivebordselementer, vinduestitler og for alt " "der anvender faste skrifttyper\". Gengivelsesdelen i bunden af vinduet giver " "dig fire muligheder til at ændre måden, hvorpå skriften gengives på skærmen. " "Ved at ændre disse kan man forbedre udseendet af teksterne på visse " "skærmtyper." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :309 msgid "Screensaver" msgstr "Pauseskærm" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :309 msgid "" "Ubuntu offers a selection of screensavers. By default, a blank screen will " "be displayed after a short period of inactivity. To select a different " "screensaver, click on the \\menu{System} menu in the top panel, then \\" "menu{Preferences \\then Screensaver}. This will open the \\" "window{Screensaver Preferences} window, with the available screensavers " "listed on the left. When you select a screensaver, you will see a mini-" "preview in the window, or you can see how it will look on your full screen " "by clicking the \\button{Preview} button. The left and right arrow buttons " "at the top allow you to scroll through the different screensavers without " "leaving the full screen preview. To return to the Screensaver Preferences " "window, click the \\button{Leave Fullscreen} button at the top of the screen." msgstr "" "Ubuntu tilbyder et udvalg af pauseskærme. Som udgangspunkt vil der blive " "vist en sort skærm efter et stykke tid uden bevægelse. For at vælge en anden " "pauseskærm kan du klikke på menuen \\menu{System} i det øverste panel og så " "\\menu{Indstillinger \\then Pauseskærm}. Hermed vil vinduet \\" "window{Indstillinger for pauseskærm} blive vist med de tilgængelige " "pauseskærme ude til venstre. Når du vælger en pauseskærm, kan du se en mini-" "forhåndsvisning i vinduet. Ved at trykke på \\button{Forhåndsvisning} kan du " "se, hvordan det ser ud, når det fylder hele skærmen. Med venstre- og " "højrepilene ovenfor kan du gennemgå de enkelte pauseskærme uden at forlade " "forhåndsvisningen. For at komme tilbage til ``Indstillinger for pauseskærm'' " "skal du klikke på \\button{Forlad fuldskærm} øverst på skærmen." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :311 msgid "" "Make sure that the \\button{Activate screensaver when computer is idle} " "option is selected if you want to enable the screensaver. The slider can be " "adjusted to set the idle time. If the screensaver starts after the " "designated period of inactivity, you can resume working on your computer by " "pressing any key or moving your mouse. For added security, you can also " "select the \\button{Lock screen when screensaver is active} option. In this " "case, Ubuntu will ask you for your login password when you return to the " "computer." msgstr "" "Kassen ved \\button{Aktiver pauseskærm når computeren er i tomgang} skal " "være afkrydset for at kunne bruge pauseskærme. Skyderen kan bruges til at " "indstille ventetiden. Hvis pauseskærmen går i gang efter den angivne " "tidsperiode, kan du atter gå i gang med at arbejde ved computeren ved at " "trykke på en tast eller bevæge musen. Hvis du ønsker en højere sikkerhed kan " "du også afkrydse \\button{Lås skærm mens pauseskærmen er aktiv}. På denne " "måde vil Ubuntu spørge dig om din adgangskode, når du skal bruge computeren " "igen." #. type: section{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :314 msgid "Accessibility" msgstr "Tilgængelighed" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :314 msgid "" "Ubuntu has built-in tools that make using the computer easier for people " "with certain physical limitations. You can find these tools by opening the \\" "menu{System} menu, then selecting \\menu{Preferences \\then Assistive " "Technologies}. You can adjust keyboard and mouse settings to suit your needs " "through the \\window{Assistive Technologies Preferences} window by clicking " "on the \\button{Keyboard Accessibility} or \\button{Mouse Accessibility} " "buttons." msgstr "" "Ubuntu har indbyggede hjælpemidler, der kan gøre det lettere at bruge " "computeren for folk med fysiske begrænsninger. Du kan finde dem ved at åbne " "menuen \\menu{System} og derefter vælge \\menu{Indstillinger \\then " "Hjælpeteknologier}. Du kan tilpasse tastatur- og museindstillinger for at " "tilpasse dine behov gennem vinduet \\window{Indstillinger for " "hjælpeteknologier} ved at trykke på knapperne \\" "button{Tastaturtilgængelighed} eller \\button{Musetilgængelighed}." #. \screenshotTODO{Screenshot of the Assistive Technologies window.} #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :317 msgid "" "\\screenshot{02-assistive-technologies.png}{ss:assistive-" "technologies}{Assistive Technologies allows you to enable extra features to " "make it easier to use your computer.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{02-assistive-technologies.png}{ss:assistive-" "technologies}{Hjælpeteknologier gør det muligt at benytte sig at særlige " "funktioner, der gør det lettere at arbejde med computeren.}" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :321 msgid "Other assistive technologies" msgstr "Andre hjælpeteknologier" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :321 msgid "" "\\application{Orca} is another useful tool for persons with visual " "impairments, and comes pre-installed on Ubuntu. To run \\application{Orca}, " "press \\keystroke{Alt+F2} and type \\userinput{orca} into the command text " "field. Click \\button{Run} when you are done. Orca's voice synthesizer will " "activate and assist you through the various options such as voice type, " "voice language, Braille, and screen magnification. Once you have finished " "selecting your settings, you will need to log out of the computer (Orca will " "offer to do this for you). When you log back in, the Orca settings you chose " "will automatically run every time you use your computer." msgstr "" "\\application{Orca} er et andet nyttigt hjælpemiddel for folk med nedsat " "synsevne og som følger med Ubuntu. For at køre \\application{Orca} kan du " "trykke på \\keystroke{Alt+F2}, skrive \\userinput{orca} i tekstfeltet og " "afslutte ved at trykke på \\button{Kør i terminal}. Orcas stemmeoplæser vil " "slås til og lede dig gennem de forskellige valgmuligheder såsom stemmetype, " "sprog, Braille-skrift og skærmforstørrelse. Når du er færdig med at vælge " "indstillinger, skal du logge dig af (Orca tilbyder at gøre dette for dig) og " "komme tilbage igen. Orca-indstillinger vil herefter selv sætte sig op, hver " "gang du bruger computeren." #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :323 msgid "" "In addition to these options, selecting high-contrast themes and larger on-" "screen fonts can further assist those with vision difficulties." msgstr "" "Ud over disse indstilinger kan det også hjælpe synshæmmede at tilføje temaer " "med høj kontrast og større skrifttyper." #. type: section{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :326 msgid "Managing your computer" msgstr "Håndtering af computeren" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :326 msgid "" "When you have finished working on your computer, you can choose to log out, " "suspend, restart, or shut down through the session menu on the far right " "side of the top panel. You can also quickly access these options by pressing " "the \\keystroke{Ctrl+Alt+Del} keys." msgstr "" "Når du er færdig med at arbejde med computeren, kan du vælge at logge af, " "lade computeren hvile, genstarte eller lukke ned ved hjælp af menuen yderst " "til højre på det øverste panel. Du kan også benytte genvejen \\" "keystroke{Ctrl+Alt+Del} for dernæst at vælge, hvad du vil." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :330 msgid "Logging out" msgstr "Aflogning" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :330 msgid "" "Logging out will leave the computer running but return you to the login " "screen. This is useful for switching users, such as when a different person " "wishes to log in to their account, or if you are ever instructed to ``log " "out and back in again.'' You should save your work before logging out." msgstr "" "Hvis du logger af computeren, vil den fortsætte med at køre og tage dig " "tilbage til brugerkontoskærmen. Dette er nyttigt til at skifte mellem " "brugere, når en anden eksempelvis ønsker at tilgå sin konto eller hvis du " "får besked på at ``logge af og vende tilbage''. Du bør gemme dit arbejde før " "du logger af." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :333 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Hvile" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :333 msgid "" "To save energy, you can put your computer into sleep mode, which will save " "its current condition and allow you to start more quickly while remaining on " "but using very little energy. Suspending the computer spins down the hard " "disk and saves your session to memory, so it is very quick to suspend and " "resume from suspension." msgstr "" "For at spare strøm kan du sætte computeren til at hvile, hvormed dens " "aktuelle tilstand vil gemmes og give dig mulighed for at fortsætte hurtigt " "herfra ved at være tændt, mens den bruger meget lidt strøm. Ved hvile " "slukker computeren for lagerdrevet og gemmer dens tilstand i hukommelsen, " "hvilket gør det meget hurtigt at gå i hviletilstand og tilbage igen." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :335 msgid "Hibernate" msgstr "Dvale" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :337 msgid "" "Hibernate is similar to suspend, except that instead of saving your session " "to memory, hibernate will save your session to the hard disk. This takes a " "little longer, but with the added benefit that hibernation uses no power " "while it is in a hibernated state." msgstr "" "Dvale svarer til hvile med undtagelse af, at computeren gemmer sin tilstand " "til disken i stedet for hukommelsen. Dette tager lidt længere tid, men til " "gengæld bruger maskinen ingen strøm, mens den er i dvale." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :340 msgid "Rebooting" msgstr "Genstart" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :340 msgid "" "To reboot your computer, select \\menu{Restart} from the session menu." msgstr "" "For at genstarte computeren skal du trykke på \\menu{Genstart} i menuen " "øverst til højre på skrivebordet." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :343 msgid "Shut down" msgstr "Luk ned" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :343 msgid "" "To totally power down your computer, select \\menu{Shut Down} from the " "session menu." msgstr "" "For at slukke computeren helt skal du vælge \\menu{Luk ned} i menuen øverst " "til højre på skrivebordet." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :346 msgid "Other options" msgstr "Andre indstillinger" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :346 msgid "" "\\marginnote{You can lock your screen quickly by using the keyboard shortcut " "\\keystroke{Ctrl+Alt+L}. Locking your screen is recommended if you move away " "from your computer for a short amount of time.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Du kan låse skærmen hurtigt ved at bruge tastaturgenvejen \\" "keystroke{Ctrl+Alt+L}. Det anbefales at låse skærmen, hvis du går væk fra " "computeren i et stykke tid.}" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :349 msgid "" "From the session menu, you can also select \\menu{Lock Screen} to require a " "password before using the computer again \\dash this is useful if you need " "to leave your computer for some duration. You can also use the session menu " "to set up a guest session for a friend to try Ubuntu, or to \\emph{switch " "users} to log into another user account without closing your applications." msgstr "" "I menuen øverst til højre kan du også vælge \\menu{Lås skærm} for at kræve, " "at dit kodeord skal indtastes, før computeren bruges igen \\dash dette er " "nyttigt hvis du er nødt til at forlade computeren for et stykke tid. Du kan " "også bruge menuen til at lade en ven bruge computeren i en gæstetilstand " "eller for at \\emph{skifte bruger} og gøre brug af en anden konto uden at " "lukke dine programmer ned." #. type: section{#2} #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :351 msgid "Getting help" msgstr "Sådan får du hjælp" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :353 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Many programs have their own help which can be accessed by " "clicking the \\menu{Help} menu within the application window.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Mange programmer har deres egen hjælpevejledning, som kan " "tilgås ved at trykke på menuen \\menu{Hjælp} i programvinduet.}" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :356 msgid "" "Ubuntu, just like other operating systems, has a built-in help reference, " "called the \\application{Ubuntu Help Center}. To access it, click on the " "help icon in the top panel. You can also access it by clicking \\menu{Help " "and Support} in the \\menu{System} menu." msgstr "" "Ligesom alle andre styresystemer har Ubuntu et hjælpesystem kaldet \\" "application{Ubuntus hjælpecenter}. Tryk på hjælpeikonet i det øverste panel " "for at tilgå det. Du kan også trykke på \\menu{Hjælp og support} i menuen \\" "menu{System}." #. \screenshotTODO{Help and support icon} #. \screenshot{02-help-icon.png}{ss:help-icon}{Clicking the blue help icon in the top panel (just to the right of the \menu{System} menu and the \application{Firefox} icon) will open Ubuntu's built-in system help.} #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :360 msgid "" "\\screenshot{02-help-icon.png}{ss:help-icon}{Clicking the blue help icon in " "the top panel (just to the right of the \\menu{System} menu and the \\" "application{Firefox} icon) will open Ubuntu's built-in system help.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{02-help-icon.png}{ss:help-icon}{Ved at trykke på det blå " "hjælpeikon i det øverste panel (lige til højre for menuen \\menu{System} og " "ikonet for \\application{Firefox}) vil Ubuntus indbyggede hjælpesystem dukke " "op.}" #. \screenshotTODO{Ubuntu Help Center main window} #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :363 msgid "" "\\screenshot{02-help-center.png}{ss:help-center}{The built-in system help " "provides topic based help for Ubuntu.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{02-help-center.png}{ss:help-center}{Den indbyggede " "systemdokumentation tilbyder emneinddelt hjælp til Ubuntu.}" #. type: document #: ./around-desktop/around-desktop.tex #: :365 msgid "" "If you can't find an answer to your question in this manual or in the \\" "application{Ubuntu Help Center}, you can contact the Ubuntu community " "through the Ubuntu Forums (\\url{http://ubuntuforums.org}). Many Ubuntu " "users open an account on the forums to receive help, and in turn provide " "support to others as they gain more knowledge. Another useful resource is " "the Ubuntu Wiki (\\url{https://wiki.ubuntu.com}), a website maintained by " "the Ubuntu community." msgstr "" "Hvis du ikke kan finde et svar på et spørgsmål i denne manuel eller i \\" "application{Ubuntus hjælpecenter}, kan du sætte dig i forbindelse med Ubuntu-" "fællesskabet gennem Ubuntus forummer. (\\url{http://ubuntuforums.org}). " "Mange Ubuntu-brugere åbner en konto for at modtage hjælp og tilbyder til " "gengæld at hjælpe andre efterhånden som de opnår større erfaring. En anden " "nyttig kilde er Ubuntus wiki (\\url{https://wiki.ubuntu.com}), en hjemmeside " "vedligeholdt af Ubuntu-fællesskabet.)" #. Chapter 3 - Matt Griffin, Ilya Haykinson and Luke Jennings #. type: document #: ./default-apps/default-apps.tex #: :2 msgid "" "\\marginnote{We encourage you to check any information you find on other " "websites with multiple sources when possible, but only follow directions if " "you understand them completely.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Vi opfordrer dig til at kontrollere alle oplysninger, du finder " "på andre hjemmesider, med andre kilder såfremt muligt og til kun at følge " "anvisninger, hvis du forstår dem fuldt ud.}" #. type: chapter{#2} #: ./default-apps/default-apps.tex #: :5 msgid "Working with Ubuntu" msgstr "Arbejde med Ubuntu" #. type: section{#2} #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :2 msgid "Getting online" msgstr "Kom på internettet" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :4 msgid "" "If you are in a location with Internet access, you will want to make sure " "you are connected in order to get the most out of your Ubuntu operating " "system. This section of the manual will help you check your connection and " "configure it where necessary. Ubuntu can connect to the Internet using a " "wired, wireless, or dialup connection. It also supports some more advanced " "connection methods, which we will briefly discuss at the end of this section." msgstr "" "Hvis du har mulighed for at komme på internettet, bør du sørge for at " "forbinde dig for at få mest muligt ud af Ubuntu-styresystemet. Denne del af " "manualen vil hjælpe dig med at efterse din internetforbindelse og lave " "indstillinger, hvor det måtte være nødvendigt. Ubuntu kan forbinde sig ved " "brug af en ledning, trådløst eller gennem opkaldsmodem. Det understøtter " "også mere avancerede forbindelsesmetoder, hvilket vi kort vil gennemgå i " "slutningen af dette kapitel." #. type: comment #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :9 msgid "" "This margin note is confusing to me - are you saying that to connect to a " "network (ie access files from my home computer with my laptop) I do the same " "thing as connecting to the internet? This is not the case and will probably " "confuse people so have removed it for now. \\marginnote{In this guide we " "will limit our discussion to connecting to the Internet, however, connecting " "to a home or office network is usually performed in a similar manner.}" msgstr "" "Denne sidebemærkning virker forvirrende for mig. Mener du at man skal gøre " "det samme for at komme på et netværk (fra en computer i hjemmet til en " "anden) som for at komme på internettet? Dette er ikke tilfældet og vil " "sandsynligvis forvirre folk, så den er fjernet for nu. \\marginnote{I denne " "vejledning vil vi begrænse os til at forbinde os til internettet. At " "forbinde sig til et hjemme- eller kontornetværk udføres dog på tilsvarende " "vis.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :14 msgid "" "\\gltodo{``wired connection,'' ``router,'' ``Ethernet port,'' ``wireless " "connection,'' ``dialup connection''} A \\gls{wired connection} refers to " "when your computer is physically connected to a \\gls{router} or an \\" "gls{Ethernet port} with a cable. This is the most common connection for " "desktop computers." msgstr "" "\\gltodo{``kablet netværk,'' ``router,'' ``Ethernet-udgang,'' ``trådløs " "forbindelse,'' ``opkaldsforbindelse''} Et \\gls{kablet netværk} har du, når " "din computer er fysisk forbundet til en \\gls{router} eller en \\" "gls{Ethernet-udgang} med en ledning. Dette er den mest almindelige " "forbindelse for stationære computere." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :18 msgid "" "A \\gls{wireless connection} is when your computer is connected to the " "Internet via a wireless radio network, also known as Wi-Fi. Laptop computers " "commonly use Wi-Fi due to their portability, making it easy to access the " "Internet from different rooms in the house or when traveling. In order to " "connect to wireless connection, you must have a working wireless network. " "You will usually need to purchase and install a \\emph{wireless router} or \\" "emph{access point}, although some locations will already have a wireless " "network established." msgstr "" "En \\gls{wireless connection} har du når din computer er forbundet til " "internettet vha. et trådløst radionetværk også kendt som Wi-Fi. Bærbare " "computere bruger almindeligvis trådløst internettet for at øge bærbarheden, " "hvilket gør det nemt at tilgå intenettet fra forskellige rum i huset eller " "på rejser. For at forbinde sig med en trådløs forbindelse, skal du være i " "nærheden af et fungerende, trådløst netværk. Du vil almindeligvis være nødt " "til at købe og opsætte en \\emph{trådløs router} eller \\" "emph{signalfordeler}, selvom nogle steder allerede har opsat trådløse " "netværk." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :21 msgid "" "A \\gls{dialup connection} is when your computer uses a \\emph{modem} to " "connect to an Internet service provider through your telephone line." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :23 msgid "NetworkManager" msgstr "Netværkshåndtering" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :28 msgid "" "In order to connect to the Internet in Ubuntu, you need to use the \\" "application{NetworkManager} utility. NetworkManager allows you to turn all " "networking on or off, and helps you manage your wired, wireless, and other " "connections." msgstr "" "For at kunne forbinde dig til internettet i Ubuntu skal du bruge værktøjet \\" "application{Netværkshåndtering}. Netværkshåndtering gør det muligt at slå al " "netværk fra eller til og hjælper dig med at håndtere dine kablede, trådløse " "og andre forbindelser." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :30 msgid "" "\\marginnote{If you are unsure whether your computer has a wireless card, " "check with your manufacturer.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Hvis du er usikker på, om din computer har et trådløst " "netværkskort, kan du spørge hos din forhandler.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :35 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-wired-network.png}{ss:wired-network-icon}{NetworkManager " "will display this icon in the top panel when you are connected to a wired " "network.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{03-wired-network.png}{ss:wired-network-icon}{Netværkshåndtering " "vil vise dette ikon i det øverste panel, når du er forbundet til et kablet " "netværk.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :37 msgid "" "You can access all the functions of NetworkManager using its icon in the top " "panel. This icon may look different depending on whether you currently have " "a working connection, and whether the connection is wired or wireless. If " "you are unsure, try hovering your mouse over the icon until a short " "description appears near the cursor. This will read ``Wired network " "connection `Auto eth$0$' active'' (for example) if you have a working wired " "connection, or otherwise something else related to networking or connections " "such as ``No connection'' or ``Networking disabled.''" msgstr "" "Du kan tilgå alle funktionerne i Netværkshåndtering ved at bruge ikonet i " "det øverste panel. Dette ikon kan ændre udseende alt efter om du er på en " "fungerende forbindelse, og om forbindelsen er kablet eller trådløs. Hvis du " "er usikker, kan du prøve at bevæge musen hen over ikonet, hvorved en kort " "beskrivelse vil dukke op tæt på markøren. Denne vil eksempelvis sige " "``Kablet netværksforbindelse `Auto eth$0$' er aktiv'', hvis du er på en " "fungerende, kablet forbindelse. Ellers vil den komme med en tilsvarende " "besked som ``Ingen forbindelse'' eller ``Netværk ikke aktiveret''." #. \screenshotTODO{NetworkManager with the menu open showing auto eth$0$} #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :40 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-autoeth.png}{ss:network-manager-menu}{Here you can see the " "currently active ``auto eth$0$'' connection listed in the NetworkManager " "menu.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{03-autoeth.png}{ss:network-manager-menu}{Her kan du se den " "nuværende ``auto eth$0$''-forbindelse på listen i menuen i " "Netværkshåndtering.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :42 msgid "" "Clicking this icon will bring up a list of network connections that are " "available to you. If you are currently connected to the Internet, the name " "of this connection will be highlighted in bold." msgstr "" "Ved at klikke på ikonet får du en liste af tilgængelige " "netværksforbindelser. Hvis du er forbundet til et netværk, vil dets navn " "være fremhævet med fed skrift." #. \screenshotTODO{NetworkManager with the right-click menu open, showing #. Enable Networking checked} #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :47 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-enable-networking.png}{ss:networking-right-click}{This is " "the menu when you right click the networking icon.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{03-enable-networking.png}{ss:networking-right-click}{Dette er " "menuen, der fremkommer ved at højreklikke på netværksikonet.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :50 msgid "" "You can also right-click on the NetworkManager icon. This will open a menu " "allowing you to enable or disable networking, view technical details about " "your current connection, or edit all connection settings. In the image " "above, the check box next to ``Enable Networking'' is currently selected; " "you can deselect it to disable all network connections. This may be useful " "if you need to shut off all wireless communication, such as when in an " "airplane." msgstr "" "Du kan også højreklikke på ikonet for Netværkshåndtering. Dette vil åbne en " "menu, der tillader dig at slå netværket til og fra, se tekniske detaljer om " "din nuværende forbindelse eller ændre alle netværksindstillinger. I billedet " "ovenfor er ``Aktiver netværk'' afkrydset; du kan fravælge den for at slå " "alle netværksforbindelser fra. Dette kan være nyttigt for at slukke alle " "trådløse forbindelser, f.eks. hvis du sidder i en flyvemaskine." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :52 msgid "Establishing a wired connection" msgstr "Opsætning af en kablet forbindelse" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :54 msgid "" "If you have an \\emph{Ethernet} cable running from a wall socket, a router, " "or some other device, then you will want to set up a wired network " "connection in Ubuntu." msgstr "" "Hvis du har en \\emph{Ethernet}-ledning, der går fra en udgang i væggen, en " "router eller et andet apparat, bør du opsætte en kablet netværksforbindelse " "i Ubuntu." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :59 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Are you already online? If the NetworkManager icon in the top " "panel shows a connection, then you may have successfully connected during " "the installation process. If so, you do not need to follow the rest of this " "section.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Er du allerede forbundet? Hvis ikonet for Netværkshåndtering i " "det øverste panel viser en forbindelse, har du sandsynligvis haft held med " "at forbinde dig under opsætningsforløbet.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :63 msgid "" "\\gltodo{``\\acronym{DHCP},'' ``\\acronym{ISP}''} In order to connect with a " "wired connection, you need to know whether your network connection supports " "\\gls{DHCP}. This stands for ``Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol,'' and is " "a way for computers on your network to automatically receive configuration " "information from your Internet service provider (\\gls{ISP}). This is " "usually the quickest and easiest way of establishing a connection between " "your computer and your \\acronym{ISP} in order to access the Internet, " "although some \\acronym{ISP}s may provide what is called a \\emph{static " "address} instead. If you are unsure whether your \\acronym{ISP} supports \\" "acronym{DHCP}, you may wish to contact their customer service line to check. " "They will also be able to provide you with information on your static " "address if one has been allocated to you (in many cases \\acronym{ISP}s only " "allocate static addresses to customers upon request)." msgstr "" "\\gltodo{``\\acronym{DHCP},''`\\acronym{ISP}''} For at kunne forbinde " "computeren til en kablet forbindelse skal du vide, om din computer " "understøtter \\gls{DHCP}. Dette står for ``Dynamic Host Configuration " "Protocol'' (Dynamisk værtsindstillingsprotokol) og er en måde, hvorpå " "computere på netværket automatisk kan modtage opsætningsoplysninger fra din " "internetudbyder (Internet Service Provider - \\gls{ISP}). Det er " "almindeligvis den hurtigste og nemmeste måde at opsætte en forbindelse " "mellem din computer og din udbyder for at kunne komme på internettet. Nogle " "udbydere kræver dog, at man bruger hvad der kaldes en statisk adresse i " "stedet. Hvis du er usikker på, om din udbyder understøtter DHCP, kan du " "skrive til deres kundetjeneste for at finde ud af det. De vil også kunne " "oplyse dig om din statiske internetadresse, hvis der er blevet tildelt en " "til dig (I mange tilfælde tildeler internetudbydere kun statiske adresser " "ved forespørgsler)." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :65 msgid "Automatic connections with DHCP" msgstr "Automatiske forbindelser med DHCP" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :67 msgid "" "If your network supports \\acronym{DHCP}, you may already be set up for " "online access. To check this, click on the NetworkManager icon. There should " "be a ``Wired Network'' heading in the menu that is displayed. If ``Auto " "eth$0$'' appears directly underneath, then your computer is currently " "connected and probably already set up correctly for \\acronym{DHCP}. If " "``disconnected'' appears in gray underneath the wired network section, look " "below to see if an option labeled ``Auto eth$0$'' appears in the list. If " "so, click on it to attempt to establish a wireless connection." msgstr "" "Hvis dit netværk understøtter \\acronym{DHCP}, er du måske allerede klar til " "at komme på internettet. For at undersøge dette kan du trykke på ikonet for " "Netværkshåndtering. Der bør være en overskrift kaldet ``Kablede netværk'' i " "den viste menu. Hvis ``Auto eth$0$'' er vist på linjen nedenunder, er din " "computer forbundet og sandsynligvis allerede sat rigtigt op med \\" "acronym{DHCP}. Hvis der står ``Ikke forbundet'' i gråt under delen med " "kablet netværk, kan du se efter, om der er en linje ved navn ``Auto eth$0$'' " "på listen. Du kan klikke på denne for at forsøge at etablere forbindelse via " "kabel." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :69 msgid "" "To check if you are online, right-click on the NetworkManager icon in the " "top panel and select the \\menu{Connection Information} option." msgstr "" "For at se, om du er forbundet til internettet, kan du højreklikke på ikonet " "for Netværkshåndtering i det øverste panel og vælge \\" "menu{Forbindelsesinformation}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :73 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-connection-information.png}{ss:connection-information}{This " "window displays your \\acronym{IP} address and other connection information.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{03-connection-information.png}{ss:connection-information}{Dette " "vindue viser din \\acronym{IP}-adresse og andre forbindelsesoplysninger.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :75 msgid "" "\\marginnote{An Internet Protocol (\\acronym{IP}) address is a numerical " "label assigned to devices on a computer network. It is the equivalent of " "phone numbers for your house and allows your computer to be uniquely " "identified so you can access the internet and share files with others.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{En internetprotokoladresse (\\acronym{IP}-adresse) er et " "nummereret navn tildelt enheder på et computernetværk. Det svarer til " "telefonnumre i dit hus og tillader computeren at blive tilkendegivet og " "adskilt fra andre, så du kan tilgå internettet og dele filer med andre.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :77 msgid "" "You should see a window showing details about your connection. If your \\" "acronym{IP} address is displayed as 0.0.0.0 or starts with 169.254, then " "your computer was not successfully provided with an address through \\" "acronym{DHCP}. If it shows another address, it is most likely that your " "connection was automatically configured correctly. To test out your Internet " "connection, you may want to open the \\application{Firefox} web browser to " "try loading a web page. More information on using Firefox can be found later " "in this chapter." msgstr "" "Du skulle gerne kunne se et vindue, der viser detaljer om din forbindelse. " "Hvis din \\acronym{IP}-adresse er vist som 0.0.0.0 eller starter med " "169.254, har din computer ikke fået en adresse tildelt ved \\acronym{DHCP}. " "Hvis den viser en anden adresse, er det sandsynligvis, fordi din forbindelse " "automatisk blev sat rigtigt op. For at afprøve internetforbindelse kan du " "prøve at åbne internetbrowseren \\application{Firefox} og forsøge at indlæse " "en side. Senere i dette kapitel findes der flere oplysninger om brugen af " "Firefox." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :79 msgid "" "\\marginnote{To access the \\window{Connection Information} window, you will " "need to make sure that networking is enabled. Otherwise this option will be " "gray and you will not be able to select it through the right-click menu of " "the NetworkManager applet. To enable networking, right-click on the " "NetworkManager applet and select \\button{Enable Networking} from the popup " "menu.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{For at tilgå vinduet \\window{Forbindelsesinformation} skal du " "først se efter, om netværket er slået til. Ellers vil denne valgmulighed stå " "i gråtoner, og du vil ikke kunne vælge den fra højrekliksmenuen for " "panelprogrammet Netværkshåndtering. For at slå netværk til kan du " "højreklikke på panelprogrammet Netværkshåndtering og vælge \\button{Aktivér " "netværk} fra kontekstmenuen.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :81 msgid "" "If you are still not online after following these steps, you may need to try " "setting up your Internet configuration manually, using a static \\" "acronym{IP} address." msgstr "" "Hvis du efter at have fulgt disse trin stadig ikke er forbundet, kan det " "blive nødvendigt at sætte forbindelsen op manuelt ved at bruge en statisk \\" "acronym{IP}-adresse." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :83 msgid "Manual configuration with static addresses" msgstr "Manuel opsætning med statiske adresser" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :85 msgid "" "If your network does not support \\acronym{DHCP}, then you need to know a " "few items of information before you can get online." msgstr "" "Hvis dit netværk ikke understøtter \\acronym{DHCP}, skal du bruge nogle " "forskellige oplysninger, før du kan komme på internettet." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :93 msgid "" "An {\\bfseries\\acronym{IP} address} is a unique address used for " "identifying your computer on the Internet. When connecting through \\" "acronym{DHCP} this is likely to change at times, however, if your \\" "acronym{ISP} has provided you with a static address then it will not. An \\" "acronym{IP} address is always given in the form of four numbers separated by " "decimal points, for example, 192.168.0.2." msgstr "" "En {\\bfseries\\acronym{IP}-adresse} er en unik adresse, der bruges til at " "tilkendegive din computer på internettet. Når du er forbundet gennem \\" "acronym{DHCP}, kan adressen dog sagtens ændre sig fra tid til anden. Derimod " "vil den ikke ændre sig, hvis du er forbundet med en statisk \\acronym{IP}-" "adresse. En \\acronym{IP}-adresse er altid givet i et format, der har fire " "numre adskilt af punktummer, f.eks. 192.168.0.2." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :93 msgid "" "The {\\bfseries network mask} tells your computer how large the network is " "that it belongs to. It takes the same form as an \\acronym{IP} address, but " "is usually something like 255.255.255.0" msgstr "" "{\\bfseries Netværksmasken} fortæller din computer, hvor stort netværket, " "som den hører til, er. Den er på samme format som \\acronym{IP}-adressen og " "svarer som regel til 255.255.255.0" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :93 msgid "" "The {\\bfseries gateway} is the \\acronym{IP} address at your \\" "acronym{ISP}'s end. It helps your computer connect or ``talk'' with their " "network, which acts as a ``gateway'' between your computer and the Internet." msgstr "" "{\\bfseries Adgangspunktet} er udbyderens \\acronym{IP}-adresse. Det hjælper " "din computer med at forbinde eller ``snakke'' med deres netværk, der virker " "som et ``adgangspunkt'' mellem din computer og internettet." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :93 msgid "" "{\\bfseries\\acronym{DNS} servers} are one or more \\acronym{IP} addresses " "of ``Domain Name System'' servers. These servers convert standard web " "addresses (like \\url{http://www.ubuntu.com}) into \\acronym{IP} addresses " "such as 91.189.94.156. This step allows your computer to ``find'' the " "correct web site when you type in the web address you wish to visit. A " "minimum of one \\acronym{DNS} server is required, and any additional ones " "are used in case the first one fails." msgstr "" "{\\bfseries\\acronym{DNS}-servere} er en eller flere \\acronym{IP}-adresser " "på ``Domain Name Servers'' (navneservere for domæner). Disse servere " "omdanner gængse internetadresser (som \\url{http://www.ubuntu.com}) til \\" "acronym{IP}-adresser såsom 91.189.94.156. Dette gør, at din computer kan " "``finde'' den rigtige hjemmeside, når du indtaster en adresse. Det er altid " "nødvendigt med mindst een \\acronym{DNS}-server, og alle yderligere servere " "bruges kun, hvis den første står af." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :96 msgid "" "\\marginnote{If you do not already have these settings, you will need to " "consult your network administrator or \\acronym{ISP} customer support to " "receive them.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Hvis du ikke allerede kender til disse indstillinger, skal du " "have fat i din netværksbestyrer eller internetudbyderens kundetjeneste for " "at få fat i dem.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :100 msgid "" "To manually configure a wired connection, right-click on the NetworkManager " "icon and select \\menu{Edit Connections}. Make sure you are looking at the \\" "button{Wired} tab inside the \\window{Network Connections} window that is " "displayed." msgstr "" "For manuelt at opsætte en kablet forbindelse skal du højreklikke på ikonet " "for Netværkshåndtering og vælge \\menu{Rediger forbindelser\\ldots}. Du skal " "kigge på fanebladet kaldet \\button{Kablet} inden i vinduet \\" "window{Netværksforbindelser}, som bliver vist." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :103 msgid "" "The list may already have an entry such as ``Auto eth$0$,'' or a similar " "name. If a connection is listed, select it and then click the \\button{Edit} " "button. If no connection is listed, click the \\button{Add} button instead." msgstr "" "Listen kan allerede indeholde et punkt såsom ``Auto eth$0$'' eller et " "tilsvarende navn. Hvis der er anført en forbindelse, så vælg den og klik på " "knappen \\button{Redigér}. Hvis ingen forbindelse er anført, så klik i " "stedet på knappen \\button{Tilføj}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :105 msgid "" "If you are adding a connection, you first need to provide a name for the " "connection so you can distinguish it from any others that are added later. " "In the ``Connection name'' field, choose a name such as ``Wired connection " "1.''" msgstr "" "Hvis du tilføjer en forbindelse, skal du først angive et navn, så du kan " "skelne den fra andre, der evt. senere bliver tliføjet. I feltet " "``Forbindelsesnavn'' skal du vælge et navn som f.eks. ``Kablet forbindelse " "1''." #. \screenshotTODO{manual connection editing screen, on the IPv4 tab} #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :108 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-editing-ipv4.png}{ss:connection-editing-window}{In this " "window you can manually edit a connection.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{03-editing-ipv4.png}{ss:connection-editing-window}{I dette " "vindue kan du manuelt redigere en forbindelse.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :110 msgid "To set up the connection:" msgstr "Opsætning af forbindelsen:" #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :128 msgid "" "Under the connection name, make sure that the \\checkbox{Connect " "automatically} option is selected." msgstr "" "Under forbindelsens navn skal du kontrollere, at \\checkbox{Forbind " "automatisk} er afkrydset." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :128 msgid "Switch to the \\button{\\acronym{IP}v4 Settings} tab." msgstr "Skift til fanebladet \\button{\\acronym{IP}v4-indstillinger}." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :128 msgid "Change the \\dropdown{Method} to ``Manual.''" msgstr "Ændr \\dropdown{Metode} til ``Manuel''." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :128 msgid "" "Click on the \\button{Add} button next to the empty list of addresses." msgstr "" "Tryk på knappen \\button{Tilføj} ved siden af den tomme adresseliste." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :128 msgid "" "Type in your \\acronym{IP} address in the field below the \\textbf{Address} " "header." msgstr "" "Indtast din \\acronym{IP}-adresse i feltet under overskriften \\" "textbf{adresse}." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :128 msgid "" "Click to the right of the \\acronym{IP} address, directly below the \\" "textbf{Netmask} header, and type in your network mask. If you are unsure of " "your network mask, ``255.255.255.0'' is the most common." msgstr "" "Klik til højre for \\acronym{IP}-adressen under overskriften \\" "textbf{Netmaske}, og indtast din netmaske. Hvis du er usikker på din " "netmaske, er ``255.255.255.0'' den mest gængse." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :128 msgid "" "Click to the right of the network mask, directly below the \\textbf{Gateway} " "header, and type in the address of your gateway." msgstr "" "Klik til højre for netmasken under overskriften \\textbf{Adgangspunkt}, og " "indtast adressen på dit adgangspunkt." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :128 msgid "" "In the \\textfield{\\acronym{DNS} servers} field below, type in the " "addresses of your \\acronym{DNS} server. If your network has more than one \\" "acronym{DNS} server, enter them all, separated by spaces or commas." msgstr "" "I feltet {\\acronym{DNS}-servere} nedenfor kan du indtaste adresserne på " "dine \\acronym{DNS}-servere. Hvis dit netværk har mere end een \\" "acronym{DNS}-server, bør du indtaste dem alle adskilt af mellemrum eller " "kommaer." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :128 msgid "Click \\button{Apply} to save your changes." msgstr "Klik på knappen \\button{Anvend} for at gemme din opsætning." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :131 msgid "" "\\advanced{A \\acronym{MAC} address is a hardware address for your " "computer's network card, and entering it is sometimes important when using a " "cable modem connection or similar. If you know the \\acronym{MAC} address of " "you network card, this can be entered in the appropriate text field in the \\" "button{Wired} tab of the editing window.}" msgstr "" "\\advanced{En \\acronym{MAC}-adresse er en fysisk adresse tilhørende din " "computers netværkskort. Det kan være vigtigt at indtaste det, hvis din " "forbindelse kører over et kabelmodem eller tilsvarende. Hvis du kender \\" "acronym{MAC}-adressen på dit netværkskort, kan dette indtastes i det angivne " "felt i fanebladet \\button{Kablet} i redigeringsvinduet.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :135 msgid "" "When you have returned to the \\application{Network Connections} screen, " "your newly-added connection should now be listed. Click \\button{Close} to " "return to the desktop. If your connection is configured correctly, the " "NetworkManager icon should have changed to show an active connection. To " "test if your connection is properly set up, refer to the instructions above " "for checking a \\acronym{DHCP} connection." msgstr "" "Når du er tilbage til vinduet \\application{Indstillinger for netværk}, " "skulle din nye forbindelse gerne være på listen. Klik \\button{Luk} for at " "gå tilbage til skrivebordet. Hvis din forbindelse er sat rigtigt op, skulle " "ikonet for Netværkshåndtering gerne været skiftet og vise en fungerende " "forbindelse. For at afprøve om din forbindelse er sat rigtigt op, jævnfør da " "ovenstående vejledning for afprøvning af en \\acronym{DHCP}-forbindelse." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :137 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Trådløst netværk" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :141 msgid "" "If your computer is equipped with a wireless (Wi-Fi) card and you have a " "wireless network nearby, you should be able to set up a wireless connection " "in Ubuntu." msgstr "" "Hvis din computer er udstyret med et trådløst (Wi-Fi) netværkskort og du er " "i nærheden af et trådløst netværk, kan du sætte en trådløs forbindelse op i " "Ubuntu." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :143 msgid "Connecting to a wireless network for the first time" msgstr "Forbinde sig til et trådløst netværk for første gang" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :147 msgid "" "If your computer has a wireless network card, you should be able to connect " "to a wireless network. Most laptop and netbook computers have a wireless " "network card." msgstr "" "Hvis din computer har et trådløst netværkskort, kan du forbinde dig til et " "trådløst netværk. De fleste bærbare computere har et trådløst netværkskort." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :149 msgid "" "\\marginnote{To improve speed and reliability of your connection, try to " "move closer to your access point.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{For at forbedre din forbindelseshastighed og robusthed kan du " "forsøge at rykke dig nærmere til adgangspunktet.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :155 msgid "" "Ubuntu is usually able to detect any wireless networks that are available " "within range of your wireless card. To see a list of wireless networks, " "click on the NetworkManager icon. Under the ``Wireless Networks'' heading, " "you should see a list of available wireless networks. Each network will be " "shown with a name on the left, and a signal meter on the right. A signal " "meter looks like a series of bars \\dash the more bars that are filled in, " "the stronger the connection will be." msgstr "" "Ubuntu kan som regel opdage ethvert tilgængeligt trådløst netværk inden for " "dit netværkskorts rækkevidde. For at se en liste over trådløse netværk kan " "du klikke på ikonet for Netværkshåndtering. Under overskriften ``Trådløse " "netværk'' skulle du gerne kunne se en liste af tilgængelige trådløse " "netværk. Hvert netværk vil være vist med navnet på venstre side og en " "signalstyrke på højre. Signalstyrken vises ved en række søjler, der udfyldes " "med blåt \\dash jo flere udfyldte søjler, jo stærkere er forbindelsen." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :158 msgid "" "A wireless network may be open to anyone to connect, or may be protected " "with network security. A small padlock will be displayed next to the signal " "meter of any wireless networks that are protected. You will need to know the " "correct password in order to connect to these." msgstr "" "Et trådløst netværk kan enten være åbent, så alle kan forbinde sig til det, " "eller det kan være beskyttet med netværkssikkerhed. En lille hængelås vil " "være vist ved siden af signalstyrken for alle de beskyttet trådløse netværk. " "Du skal kende det rigtige kodeord for at kunne forbinde dig til disse." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :160 msgid "" "To connect to a wireless network, select the desired network's name from the " "list. This will be the name that was set up when the wireless router or " "access point was installed. If you are in a workplace or a location with a " "publicly accessible wireless network, the network name will usually make it " "easy to identify." msgstr "" "For at forbinde dig til et trådløst netværk kan du vælge det ønskede " "netværks navn fra listen. Dette er navnet, som det blev givet under " "opsætningen af den trådløse router eller adgangspunkt. Hvis du er på en " "arbejdsplads eller et sted med offentligt tilgængeligt trådløst netværk, vil " "netværksnavnet som regel være nemt at genkende." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :162 msgid "" "If the network is unprotected (\\ie, the network signal meter does not " "display a padlock), a connection should be established within a few seconds. " "The NetworkManager icon in the top panel will animate as Ubuntu attempts to " "establish a connection, and if it connects successfully will then change to " "display signal meter. A notification message in the upper right of your " "screen will also appear, informing you that a connection was established." msgstr "" "Hvis netværket er ubeskyttet (dvs. signalstyrken viser ingen hængelås) " "skulle en forbindelse kunne blive sat op inden for få sekunder. Ikonet for " "Netværkshåndtering i øverste panel vil besvæge sig, mens Ubuntu forsøger at " "sætte en forbindelse op. Hvis det lykkes, vil den ændre sig for at vise " "signalstyrken. En besked i øverste, højre hjørne af skærmen vil også vise " "sig og fortælle, at en forbindelse er opnået" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :164 msgid "" "If the network is secured, Ubuntu will display a window called ``Wireless " "Network Authentication Required'' once it tries to connect. This means that " "a password is required in order to connect." msgstr "" "Hvis netværket er sikkert, vil Ubuntu vise et vindue kaldet ``Trådløst " "netværk kræver godkendelse'' ved forsøget på at forbinde sig dertil. Dette " "betyder, at der kræves en adgangskode for at kunne opnå forbindelse." #. \screenshotTODO{detail shot of the ``Wireless Network Authentication Required'' #. window} #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :168 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-wireless-authentication.png}{ss:wireless-" "authentication}{Type in your wireless network passphrase.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{03-wireless-authentication.png}{ss:wireless-" "authentication}{Indtast dit kodeord til det trådløse netværk.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :170 msgid "" "If you know the password, enter it in the \\textfield{Password} field, and " "then click \\button{Connect}. As you type your password, it will be obscured " "to prevent others from seeing it. If you prefer, you can select the \\" "checkbox{Show password} option to see the password as you type." msgstr "" "Hvis du kender kodeordet, kan du indtaste det i feltet \\textfield{Kodeord} " "og klikke på \\button{Forbind}. Mens du indtaster kodeordet, vil det blive " "sløret for at undgå, at andre kan aflæse det. Hvis du foretrækker det, kan " "du afkrydse \\checkbox{Vis kodeord} for at se kodeordet, mens du indtaster " "det." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :174 msgid "" "After you click the \\button{Connect} button, the NetworkManager icon in the " "top panel will animate as it tries to connect to the network. If you have " "entered the correct password, a connection will be established and the " "NetworkManager icon will change to show signal meter bars. Again, Ubuntu " "will display a pop up message in the upper right of your screen informing " "you that a connection was established." msgstr "" "Efter at du har trykket på knappen \\button{Forbind}, vil ikonet for " "Netværkshåndtering bevæge sig, mens det forsøger at forbinde sig til " "netværket. Hvis du har indtastet en rigtig adgangskode, vil forbindelsen " "blive sat op og ikonet for Netværkshåndtering vil ændre sig til at vise " "signalstyrken. Igen vil Ubuntu vise en besked, der oplyser, at forbindelse " "er opnået." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :176 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Select the \\checkbox{Show Password} option to make sure you " "haven't made a mistake when entering the password.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Afkryds \\checkbox{Vis kodeord} for at være sikker på, at du " "ikke indtaster kodeordet forkert.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :181 msgid "" "If you entered the wireless network's password incorrectly, NetworkManager " "will attempt to establish a connection then return to the \\window{Wireless " "Network Authentication Required} window. You can attempt to enter the " "correct password again, or click \\button{Cancel} to abort your connection. " "If you do not know the password to the network you have selected, you will " "need to get the password from the network administrator." msgstr "" "Hvis du har indtastet en forkert adgangskode til det trådløse netværk, vil " "Netværkshåndtering først forsøge at sætte forbindelsen op og dernæst vende " "tilbage til vinduet \\window{Trådløst netværk kræver godkendelse}. Du kan " "forsøge at indtaste den korrekte adgangskode igen eller klikke \\" "button{Annullér} for at afbryde. Hvis du ikke kender adgangskoden til det " "netværk, du har valgt, må du opsøge din netværksadministrator for at få den " "udleveret." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :183 msgid "" "Once you have successfully established a wireless network connection, Ubuntu " "will store these settings (including the network password) in order to make " "it easier to connect to the same wireless network in future. You may also be " "prompted to select a \\emph{keyring} password here. The keyring stores " "network and other important passwords in the one place, so you can access " "them all in future by just remembering your keyring password." msgstr "" "Når det er lykkedes at opsætte en trådløs netværksforbindelse, vil Ubuntu " "gemme disse indstillinger (sammen med netværkskodeordet) for at gøre det " "nemmere at forbinde til det samme trådløse netværk fremover. Det kan ske, at " "du her bliver forespurgt om et kodeord til din \\emph{nøglering}. " "Nøgleringen gemmer kodeord for netværk og andet på et samlet sted, så du kan " "tilgå dem alle i fremtiden ved kun at huske på kodeordet for din nøglering." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :185 msgid "Connecting to a saved wireless network" msgstr "Forbinde sig til et skjult trådløst netværk." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :190 msgid "" "If you have previously successfully established a wireless connection, that " "connection's password will be saved on your computer. This will allow you to " "connect to the same network without having to re-enter the password." msgstr "" "Hvis det lykkes at forbinde dig til det trådløse netværk, vil adgangskoden " "blive gemt på din computer. Dette gør, at du senere kan forbinde til det " "samme netværk uden at skulle indtaste kodeordet igen." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :194 msgid "" "In addition, Ubuntu will automatically try to connect to a wireless network " "within range if it has its settings saved. This will work for both open and " "secured wireless network." msgstr "" "Ydermere forsøger Ubuntu automatisk at forbinde til et trådløst netværk " "inden for rækkevidde, hvis det har den rigtige opsætning liggende. Dette " "gælder for både åbne og sikrede trådløse netværk." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :200 msgid "" "If you have multiple saved wireless networks in range, Ubuntu may choose to " "connect to one of them, while you may prefer to connect to another. In this " "case, click on the NetworkManager icon. You should see a list of wireless " "networks in range, along with their signal meters. Click on your desired " "network." msgstr "" "Hvis du har flere gemte, trådløse netværk inden for rækkevidde, vil Ubuntu " "udvælge et og forbinde dertil. Hvis du ønsker at forbinde dig til et andet, " "kan du klikke på ikonet for Netværkshåndtering, hvorefter du vil se listen " "over tilgængelige netværk sammen med deres signalstyrker. Du kan nu vælge " "det ønskede fra listen." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :204 msgid "" "If the password and other settings have not changed, Ubuntu will connect to " "the wireless network you chose. If the password did change, Ubuntu will open " "the \\window{Wireless Network Authentication Required} window. In this case, " "follow instructions in the previous section." msgstr "" "Hvis adgangskoden og andre indstillinger ikke er ændret, vil Ubuntu forbinde " "sig til det trådløse netværk, du vælger. Hvis adgangskoden er blev ændret, " "vil Ubuntu åbne vinduet \\window{Trådløst netværk kræver godkendelse}. I " "dette tilfælde kan du følge vejledningen i forrige afsnit." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :206 msgid "Connecting to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Forbindelse til et skjult trådløst netværk" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :212 msgid "" "In some circumstances, you may need to connect to a hidden wireless network. " " These hidden networks do not broadcast their names, which means that they " "will not show up in the list of wireless networks in the NetworkManager " "menu. In order to be able to connect to a hidden network, you will need to " "get its name and security settings from your network administrator." msgstr "" "I nogle tilfælde kan det være nødvendigt at forbinde sig til et skjult, " "trådløst netværk. Disse skjulte netværk oplyser ikke andre om deres navne, " "hvilket betyder at de ikke vil vise sig på listen over trådløse netværk i " "menuen for Netværkshåndtering. For at kunne forbinde sig til skjulte " "netværk, skal du have fat i dets navn og sikkerhedsindstillinger fra dets " "administrator." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :214 msgid "To connect to a hidden network:" msgstr "Forbinde sig til et skjult netværk:" #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :230 msgid "Click on the NetworkManager icon in the top panel." msgstr "Klik på ikonet for netværkshåndtering i det øverste panel." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :230 msgid "" "Choose the \\menu{Connect to Hidden Wireless Network} option. Ubuntu should " "open the \\window{Connect to Hidden Wireless Network} window." msgstr "" "Klik på \\menu{Forbind til skjult trådløst netværk\\ldots}. Ubuntu vil nu " "åbne vinduet \\window{Forbind til skjult trådløst netværk}." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :230 msgid "" "By default, the \\textfield{Connection} field should show ``New\\ldots'' \\" "dash you can leave this unchanged." msgstr "" "Som udgangspunkt bør feltet \\textfield{Forbindelse} vise ``Ny\\ldots'' \\" "dash du kan lade det være sådan." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :230 msgid "" "In the \\textfield{Network name} field, enter the name of the wireless " "network. This name is also known as an \\emph{\\acronym{SSID}}. Please enter " "the network name exactly as it was given to you." msgstr "" "I feltet \\textfield{Netværksnavn} skal du indtaste navnet på det trådløse " "netværk. Dette navn er også kendt som et \\acronym{SSID}. Det er vigtigt, at " "du indtaster navnet præcist som det blev givet til dig." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :230 msgid "" "In the \\dropdown{Wireless security} field, select one of the options. If " "the network is open, leave this field as ``None.'' If you do not know the " "correct setting for the network you will not be able to connect to the " "hidden network." msgstr "" "I feltet \\dropdown{Trådløs sikkerhed} skal du vælge en af mulighederne. " "Hvis netværket er åbent, kan du lade det stå med ``Ingen''. Hvis du ikke " "kender den rigtige indstilling, vil du ikke kunne forbinde til det skjulte " "netværk." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :230 msgid "Click on the \\button{Connect} button." msgstr "Klik på knappen \\button{Forbind}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :234 msgid "" "The rest of the process should work exactly as in the section on the initial " "connection to wireless networks. Once set up according to the instructions " "above, the hidden network should show up in the list of saved networks." msgstr "" "Resten af forløbet foregår netop som i afsnittet for første opsætning af " "trådløse netværk. Når det er sat op i forhold til vejledning ovenfor, vil " "det skjulte netværk blive vist i listen over gemte netværk." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :236 msgid "Disabling and enabling your wireless network card" msgstr "Slå dit trådløse netværkskort til og fra." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :240 msgid "" "Wireless access in Ubuntu is enabled by default if you have a wireless " "network card in your computer. In certain cases, for example on airplanes, " "you may need or be required to turn your wireless radio off." msgstr "" "Trådløs adgang er som udgangspunkt slået til i Ubuntu, hvis du har et " "trådløst netværkskort i din computer. I visse tilfælde, eksempelvis i " "flyvemaskiner, kan det være nødvendigt at slå det trådløse netværkskort fra." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :242 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Some computers may have a physical switch or button to turn off " "WiFi.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Nogle computere har en fysisk knap til at slå det trådløse " "netværk fra.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :246 msgid "" "To do this, right-click on the NetworkManager icon, and deselect the \\" "menu{Enable Wireless} option. Your wireless network will be turned off, and " "your computer will no longer search for available wireless networks." msgstr "" "For at gøre dette kan du højreklikke på ikonet for Netværkshåndtering og " "fravælge \\menu{Aktiver trådløst netværk}. Dit trådløse netværk bliver slået " "fra og din computer vil ikke længere søge efter tilgængelige trådløse " "netværk." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :252 msgid "" "To turn wireless networking back on, right-click on the NetworkManager icon, " "and click on the \\menu{Enable Wireless} option to re-select it. Your " "wireless network will be turned back on. Ubuntu will then search for nearby " "wireless networks and will connect to any saved networks within range." msgstr "" "For at slå det trådløse netværk til igen skal du højreklikke på ikonet for " "Netværkshåndtering og klikke på \\menu{Aktiver trådløst netværk} for at slå " "det til igen. Dit trådløse netværk vil blive slået til igen og Ubuntu vil " "starte med at søge efter trådløse netværk og vil forbinde, hvis der findes " "et gemt netværk inden for rækkevidde." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :254 msgid "Changing an existing wireless network" msgstr "Ændre et gemt trådløst netværk" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :259 msgid "" "At times, you may want to change the settings for a wireless connection that " "you have previously saved. Its password may have changed, or your system " "administrator asked you to change some networking or security settings." msgstr "" "Til tider kan du blive spurgt om at ændre indstillinger for et trådløst " "netværk, som du førhen har gemt. Kodeordet kan være skiftet ud, eller din " "systemadministrator har måske spurgt dig om at ændre nogle netværks- eller " "sikkerhedsindstillinger." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :261 msgid "To edit a saved wireless network connection:" msgstr "Ændring af en gemt netværksforbindelse:" #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :321 msgid "" "Right-click on the NetworkManager icon and select \\menu{Edit Connections\\" "ldots}" msgstr "" "Højreklik på ikonet for Netværkshåndtering og vælg \\menu{Rediger " "forbindelser\\ldots}" #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :321 msgid "" "A \\window{Network Connections} window should open. Click on the \\" "textbf{Wireless} tab to see a list of saved wireless connections" msgstr "" "Vinduet \\window{Netværksforbindelser} vil åbne sig. Klik på fanebladet \\" "textbf{Trådløs} for at se en liste over gemte, trådløse forbindelser." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :321 msgid "" "By default, this list shows connections in the order of most recently used " "to least recently used. Find the connection you want to edit, click on it, " "and then click \\button{Edit}." msgstr "" "Som udgangspunkt viser listen forbindelser sorteret efter, hvornår de sidst " "blev tilgået. Find forbindelsen, som du vil ændre, klik på den og tryk på \\" "button{Rediger}" #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :321 msgid "" "Ubuntu should open a window called \\window{Editing \\variable{connection " "name}}, where \\variable{connection name} is the name of the connection you " "are editing. The window should display a number of tabs." msgstr "" "Ubuntu åbner nu et vindue ved navn \\window{Redigerer \\" "variable{forbindelsesnavn}}, hvor \\variable{forbindelsesnavn} er navnet på " "forbindelsen, som du er ved at ændre. Vinduet indeholder et antal faneblade." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :321 msgid "" "Above the tabs, you may change the \\textfield{Connection name} field if you " "want to give the connection a more recognizable name" msgstr "" "Oven for fanebladene kan du ændre feltet \\textfield{Forbindelsesnavn}, hvis " "du vil give forbindelsen et mere genkendeligt navn" #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :321 msgid "" "If the \\checkbox{Connect automatically} option is not selected, Ubuntu will " "detect the wireless network but will not automatically connect to it without " "you choosing it from the NetworkManager menu. Select or deselect this " "setting as needed." msgstr "" "Hvis \\checkbox{Forbind automatisk} ikke er afkrydset, vil Ubuntu opdage det " "trådløse netværk, men det vil ikke automatisk forbinde sig til det, hvis du " "ikke vælger det fra listen i Netværkshåndtering. Vælg eller fravælg denne " "indstilling efter behov." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :321 msgid "" "On the \\textbf{Wireless} tab of the \\window{Editing \\variable{connection " "name}} window, you may need to edit the \\textfield{\\acronym{SSID}} field. " "A \\acronym{SSID} is the wireless connection's network name \\dash if set " "incorrectly, the network may not be detected and a connection may not be " "made. Please make sure that the \\acronym{SSID} is set according to your " "network administrator's instructions." msgstr "" "På fanebladet \\textbf{Trådløs} i vinduet \\window{Redigerer \\" "variable{forbindelsesnavn}} vil du måske ændre feltet {\\acronym{SSID}}. Et " "\\acronym{SSID} er den trådløse forbindelses netværksnavn \\dash hvis det " "ikke er indtastet rigtigt, vil netværket måske ikke blive opdaget og " "forbindelse vil ikke kunne opnås. Vær sikker på, at \\acronym{SSID}'en er " "indstillet efter netværksadministratorens anvisninger." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :321 msgid "" "Below the \\acronym{SSID}, you should see the \\textfield{Mode} field. The " "``Infrastructure'' mode means that you would be connecting to a wireless " "router or access point. This is the most common mode for wireless networks. " "The ``Ad-hoc'' mode is a computer-to-computer mode and is often only used in " "advanced cases." msgstr "" "Neden for \\acronym{SSID} kan du se feltet \\textfield{Tilstand}. Tilstanden " "``Infrastruktur'' betyder, at du forbinder dig til en trådløs router eller " "til et adgangspunkt. Dette er det mest almindelige for trådløse netværk. " "``Ad-hoc''-tilstanden er en computer-til-computer-tilstand og bruges ofte " "kun i særlige tilfælde." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :321 msgid "" "On the \\textbf{Wireless Security} tab of the \\window{Editing \\" "variable{connection name}} window, you may need to change the \\" "textfield{Security} field to the correct setting. A selection of \\" "menu{None} means that you are using an open network with no security. Other " "selections may require slightly different additional information:" msgstr "" "I fanebladet \\textbf{trådløs sikkerhed} i vinduet \\textbf{Redigerer \\" "variable{forbindelsesnavn}} vil du måske ændre feltet \\textfield{Sikkerhed} " "til en anden indstilling. Hvis den er sat til \\menu{ingen} betyder det, at " "du bruger et åbent netværk uden sikkerhed. Andre valg kan kræve forskellige " "yderligere oplysninger:" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :321 msgid "" "\\textbf{\\acronym{WEP} 40/128-bit Key} is an older security setting still " "in use by some wireless networks. If your network uses this security mode, " "you will need to enter a key in the \\textfield{Key} field that should " "appear after you select this mode." msgstr "" "\\textbf{\\acronym{WEP} 40/128-bit nøgle} er en ældre sikkerhedsindstilling, " "som stadigt bruges på nogle trådløse netværk. Hvis dit netværk bruger denne " "sikkerhedstilstand, skal du indtaste en nøgle i feltet \\textfield{Nøgle}, " "der kommer frem efter at du har valgt denne tilstand." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :321 msgid "" "\\textbf{\\acronym{WEP} 128-bit Passphrase} is the same older security " "setting as the entry above. However, instead of a key, your network " "administrator should have provided you with a text passphrase \\dash a " "password \\dash to connect to the network. Once you select this security " "mode, you will need to enter your passphrase in the \\textfield{Key} field." msgstr "" "\\textbf{\\acronym{WEP} 128-bit Adgangsfrase} er den samme ældre " "sikkerhedsindstiling som ovenfor, bortset fra at netværksadministratoren, i " "stedet for en nøgle, gerne skulle give dig en tekststreng \\dash et kodeord " "\\dash for at give dig adgang til netværket. Når du har valgt denne " "sikkerhedstilstand, skal du indtaste tekststrengen i feltet \\" "textfield{Nøgle}." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :321 msgid "" "\\textbf{\\acronym{WPA} \\& \\acronym{WPA}2 Personal} is the most common " "security mode for wireless network connections at home and at businesses. " "Once you select this mode, you will need to enter a password in the \\" "textfield{Password} field." msgstr "" "\\textbf{\\acronym{WPA} \\& \\acronym{WPA2} Personlig} er den mest " "almindelige sikkerhedstilstand for trådløse netværk hjemme og på kontorer. " "Efter at have valgt denne tilstand, skal du indtaste et kodeord i feltet \\" "textfield{Adgangskode}." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :321 msgid "" "If your network administrator requires \\acronym{LEAP}, Dynamic \\" "acronym{WEP}, or \\acronym{WPA} \\& \\acronym{WPA2} Enterprise security, you " "will need to have the administrator help you set up those security modes." msgstr "" "Hvis din netværksadministrator kræver \\acronym{LEAP}, dynamisk \\" "acronym{WEP} eller \\acronym{WPA} \\& \\acronym{WPA2} Enterprise-sikkerhed, " "skal administratoren hjælpe dig med at indstille sikkerhedstilstanden." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :321 msgid "" "On the \\textbf{\\acronym{IP}v4 Settings} tab, you may need to change the \\" "textfield{Method} field from ``Automatic (\\acronym{DHCP})'' to ``Manual,'' " "or one of the other methods. For setting up manual settings (also known as " "static addresses), please see the section above on manual set up for wired " "network connections." msgstr "" "I fanebladet \\textbf{\\acronym{IP}v4-indstillinger vil du måske få brug for " "at ændre feltet \\textfield{Metode} fra `Automatisk (\\acronym{DHCP}'' til " "``Manuel'', eller en af de andre metoder. For at indtaste manuelle " "indstillinger (også kendt som statiske adresser) jævnfør ovenstående afsnit " "om manuel indstilling at trådløse netværksforbindelser." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :321 msgid "" "When you finish making changes to the connection, click \\button{Apply} to " "save your changes and close the window. You can click \\button{Cancel} to " "close the window without making changes." msgstr "" "Når du er færdig med at ændre indstillinger for forbindelsen, kan du klikke " "på \\button{Anvend} for at gemme dine ændringer og lukke vinduet. Du kan " "klikke på \\button{Annuller} for at lukke vinduet uden at gemme eventuelle " "ændringer." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :321 msgid "" "Finally, click \\button{Close} on the \\window{Network Connections} window " "to return to the desktop." msgstr "" "Endeligt kan du gå tilbage til skrivebordet ved at trykke på \\button{Luk} i " "vinduet \\window{Netværksforbindelser}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :323 msgid "" "After making changes, your new settings should go into effect immediately." msgstr "" "Efter at have udført ændringerne vil dine nye indstillinger umiddelbar kunne " "bruges." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :325 msgid "Other connection methods" msgstr "Andre forbindelsesmetoder" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :327 msgid "There are other ways to get connected with Ubuntu." msgstr "Der er andre metoder, hvorpå man kan forbinde sig med Ubuntu." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :330 msgid "" "With NetworkManager, you can also configure Mobile Broadband connections to " "keep online through your cellular or other mobile data carrier." msgstr "" "Med Netværkshåndteringen kan du også sætte forbindelser med mobilt bredbånd " "op for at kunne holde dig forbundet ved hjælp af din mobiltelefon eller en " "anden mobil dataenhed." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :334 msgid "" "You can also connect to \\acronym{DSL}s (Digital Subscriber Lines), which " "are a method of Internet connection that uses your telephone lines and a ``\\" "acronym{DSL} modem.''" msgstr "" "Du kan også forbinde dig til \\acronym{DSL} (Digital Subscriber Lines \\dash " "digitale abonneringsforbindelser), hvilket er forbindelsesmetoder, der " "bruger dine telefonlinjer og et ``\\acronym{DSL}-modem''." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :338 msgid "" "It's also possible to use NetworkManager to establish a \\acronym{VPN} " "(Virtual Private Network) connection. These are commonly used to create " "secure connectivity to a workplace." msgstr "" "Det er også muligt at bruge Netværkshåndtering til at sætte en \\" "acronym{VPN}-forbindelse (Virtuelt Privat Netværk) op. Disse er ofte brugt " "til at skabe en sikker forbindelse til en arbejdsplads." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/gettingonline.tex #: :341 msgid "" "Ubuntu can also connect using mobile broadband, \\acronym{VPN}s, or \\" "acronym{DSL}s, however, these methods are beyond the scope of this guide." msgstr "" "Ubuntu kan også forbinde til internettet ved brug af mobilt bredbånd, \\" "acronym{VPN} eller \\acronym{DSL}, men disse metoder er ikke yderligere " "beskrevet i denne vejledning." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :2 msgid "" "\\marginnote{A \\acronym{VPN} is a ``Virtual Private Network,'' and is " "sometimes used to help secure connections. \\acronym{DSL}s are ``Digital " "Subscriber Lines,'' a type of a broadband connection.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Et \\acronym{VPN} er et ``Virtuelt Privat Netværk'' og kan " "bruges til at skabe sikre forbindelser. \\acronym{DSL} er ``Digital " "Subscriber Lines'' \\dash digitale abonneringsforbindelser, en slags " "bredbåndsforbindelse.}" #. type: comment #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :5 msgid "" "Most core Firefox help content here is adapted from Firefox help " "documentation, licensed under the CC-BY-SA 3.0 license." msgstr "" "Det meste af hjælpen til Firefox herfra er tilpasset fra Firefox' egen " "hjælpevejledning, der er under CC-BY-SA 3.0-licensen." #. type: comment #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :9 ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :18 msgid "The following people are listed for attribution at the time of copy:" msgstr "" "Følgende personer er tilføjet ved trykningstidspunktet for at have bidraget " "hertil:" #. type: comment #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :14 msgid "* Chris\\_Ilias * Bo * underpass * mozilla\\_help\\_viewer\\_project" msgstr "* Chris\\_Ilias * Bo * underpass * mozilla\\_help\\_viewer\\_project" #. type: comment #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :27 msgid "" "* Bo * jehurd * cl58 * underpass * kjhass * djstsys * Chris\\_Ilias * " "mozilla\\_help\\_viewer\\_project" msgstr "" "* Bo * jehurd * cl58 * underpass * kjhass * djstsys * Chris\\_Ilias * " "mozilla\\_help\\_viewer\\_project" #. type: section{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :31 msgid "Browsing the web" msgstr "Gå på nettet" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :35 msgid "" "Once you have connected to the Internet, you should be able to browse the " "web with Ubuntu. \\application{Mozilla Firefox} is the default application " "for browsing the web in Ubuntu." msgstr "" "Når du har forbundet dig til internettet, kan du søge efter sider på " "internettet med Ubuntu. \\application{Mozilla Firefox} er standardbrowseren " "i Ubuntu." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :37 msgid "Starting Firefox" msgstr "Start Firefox" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :39 msgid "" "\\marginnote{To set other keyboard shortcuts or to change the shortcut for " "launching Firefox, go to \\menu{System \\then Preferences \\then Keyboard " "Shortcuts}.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{For at opsætte andre tastaturgenveje eller for at ændre " "genvejen til at starte Firefox, kan du gå til \\menu{System \\then " "Indstillinger \\then Tastaturgenveje}.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :42 msgid "" "To start Firefox, open the \\menu{Applications} menu, then choose \\" "menu{Internet}, and choose \\menu{Firefox Web Browser}. If your keyboard has " "a ``\\acronym{WWW}'' button, you can also press that button to start Firefox." msgstr "" "For at starte Firefox skal du åbne menuen \\menu{Programmer}, vælge \\" "menu{Internet} og dernæst \\menu{Firefox Web Browser}. Hvis dit tastatur har " "en ``\\acronym{WWW}''-knap, kan du også bruge den til at åbne Firefox." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :44 msgid "Navigating web pages" msgstr "Navigering på nettet" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :46 msgid "Viewing your homepage" msgstr "Se din startside" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :49 msgid "" "When you start Firefox, you will see your home page. By default, you will " "see the Ubuntu Start Page." msgstr "" "Når du starter Firefox, vil du se din startside. Som udgangspunkt vil du se " "Ubuntus startside." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :54 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-ubuntu-start-firefox.png}{ss:firefox-home-page}{The default " "Ubuntu home page for the Firefox web browser.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{03-ubuntu-start-firefox.png}{ss:firefox-home-page}{Ubuntus egen " "standardhjemmeside i webbrowseren Firefox.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :59 msgid "" "To display more web content on the screen, you can use \\emph{Full Screen " "mode}. Full Screen mode condenses the Firefox's toolbars into one small " "toolbar. To enable Full Screen mode, simply choose \\menu{View \\then Full " "Screen} or press \\keystroke{F11}." msgstr "" "For at få vist mere af den aktuelle hjemmeside på din skærm, kan du benytte " "dig af \\emph{Fuldskærmstilstand}. Fuldskærmstilstand sammenfatter " "værktøjslinjerne i Firefox til en enkelt lille værktøjslinje. For at slå " "fuldskærmstilstand til, vælges \\menu{Vis \\then Fuldskærm} eller tryk \\" "keystroke{F11}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :61 msgid "To go to your home page quickly, press \\keystroke{Alt+Home}." msgstr "" "For hurtigt at vende tilbage til din startside kan du bruge \\" "keystroke{Alt+Home}." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :63 msgid "Navigating to another page" msgstr "Gå til en anden side" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :65 msgid "" "\\marginnote{\\acronym{URL} stands for uniform resource locator and \\" "acronym{WWW} stands for world wide web.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :70 msgid "" "To navigate to a new web page, you need to type its Internet address (also " "known as a \\acronym{URL}) into the Location Bar. \\acronym{URL}s normally " "begin with ``http://'' followed by one or more names that identify the " "address. One example is ``\\url{http://www.ubuntu.com/.}''" msgstr "" "For at gå til en hjemmeside skal du indtaste dens internetadresse (også " "kendt som en \\acronym{URL}) i adresselinjen. En \\acronym{URL} begynder " "normalt med ``http://'' efterfulgt af et eller flere navne, der " "tilkendegiver adressen. Et eksempel er ``\\url{http://www.ubuntu.com/}''." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :74 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-firefox-location-bar.png}{ss:firefox-location-bar}{You can " "enter a web address or search the internet by typing in the location bar.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{03-firefox-location-bar.png}{ss:firefox-location-bar}{Du kan " "tilgå en netadresse eller søge på internettet ved at skrive i adresselinjen.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :76 msgid "To navigate:" msgstr "Navigering:" #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :83 msgid "" "Click on the Location Bar to select the \\acronym{URL} that is already there." msgstr "" "Klik på adresselinjen for at markere den adresse, der allerede står der." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :83 msgid "" "Type the \\acronym{URL} of the page you want to visit. The \\acronym{URL} " "you type replaces any text already in the Location Bar." msgstr "" "Indtast adressen på siden, som du vil besøge. Den adresse, du skriver, " "erstatter den tidligere tekst i adresselinjen." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :83 msgid "Press \\keystroke{Enter}." msgstr "Tryk på \\keystroke{Enter}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :85 msgid "" "\\marginnote{You can also press \\keystroke{F6} on your keyboard to " "highlight the location bar in Firefox.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Du kan også trykke på \\keystroke{F6} på dit tastatur for at " "markere adresselinjen i Firefox.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :87 msgid "" "To quickly select the \\acronym{URL} of the Location Bar, press \\" "keystroke{Ctrl+L}." msgstr "" "For hurtigt at markere adressen i adresselinjen, trykkes på " "keystroke{Ctrl+L}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :93 msgid "" "If you don't know a \\acronym{URL}, try typing something specific to the " "page you want to visit (for example a name or other search request) into the " "Location Bar and press \\keystroke{Enter}. This will search your preferred " "search engine\\dash Google by default\\dash for that term, and take you to " "the web page that is the top result from the search." msgstr "" "Hvis du ikke kender en adresse, kan du prøve at indtaste noget særligt for " "den side, du vil besøge (for eksempel et navn eller en anden søgestreng) i " "adresselinjen og trykke på \\keystroke{Enter}. Dette vil søge med din " "udvalgte søgemaskine \\dash som udgangspunkt Google \\dash efter den " "pågældende søgestreng og tage dig til de fundne søgeresultater." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :95 msgid "Clicking a link" msgstr "Brug af sidehenvisninger" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :97 msgid "Most web pages contain links you can click to move to other pages." msgstr "" "De fleste hjemmesider indeholder henvisninger, du kan trykke på for at komme " "til andre sider." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :99 msgid "To click a link:" msgstr "Tryk på en sidehenvisning:" #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :107 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer until it changes to a pointing finger. This happens " "whenever the pointer is over a link. Most links are underlined text, but " "buttons and pictures on a web page can also be links." msgstr "" "Bevæg musemarkøren ind til den ændrer sig til en pegende finger. Dette sker " "når markøren er over en sidehenvisning. De fleste henvisninger er " "understreget tekst, men knapper og billeder på en hjemmeside kan også være " "henvisninger." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :107 msgid "" "Click on the link once. While Firefox locates the link's page, status " "messages will appear at the bottom of the window." msgstr "" "Tryk en enkelt gang på henvisningen. Mens Firefox finder siden, som " "henvisningen peger på, vises der statusbeskeder i bunden af vinduet." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :109 msgid "Retracing your steps" msgstr "Gå tilbage i dine fodspor" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :112 msgid "" "If you want to visit a page you have seen before, there are several ways to " "do so." msgstr "" "Hvis du vil tilbage til en tidligere side, er der forskellige måder at gøre " "det på." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :131 msgid "" "To go back or forward one page, click on the \\button{Back} or \\" "button{Forward} button." msgstr "" "For at gå en side tilbage eller frem kan du klikke på pileknapperne \\" "button{Tilbage} eller \\button{Fremad}." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :131 msgid "" "To go back or forward more than one page, click on the small triangles on " "the \\button{Back} and \\button{Forward} buttons. You should see a list of " "pages you've recently visited. To return to a page, select it from the list." msgstr "" "For at gå mere end en side frem eller tilbage kan du klikke på de små " "triangler på frem- og tilbageknapperne. Du vil se en liste over de sider, du " "lige har været på. For at gå tilbage på en side kan du vælge den fra listen." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :131 msgid "" "To see a list of any \\acronym{URL}s you've typed into the Location Bar, " "click on the down arrow at the right end of the Location Bar. To view a " "page, select it from the list." msgstr "" "For at se en liste over alle de adresser, som du har indtastet i " "adresselinjen, kan du klikke på den nedadgående pil til højre på " "adresselinjen. For at se en side skal du vælge den fra listen." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :131 msgid "" "To choose from pages you've visited during the current session, open the \\" "menu{History} menu and choose from the list in the bottom section of the " "menu." msgstr "" "For at vælge blandt sider, som du har besøgt siden du åbnede Firefox, kan du " "åbne menuen \\menu{Historik} og vælge fra listen i bunden af menuen." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :131 msgid "" "To choose from pages you've visited during the past several sessions, open " "the \\menu{History} menu and choose \\menu{Show All History}. Firefox " "should open a \\window{Library} window, which shows a list of folders. " "Click on the folders to displays sub-folders, or titles of web pages you've " "visited in the past. Click on a page's title to view that page." msgstr "" "For at vælge blandt sider, som du har besøgt de sidste par gange, du har " "brugt Firefox, kan du åbne menuen \\menu{Historik} og vælge \\menu{Vis " "historik}. Firefox vil nu åbne vinduet \\window{Arkiv}, der viser en liste " "af mapper. Ved at trykke på den vil du se undermapper eller titler på " "hjemmesider, du tidligere har besøgt. Klik på en sides titel for at gå ind " "på den." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :133 msgid "Stopping and reloading" msgstr "Stop og genindlæs" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :136 msgid "" "If a page is loading too slowly or you no longer wish to view a page, click " "on the \\button{Stop} button." msgstr "" "Hvis en side indlæses for langsomt, eller hvis du ikke længere ønsker at se " "siden, kan du trykke på knappen \\button{Stop}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :139 msgid "" "To reload the current page or to get the most up-to-date version, click on " "the \\button{Reload} button or press \\keystroke{Ctrl+R}." msgstr "" "For at genindlæse den aktuelle side eller hente den nyeste udgave kan du " "klikke på knappen \\button{Genindlæs} eller trykke på \\keystroke{Ctrl+R}." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :141 msgid "Opening new windows" msgstr "Åbn nye vinduer" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :145 msgid "" "At times, you may want to have more than one browsing window. This may help " "you organize your browsing session better, or separate web pages that you " "are viewing for different reasons." msgstr "" "Til tider kan du have brug for mere end et enkelt vindue til hjemmesider. " "Dette kan være nyttigt til at holde styr på din færd på internettet eller " "adskille hjemmesider som du bruger af forskellige årsager." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :147 msgid "There are two ways to create a new window:" msgstr "Der findes to måder at åbne nye vinduer på:" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :153 msgid "" "On the menubar, open the \\menu{File} menu, then choose \\menu{New Window}." msgstr "" "I menulinjen åbner du menuen \\menu{Fil} og dernæst \\menu{Nyt vindue}." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :153 msgid "Press \\keystroke{Ctrl+N}." msgstr "Tryk \\keystroke{Ctrl+N}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :156 msgid "" "Once a new window has opened, you can use it just like the first window \\" "dash including navigation and opening tabs." msgstr "" "Når et nyt vindue er kommet frem, kan du bruge det lige som det første " "vindue \\dash også til at søge nye sider og åbne faneblade." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :158 msgid "Opening a link in a new window" msgstr "Åbn en sidehenvisning i et nyt vindue" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :162 msgid "" "Sometimes, you may want to click on a link to navigate to another web page, " "but do not want the original page to close. To do this, you can open the " "link you'd like to click in its own window." msgstr "" "Nogle gange kan det være nyttigt at gå til en ny side med en sidehenvisning " "uden at lukke den side, du kom fra. For at gøre dette kan du åbne " "sidehenvisningen i et nyt vindue i stedet." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :164 msgid "There are two ways to open a link in its own window:" msgstr "Der er to måder at åbne en sidehenvisning i et nyt vindue:" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :171 msgid "" "Right-click on a link to open its popup menu. Choose the \\menu{Open Link in " "New Window} option. A new window will open, containing the web page for the " "link you clicked." msgstr "" "Højreklik på en henvisning for at åbne dens kontekstmenu. Vælg \\menu{Åbn " "link i nyt vindue}. Et nyt vindue vil åbnes med siden, som der blev henvist " "til." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :171 msgid "" "Press-and-hold the \\keystroke{Shift} key while clicking a link. This will " "also open the web page in a new window." msgstr "" "Tryk og hold \\keystroke{Skift} nede mens du klikker på en henvisning. Dette " "vil også åbne hjemmesiden i et nyt vindue." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :173 msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "Brug af faneblade" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :175 msgid "" "\\marginnote{You can alternate quickly between different tabs by using the " "keyboard shortcut \\keystroke{Ctrl+Tab}.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Du kan skifte hurtigt mellem faneblade ved at bruge " "tastaturgenvejen \\keystroke{Ctrl+Tab}.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :178 msgid "" "If you would like to visit more than one web page at a time, you can use \\" "emph{Tabbed Browsing} to navigate the web." msgstr "" "Hvis du ønsker at besøge mere end en enkelt hjemmeside ad gangen, kan du " "benytte dig af faneblade." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :184 msgid "" "Tabbed browsing lets you open several web pages within a single Firefox " "window, each displaying in its own tab. This frees up space on your desktop " "since you don't have to have a window open for every web page you're " "currently visiting. You can open, close, and reload web pages in one place " "without having to switch to another window." msgstr "" "Faneblade lader dig åbne adskillige hjemmesider inden for samme Firefox-" "vindue, hver tildelt dens eget faneblad. Dette frigør plads på dit " "skrivebord siden det ikke er nødvendigt at have et vindue åbent for hver " "side, du er inde på. Du kan åbne, lukke eller genindlæse sider på samme sted " "i stedet for først at skulle vælge det tilhørende vindue." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :186 msgid "Opening a new blank tab" msgstr "Åbn et tomt faneblad" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :188 msgid "There are three ways to create a new blank tab:" msgstr "Der er tre måder at åbne et tomt faneblad på:" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :195 msgid "" "Click on the \\button{New Tab} button on the right side of the last tab." msgstr "" "Klik på knappen \\button{Nyt faneblad} på højre side af det sidste faneblad " "i listen." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :195 msgid "" "On the menubar, open the \\menu{File} menu, and then choose \\menu{New Tab}." msgstr "" "I menulinjen kan du åbne menuen \\menu{Filer} og vælge \\menu{Nyt faneblad}." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :195 msgid "Press \\keystroke{Ctrl+T}." msgstr "Tryk \\keystroke{Ctrl+T}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :199 msgid "" "When you create a new tab, it will contain a blank page with the Location " "Bar focused. Start typing a web address (\\acronym{URL}) or other search " "term to open a website in the new tab." msgstr "" "Når du åbner et nyt faneblad, vil det vise en tom side og have fokus på " "adresselinjen. Du kan her indtaste en hjemmesideadresse (\\acronym{URL}) " "eller en søgestreng for at åbne en ny side i fanebladet." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :201 msgid "Opening a link in its own tab" msgstr "Åbn en henvisning i et nyt faneblad" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :205 msgid "" "Sometimes, you may want to click on a link to navigate to another web page, " "but do not want the original page to close. To do this, you can open the " "link you'd like to click in its own tab." msgstr "" "Det kan af og til være nyttigt at kunne klikke på en henvisning for at gå " "til en ny side, men samtidigt undgå at den gamle side forsvinder. For at " "gøre dette kan du åbne den nye side i et nyt faneblad." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :207 msgid "There are three ways to open a link in its own tab:" msgstr "Der er tre måder at åbne en henvisning i et faneblad på:" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :220 msgid "" "If your mouse has a middle button, or a wheel, click on the link with the " "middle mouse button or wheel. A new tab should open, containing the web page " "for the link you clicked." msgstr "" "Hvis din mus har en midterknap eller et hjul, kan du klikke på dette, mens " "markøren er over henvisningen. Et nyt faneblad vil blive åbnet med " "hjemmesiden tilhørende den givne henvisning." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :220 msgid "" "Click on the link with the left mouse button, and keep holding down the " "mouse button. Drag the link up to a blank space on the tab bar, and release " "the mouse button. A new tab should open, containing the web page for the " "link you dragged." msgstr "" "Klik på henvisningen med venstre museknap og hold knappen nede. Træk " "markøren op til et tomt sted på fanebladslinjen og slip museknappen. Et nyt " "faneblad vil åbne med hjemmesiden tilhørende henvisningen, som du brugte." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :220 msgid "" "Press-and-hold the \\keystroke{Ctrl} key while clicking the left mouse " "button on the link. A new tab should open, containing the web page for the " "link you clicked." msgstr "" "Tryk på \\keystroke{Ctrl} og hold den nede, mens du trykker på " "sidehenvisningen med venstre museknap. Et nyt faneblad vil blive åbnet med " "siden tilhørende henvisningen, du brugte." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :222 msgid "Closing a tab" msgstr "Luk et faneblad" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :224 msgid "" "Once you are done viewing a web page in a tab, you can close that tab." msgstr "" "Når du er færdig med at kigge på en hjemmeside i et faneblad, kan du lukke " "det igen." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :226 msgid "There are four ways to close a tab:" msgstr "Det er fire måder at lukke et faneblad på:" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :236 msgid "" "Click on the \\button{Close} button on the right side of the tab you want to " "close." msgstr "" "Klik på knappen \\button{Luk} på højre side af fanebladet, du vil lukke." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :236 msgid "" "On the menubar, open the \\menu{File} menu, and then choose \\menu{Close " "Tab}." msgstr "" "I menulinjen kan du åbne menuen \\menu{Filer} og vælge \\menu{Luk faneblad}." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :236 msgid "" "Click on the tab you want to close with the middle mouse button, or the " "mouse wheel, if you have one." msgstr "" "Klik på fanebladet, som du vil lukke, med midterste museknap eller med " "musehjulet, hvis du har en af disse." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :236 msgid "Press \\keystroke{Ctrl+W}." msgstr "Tryk på \\keystroke{Ctrl+W}." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :238 msgid "Restoring a closed tab" msgstr "Genåbn et lukket faneblad" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :241 msgid "" "Sometimes, you have closed the wrong tab by accident, or for another reason " "would want to bring back a tab that you've recently closed." msgstr "" "Du kan komme til at lukke et forkert faneblad ved et uheld eller af en anden " "grund få brug for at genåbne et faneblad, som du har lukket for nyligt." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :243 msgid "To bring back a tab you've closed, do one of the following:" msgstr "" "For at tilbagebringe et lukket faneblad kan du udføre en af følgende " "handlinger:" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :250 msgid "" "On the menubar, open the \\menu{History} menu, choose \\menu{Recently Closed " "Tabs}, and then choose the name of the tab you want to restore." msgstr "" "I menulinjen kan du åbne menuen \\menu{Historik}, vælge \\menu{Nyligt " "lukkede faneblade} og vælge navnet på det faneblad, du vil genåbne." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :250 msgid "" "Press \\keystroke{Ctrl+Shift+T} to re-open the most recently closed tab." msgstr "" "Tryk \\keystroke{Ctrl+Skift+T} for at genåbne det sidst lukkede faneblad." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :252 msgid "Changing the tab order" msgstr "Ændr rækkefølgen af faneblade" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :257 msgid "" "To move a tab to a different location on the tab bar, drag it there using " "your mouse. Click-and-hold on the tab and drag the tab to a new place on the " "tab bar. While you are dragging the tab, Firefox will display a small " "indicator to show where the tab will be moved." msgstr "" "For at flytte et faneblad til en anden placering på fanebladslinjen kan du " "trække det dertil med musen. Tryk på fanebladet med venstre museknap og hold " "den nede, mens du trækker det til dets nye plads. Mens du trækker " "fanebladet, vil Firefox vise en lille pil, der angiver, hvor fanebladet vil " "flyttes hen." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :259 msgid "Moving a tab between windows" msgstr "Flyt et faneblad mellem to vinduer" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :262 msgid "" "If you have more than one Firefox window open, you can move an open tab to a " "different window. You can also split a tab off to become its own window." msgstr "" "Hvis du har mere end et Firefox-vindue åbent, kan du flytte et faneblad til " "et andet vindue. Du kan også tage et faneblad ud for at give det dets eget " "vindue." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :267 msgid "" "To move a tab from one Firefox window to another already open window, click-" "and-hold on the tab and drag it to the tab bar on the other Firefox window. " "When you release the mouse button, the tab will be attached to the new " "window." msgstr "" "For at flytte et faneblad fra et Firefox-vindue til et andet kan du " "venstreklikke på det og holde museknappen nede, mens du trækker det over på " "fanebladslinjen i det andet vindue. Når du slipper museknappen vil " "fanebladet tilknyttes det nye vindue." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :271 msgid "" "To move a tab from one window into its own window, click-and-hold on the tab " "and drag the tab below the tab bar. When you release the mouse button, the " "tab will become a new window." msgstr "" "For at flytte et faneblad til sit eget vindue, kan du venstreklikke på det " "og holde museknappen nede, mens du trækker fanebladet ned under " "fanebladslinjen. Når du slipper museknappen, vil fanebladet dukke op i sit " "eget vindue." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :273 msgid "Searching" msgstr "Søgning" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :276 msgid "" "You can search the web, or other collections, from within Firefox without " "first visiting the home page of the search engine." msgstr "" "Du kan søge på internettet eller andre datasamlinger fra Firefox uden først " "at gå ind på søgemaskinens startside." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :278 msgid "" "By default, Firefox will search the web using the Google search engine." msgstr "" "Som udgangspunkt vil Firefox søge på internettet ved brug af Googles " "søgemaskine." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :280 msgid "Searching the web" msgstr "Søgning på internettet" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :282 msgid "" "To search the web in Firefox, type a few words into the Firefox Search bar." msgstr "" "For at søge på internettet med Firefox kan du indtaste nogle ord i Firefox' " "søgelinje." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :284 msgid "" "For example, if you want to find information about the \\emph{world cup}:" msgstr "" "Hvis du eksempelvis vil finde oplysninger om \\emph{verdensmesterskabet}:" #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :291 msgid "Click on the \\menu{Search Bar}." msgstr "Klik på \\menu{Søgelinjen}." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :291 msgid "" "Type the phrase ``\\emph{world cup}.'' Your typing replaces any text " "currently in the Search Bar." msgstr "" "Indtast ordet ``\\emph{verdensmesterskab}''. Din indtastning erstatter al " "tidligere tekst i søgelinjen." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :291 msgid "Press \\keystroke{Enter} to search." msgstr "Tryk på \\keystroke{Enter} for at søge." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :294 msgid "" "Search results from Google for ``world cup'' should appear in the Firefox " "window." msgstr "" "Googles søgeresultat for ``verdensmesterskab'' vil dukke op i Firefox-" "vinduet." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :296 msgid "Selecting search engines" msgstr "Valg af søgemaskine" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :300 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-searchbar-firefox.png}{ss:firefox-search-bar}{These are the " "other search engines you can use from the search Firefox bar.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{03-searchbar-firefox.png}{ss:firefox-search-bar}{Her er dit " "udvalg af søgemaskiner, som du kan bruge fra søgelinjen i Firefox.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :303 msgid "" "If you do not want to use Google as your search engine in the Search Bar, " "you can change the search engine that Firefox uses." msgstr "" "Hvis du ikke vil bruge Google som søgemaskine i søgelinjen, kan du ændre den " "søgemaskine, som Firefox benytter sig af." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :308 msgid "" "To change the search engine, click on the icon on the left side of the " "Search Bar. Choose one of the other search engines in the list. Some search " "engines, like Google, search the whole web; others, like Amazon.com, only " "search specific sites." msgstr "" "For at ændre søgemaskinen kan du klikke i venstre side af søgelinjen. Vælg " "en af de andre søgemaskiner på listen. Nogle søgemaskiner, som Google, søger " "på hele internettet; andre, som amazon.com, søger kun på udvalgte sider." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :312 msgid "Searching the web for words selected in a web page" msgstr "Søgning på internettet efter udvalgte ord på en hjemmeside" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :316 msgid "" "Sometimes, you may want to search for a phrase that appears on a different " "web page. Instead of copying and pasting the phrase into the Search Bar, " "Firefox allows you to search the web for words you select within a web page." msgstr "" "Det kan af og til være nyttigt af søge med en tekststreng, der står på en " "anden hjemmeside. I stedet for at kopiere og indsætte tekststrengen i " "søgelinjen, giver Firefox dig mulighed for at søge ud fra markeret tekst på " "en hjemmeside." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :323 msgid "Highlight any words in a web page using your left mouse button." msgstr "Marker et antal ord på en hjemmeside ved brug af venstre museknap." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :323 msgid "" "Right-click on the text you've highlighted to open a popup menu. Choose the " "option \\menu{Search [Search Engine] for ``[your selected words]''}." msgstr "" "Højreklik på teksten, som du har markeret, for at åbne en kontekstmenu. Vælg " "\\menu{Søg [søgemaskine] for ``[de markerede ord]''}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :326 msgid "" "Firefox should open a new tab which should contain search results for your " "highlighted words using the currently selected search engine." msgstr "" "Firefox vil åbne et nyt faneblad indeholdende søgeresultater for de " "markerede ord fundet ved brug af den valgte søgemaskine." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :328 msgid "Searching within a page" msgstr "Søgning på en hjemmeside" #. \screenshotTODO{Screenshot of the Find Toolbar open} #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :331 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-firefox-find-bar.png}{ss:firefox-find-toolbar}{You can " "search within web pages using the find toolbar.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{03-firefox-find-bar.png}{ss:firefox-find-toolbar}{Du kan søge " "på en hjemmeside ved brug af søgebjælken.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :336 msgid "" "You may want to look for specific text within a web page you are viewing. " "To find text within the page you are currently viewing in Firefox:" msgstr "" "Du kan have brug for at finde en tekststreng på en hjemmeside, som du er " "inde på. For at finde teksten på den aktuelle hjemmeside kan du gøre " "følgende:" #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :355 msgid "" "Press \\keystroke{Ctrl+F} or choose \\menu{Edit \\then Find} to open the \\" "button{Find Toolbar} at the bottom of Firefox." msgstr "" "Tryk \\keystroke{Ctrl+F} eller vælg \\menu{Rediger \\then Find} for at åbne " "\\button{Søgebjælken} i bunden af Firefox." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :355 msgid "" "Enter the text you want to find into the \\button{Find} field in the Find " "Toolbar. The search automatically begins as soon as you type something into " "the field." msgstr "" "Indtast teksten du ønsker af finde i feltet \\button{Søg} i søgebjælken. " "Søgning begynder automatisk så snart du indtaster noget på linjen." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :355 msgid "Once some text has been matched on the web page, you can:" msgstr "" "Når søgningen har fundet noget tekst, der passer med det indtastede, kan du:" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :355 msgid "" "Click \\button{Next} to find text in the page that is below the current " "cursor position." msgstr "" "klikke på knappen \\button{Næste} for at søge videre i teksten under " "markørens nuværende position." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :355 msgid "" "Click \\button{Previous} to find text that is above the current cursor " "position." msgstr "" "klikke på knappen \\button{Forrige} for at søge i teksten over markørens " "nuværende position." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :355 msgid "" "Click on the \\button{Highlight all} button to highlight occurrences of your " "search words in the current page." msgstr "" "Klik på knappen \\button{Fremhæv alt} for at markere alle forekomster af " "søgestrengen på den aktuelle side." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :355 msgid "" "Select the \\checkbox{Match case} option to limit the search to text that " "has the same capitalization as your search words." msgstr "" "Afkryds \\checkbox{Forskel på store og små bogstaver} for at afgrænse " "søgningen til tekst, der har samme kombination af store og små bogstaver som " "søgeordene." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :358 msgid "" "To find the same word or phrase again, press \\keystroke{F3} or choose \\" "menu{Edit \\then Find Again} from the menubar." msgstr "" "For at finde samme ord eller sætning igen, så tryk \\keystroke{F3} eller " "vælg \\menu{Rediger \\then Find næste} fra menulinjen." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :360 msgid "Copying and saving pages" msgstr "Kopiering og gemning af sider" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :363 msgid "" "With Firefox, you can copy part of a page so that you can paste it " "elsewhere, or save the page or part of a page as a file on your computer." msgstr "" "Med Firefox kan du kopiere dele af en side og sætte den ind andre steder, " "eller gemme siden eller dele deraf som en fil på din computer." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :365 msgid "Copying part of a page" msgstr "Kopiering af en del af en side" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :367 msgid "To copy text from a page:" msgstr "For at kopiere fra en side:" #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :372 msgid "Highlight the text with your mouse." msgstr "Marker teksten med musen." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :372 msgid "Choose \\menu{Edit \\then Copy} from the menubar." msgstr "Vælg \\menu{Rediger \\then Kopier} fra menulinjen." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :374 msgid "You can paste the text into other programs." msgstr "Du kan sætte teksten ind i andre programmer." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :376 msgid "To copy a link (\\acronym{URL}) or an image link from a page:" msgstr "" "For at kopiere en side- eller billedhenvisning (\\acronym{URL}) fra en side:" #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :383 msgid "Position the pointer over the link or image." msgstr "Placer markøren over henvisningen eller billedet." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :383 msgid "Right-click on the link or image to open a popup menu." msgstr "Højreklik på henvisningen eller billedet for at åbne kontekstmenuen." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :383 msgid "" "Choose \\menu{Copy Link Location} or \\menu{Copy Image Location}. If an " "image is also a link, you can choose either menu item." msgstr "" "Vælg \\menu{Kopier linkadresse} eller \\menu{Kopier billedadresse}. Hvis et " "billede også er en henvisning, kan du vælge begge fra listen." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :385 msgid "" "You can paste the link into other programs or into Firefox's Location Bar." msgstr "" "Du kan sætte henvisningen ind i andre programmer eller ind i adresselinjen i " "Firefox." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :387 msgid "Saving all or part of a page" msgstr "Gem en side helt eller delvist" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :389 msgid "To save an entire page in Firefox:" msgstr "Sådan gemmes en hel side i Firefox:" #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :396 msgid "" "Choose \\menu{File \\then Save Page As} from the menubar. Firefox should " "open the \\window{Save As} window." msgstr "" "Vælg \\menu{Fil \\then Gem side som\\ldots} fra menulinjen. Firefox vil åbne " "vinduet \\window{Gem som}." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :396 msgid "Choose a location for the saved page." msgstr "Vælg en placering til den gemte side." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :396 msgid "Type a file name for the page, and click \\button{Save}." msgstr "Indtast et filnavn til siden og klik \\button{Gem}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :398 msgid "To save an image from a page:" msgstr "For at gemme et billede fra siden:" #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :407 msgid "Position the mouse pointer over the image." msgstr "Placer markøren over billedet." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :407 msgid "Right-click on the image to display a popup menu." msgstr "Højreklik på billedet for at vise en kontekstmenu." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :407 msgid "" "Choose \\menu{Save Image As}. Firefox should open the \\window{Save Image} " "window." msgstr "" "Vælg \\menu{Gem billede som}. Firefox åbner nu vinduet \\window{Gem billede}." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :407 msgid "Choose a location for the saved image." msgstr "Vælg en placering for det gemte billede." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :407 msgid "Enter a file name for the image and click \\button{Save}." msgstr "Indtast et filnavn til billedet og klik \\button{Gem}." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :409 msgid "Changing your homepage" msgstr "Ændr din startside" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :413 msgid "" "By default, Firefox will show the \\textbf{Ubuntu Start Page} when you start " "Firefox. If you prefer to display another page when you start Firefox, you " "will need to change your homepage preference." msgstr "" "Som udgangspunkt vil Firefox vise \\textbf{Ubuntus startside}, når du " "starter Firefox. Hvis du foretrækker at få vist en anden side ved opstart, " "skal du ændre denne i startsideindstillingerne." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :417 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-firefox-preferences.png}{ss:firefox-preferences}{You can " "change Firefox settings in this window.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{03-firefox-preferences.png}{ss:firefox-preferences}{Du kan " "ændre indstillingerne i Firefox i dette vindue.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :419 msgid "To change your homepage:" msgstr "At ændre din startside:" #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :428 msgid "Navigate to the page that you would like to become your new homepage." msgstr "Gå til den side, som du vil have til at være din nye startside." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :428 msgid "Choose \\menu{Edit \\then Preferences} from the menubar." msgstr "Vælg \\menu{Rediger \\Præferencer} på menulinjen." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :428 msgid "" "In the ``Startup'' section on the \\tab{Main} tab, which is shown by " "default, click on the \\button{Use Current Page} button. If you had more " "than one tab open then all the tabs will be opened when Firefox starts." msgstr "" "I ``Opstart''ssektionen i fanebladet \\tab{Overordnet}, der er vist som " "standard, skal du klikke på \\button{Anvend nuværende side}. Hvis du havde " "mere end et faneblad åbent, vil de alle sammen blive åbnet når Firefox " "starter." #. type: enumerate #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :428 msgid "Click \\button{Close}." msgstr "Klik på \\button{Luk}." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :430 msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "Bogmærker" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :433 msgid "" "When browsing the web you may want to come back to certain web pages again " "without having to remember the \\acronym{URL}." msgstr "" "Når du søger på internettet kan du få brug for at komme tilbage til " "tidligere besøgte hjemmesider, som du ikke husker adressen på." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :436 msgid "" "In Firefox, you can create \\emph{Bookmarks}, which are saved in the web " "browser and which you can use to navigate back to your picked web pages." msgstr "" "I Firefox kan du tilføje \\emph{bogmærker}, som vil blive gemt i " "webbrowseren, og som du kan bruge til at komme tilbage til dine udvalgte " "hjemmesider." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :438 msgid "Bookmarking a page" msgstr "Sæt en side som bogmærke" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :441 msgid "" "If you have navigated to a web page and would like to bookmark it for future " "visits, you will need to add the page as a bookmark." msgstr "" "Hvis du er på en hjemmeside og vil gemme den for senere at kunne finde den " "igen, skal du tilføje den som bogmærke." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :443 msgid "There are two ways to bookmark a page:" msgstr "Der er to måder at tilføje en side som bogmærke på:" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :451 msgid "" "From the menubar, choose \\menu{Bookmarks} and then \\menu{Bookmark This " "Page}. A window will open. Provide a descriptive name for the bookmark, and " "click on the \\button{Done} button." msgstr "" "Fra menulinjen vælger du \\menu{Bogmærker} og så \\menu{Bogmærk denne side}. " "Et vindue vil åbnes. Indtast et beskrivende navn for bogmærket og klik på " "knappen \\button{Færdig}." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :451 msgid "" "Press \\keystroke{Ctrl+D}. A window will open. Provide a descriptive name " "for the bookmark, and click on the \\button{Done} button." msgstr "" "Tryk \\keystroke{Ctrl+D}, hvorefter et vindue vil komme frem. Indtast et " "beskrivende navn for bogmærket og klik derefter på knappen \\button{Færdig}." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :453 msgid "Navigating to a bookmarked page" msgstr "Gå til et tidligere gemt bogmærke" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :457 msgid "" "To navigate to a bookmarked page, open the \\menu{Bookmarks} menu from the " "menubar, and then choose your bookmark's name. Firefox should open the " "bookmark in the current tab." msgstr "" "For at gå til en side gemt som bogmærke skal du åbne menuen \\" "menu{Bogmærker} fra menulinjen og vælge navnet på bogmærket. Firefox vil " "åbne bogmærket i det aktuelle faneblad." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :461 msgid "" "\\advanced{You can also press \\keystroke{Ctrl+B} to display bookmarks in a " "sidebar on the left side of the browser window. Press \\keystroke{Ctrl+B} " "again to hide the sidebar.}" msgstr "" "\\advanced{Du kan også trykke på \\keystroke{Ctrl+B} for at vise bogmærker i " "et sidepanel i venstre side af browservinduet. Tryk på \\keystroke{Ctrl+B} " "igen for at skjule sidepanelet.}" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :463 msgid "Deleting a bookmark" msgstr "Slette et bogmærke" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :469 msgid "" "If you would like to delete a bookmark that you have previously made, open " "the \\menu{Bookmarks} menu from the menubar, and then right-click on your " "bookmark's name. Firefox should open a popup menu for your bookmark. Choose " "the \\menu{Delete} option from the menu. Your bookmark should then be " "deleted." msgstr "" "Hvis du ønsker at slette et tidligere sat bogmærke, skal du åbne menuen \\" "menu{Bogmærker} fra menulinjen og højreklikke på bogmærkets navn. Firefox " "vil åbne en kontekstmenu for dit bogmærke. Vælg \\menu{Slet} fra menuen, " "hvorefter dit bogmærke vil blive slettet." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :471 msgid "History" msgstr "Historik" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :475 msgid "" "Whenever you are browsing the web, Firefox is saving your browsing history. " "This allows you to come back to a web page that you have previously visited " "without needing to remember the page's \\acronym{URL}, or even bookmarking " "it." msgstr "" "Mens du søger på nettet vil Firefox gemme din browserhistorik. Dette gør det " "muligt for dig senere at gå tilbage til en tidligere besøgt hjemmeside uden " "at huske dens adresse eller have sat den som bogmærke." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :479 msgid "" "To see your most recent history, open the \\menu{History} menu from the " "menubar. The menu should then display several of the most recent web pages " "that you were viewing. Choose one of the pages to return to it." msgstr "" "For at se din aktuelle historik kan du åbne menuen \\menu{Historik} fra " "menulinjen. Menuen vil vise en liste over de sidste få sider, som du har " "besøgt. Ved at klikke på en af dem kommer du tilbage dertil." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :484 msgid "" "To see history from an older time, press \\keystroke{Ctrl+H}. Firefox should " "open a ``sidebar'' on the left side of the browser window, which should " "contain your browsing history categorized as ``Today,'' ``Yesterday,'' " "``Last 7 days,'' ``This month,'' and then monthly for the times before that." msgstr "" "For at se ældre, besøgte sider kan du trykke på \\keystroke{Ctrl+H}. Dette " "vil få Firefox til at åbne et panel i venstre side af browservinduet, som " "vil indeholde din historik under titlerne ``I dag'', ``I går'', ``Sidste 7 " "dage'', ``Denne måned'' og derefter månedsvis bagud." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :488 msgid "" "Click on one of the item categories in the sidebar to expand this category, " "and see the pages you've visited during that time period. Then, once you " "find the page you need, click on its title to return to it." msgstr "" "Klik på en af titlerne i ruden for at udfolde den og se siderne, som du har " "besøgt i den angivne periode. Når du har fundet siden, som du mangler, kan " "du klikke på den for at vende tilbage dertil." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :493 msgid "" "You can also search for a page by its title. Enter a few letters, or a word, " "in the \\textbf{Search} field at the top of the history sidebar. The sidebar " "should then display a list of web pages whose titles match your search " "words. Click on the title of the page you need to return to it." msgstr "" "Du kan også søge efter en side ud fra dens navn. Indtast nogle få bogstaver " "eller et ord i feltet \\textbf{Søg} i toppen af panelet. Du vil derefter få " "vist en liste over hjemmesider, der opfylder søgeudtrykket. Klik på en af " "navnene for at gå tilbage til den side." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :496 msgid "" "If you would like to hide the history sidebar again, press \\" "keystroke{Ctrl+H} again." msgstr "" "Hvis du vil skjule sidepanelet historik igen skal du blot trykke på \\" "keystroke{Ctrl+H} igen." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :498 msgid "Clearing private data" msgstr "Sletning af private data" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :502 msgid "" "At times, you may want to delete all private data that Firefox stores about " "your browsing history. While this data is stored only on your computer, you " "may want to remove it if you share access to your computer." msgstr "" "Af og til kan det tænkes, at du vil rydde alle private oplysninger, som " "Firefox har lagret om din historik. Selv om de kun lagres på din egen " "computer, vil du måske slette dem, hvis du deler computeren med andre." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :507 msgid "" "To delete your private data, open the \\menu{Tools} menu from the menubar, " "and choose \\menu{Clear Recent History}. In the drop down list for the \\" "dropdown{Time range to clear}, choose how far back you would like Firefox to " "delete." msgstr "" "For at slette dine private oplysninger kan du åbne menuen \\menu{Funktioner} " "og vælge \\menu{Ryd historik\\ldots}. I rullelisten for \\dropdown{Fjern} " "vælger du, for hvor mange dage tilbage du vil have Firefox til at slette " "historikken." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :510 msgid "" "If you would like more control over what you clear, click on the \\" "button{Details} text to display a list of options." msgstr "" "Hvis du vil have mere styr over, hvad der bliver ryddet, kan du klikke på \\" "button{Detaljer} for at vise en liste over valgmuligheder." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :512 msgid "When done, click on the \\button{Clear Now} button." msgstr "Når du er færdig, kan du trykke på knappen \\button{Ryd nu}." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :518 msgid "Using a different web browser" msgstr "Brug af en anden browser" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :522 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-preferred-applications.png}{ss:preferred-aplications}{You " "can change the default browser in this window.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{03-preferred-applications.png}{ss:preferred-aplications}{Du kan " "vælge standardbrowseren i dette vindue.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :526 msgid "" "If you install a different web browser on your computer, you may want to " "have Ubuntu use that new browser by default when you click on links from " "emails, instant messages, and other places." msgstr "" "Hvis du installerer en anden netlæser på din computer, vil du måske have " "Ubuntu til at benytte sig af denne som standard, når du trykker på " "sidehenvisninger fra e-breve, lynbeskeder og andre steder." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :531 msgid "" "To change your preferred web browser, open the \\menu{System} menu from " "Ubuntu's main menubar. Then, choose \\menu{System}, and choose \\" "menu{Preferred Applications}. Ubuntu should then open the \\window{Preferred " "Applications} window." msgstr "" "For at ændre din standardbrowser kan du åbne menuen \\menu{System} fra " "Ubuntus hovedmenulinje. Derefter vælger du \\menu{Indstillinger} og \\" "menu{Foretrukne programmer}, hvorefter Ubuntu vil åbne vinduet \\" "window{Foretrukne programmer}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex #: :534 msgid "" "In the ``Web Browser'' section, choose your new preferred web browser, and " "click \\button{Close}." msgstr "" "I delen ``Webbrowser'' kan du vælge det foretrukne program og trykke på \\" "button{Luk}." #. type: section{#2} #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :2 msgid "Reading and composing email" msgstr "Læse og skrive e-breve." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :6 msgid "" "To send and receive email in Ubuntu, you can use the \\" "application{Evolution} mail application. To start \\application{Evolution}, " "open the \\menu{Applications} menu, then choose \\menu{Internet} and then \\" "menu{Evolution Mail}." msgstr "" "For at sende og modtage e-breve i Ubuntu kan du bruge postprogrammet \\" "application{Evolution}. For at starte \\application{Evolution} kan du åbne " "menuen \\menu{Programmer} og vælge \\menu{Kontor} og derefter \\" "menu{Evolutions E-post og Kalender}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :9 msgid "" "In addition to email, \\application{Evolution} also can help manage your " "contact list, your calendar, and a list of tasks." msgstr "" "Ud over e-post kan \\application{Evolution} også hjælpe dig med at bestyre " "din kontaktliste, kalender og opgaveliste." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :13 msgid "" "\\warning{You do not need to use \\application{Evolution} if you are using a " "webmail system, such as Yahoo Mail, Hotmail, or Gmail. To access these " "services, use the \\application{Firefox} web browser to access them on the " "web.}" msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :15 msgid "Running Evolution for the first time" msgstr "Første gang du kører Evolution" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :18 msgid "" "When you start \\application{Evolution} for the first time, you will need to " "configure it to connect to your email account." msgstr "" "Når du starter \\application{Evolution} for første gang, skal det sættes op " "til at kunne opnå adgang til din e-postkonto." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :22 msgid "" "When \\application{Evolution} starts you should see the \\window{Evolution " "Setup Assistant} window, welcoming you to \\application{Evolution}. Click \\" "button{Forward} to continue with the setup." msgstr "" "Når \\application{Evolution} starter, vil du se vinduet \\" "window{Opsætningsvejleder til Evolution}, der byder dig velkommen til \\" "application{Evolution}. Klik på \\button{Fortsæt} for at gå videre med " "opsætningen." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :27 msgid "" "Next, on the \\window{Restore from backup} screen, \\application{Evolution} " "may ask you to restore from a previous backup. Since this is the first time " "you are running \\application{Evolution}, you can click \\button{Forward} to " "skip this step." msgstr "" "I det følgende vindue kaldet \\window{Gendan fra sikkerhedskopi} vil \\" "application{Evolution} måske spørge dig om at gendanne fra en tidligere " "lavet sikkerhedskopi. Siden dette er første gang, du kører \\" "application{Evolution}, kan du trykke på \\button{Næste} for at springe over " "dette trin." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :34 msgid "" "On the next screen, \\window{Identity}, you need to enter your name and the " "email address you wish to use with \\application{Evolution}. Enter your full " "name in the \\textfield{Full Name} field, and the full email address in the " "\\textfield{Email Address} field. You can fill in the optional information, " "or leave it unchanged if you desire. Click \\button{Forward} when you are " "done." msgstr "" "I næste vindue, kaldet \\window{Identitet}, skal du indtaste dit navn og den " "e-postadresse, som du vil bruge med \\application{Evolution}. Indtast hele " "dit navn på linjen \\textfield{Fulde navn} og e-postadressen på linjen \\" "textfield{E-postadresse}. Du kan også udfylde de valgfrie informationer, " "hvis du vil. Klik på \\button{Næste}, når du er færdig." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :39 msgid "" "Next, you should see the \\window{Receiving Email} screen. On this screen, " "you need to provide \\application{Evolution} with the details of your email " "servers. If you do not know these details, you will need to ask your network " "administrator or check with your email provider." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :45 msgid "" "There are two common types of Internet email connections: \\acronym{IMAP}, " "and \\acronym{POP}. These are described below. In work environments there " "are sometimes other types, such as Microsoft Exchange or Novell GroupWise\\" "dash for more information on those types of connections, please see the " "documentation for \\application{Evolution}." msgstr "" "Der er to gængse internetforbindelser til e-post: \\acronym{IMAP} og \\" "acronym{POP}. Disse er beskrevet yderligere herunder. I arbejdsmiljøer er " "der af og til andre forbindelser tilgængelige, såsom Microsoft Exchange " "eller Novell GroupWise\\dash for yderligere oplysninger om disse " "forbindelser kan du se vejledningen til \\application{Evolution}." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :47 msgid "Setting up an IMAP connection" msgstr "Opsætning af en IMAP-forbindelse" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :51 msgid "" "\\acronym{IMAP} connections allow you to manage your email remotely\\dash " "the actual email and folders reside on your email server, while \\" "application{Evolution} allows you to view, edit, and delete the messages and " "folders as needed." msgstr "" "\\acronym{IMAP}-forbindelser gør det muligt for dig at fjernbestyre din e-" "post \\dash den egentlige post og mapperne vil ligge på serveren, mens \\" "application{Evolution} tillader dig at se, ændre og slette beskederne og " "mapperne efter behov." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :58 msgid "" "If your email provider recommends an \\acronym{IMAP} connection, choose \\" "menu{IMAP} from the \\dropdown{Server Type} drop-down list. In the \\" "textfield{Server} field, enter the Internet name of your mail server. For " "example, \\textbf{imap.example.com}. In the \\textfield{Username} field, " "enter the username that you use to log into your email system, for example \\" "textbf{joe.x.user}." msgstr "" "Hvis din e-postudbyder anbefaler en \\acronym{IMAP}-forbindelse, kan du " "vælge \\menu{IMAP} fra rullelisten \\dropdown{Servertype}. I linjen \\" "textfield{Server} skal du indtaste internetadressen på din e-postudbyders " "server, f.eks. \\textbf{imap.eksempel.dk}. På linjen \\textfield{Brugernavn} " "indtaster du det brugernavn, som du bruger til at tilgå e-postsystemet, " "f.eks. \\textbf{jens.jensen}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :64 ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :92 msgid "" "Your email provider may specify the security settings you will need to use " "in order to receive email. If your connection does not use security, leave " "the \\dropdown{Use Secure Connection} drop-down list set to \\menu{No " "encryption}. Otherwise, choose either \\menu{\\acronym{TLS} encryption} or " "\\menu{\\acronym{SSL} encryption} as recommended by your email provider." msgstr "" "Din e-postudbyder kan uddybe de nødvendige sikkerhedsindstillinger, som du " "har brug for før du kan modtage post. Hvis din forbindelse ikke bruger nogen " "sikkerhedsindstillinger, kan du lade rullelisten \\dropdown{Brug sikker " "forbindelse} være på \\menu{Ingen kryptering}. Ellers kan du vælge enten \\" "menu{\\acronym{TLS}-kryptering} eller \\menu{\\acronym{SSL}-kryptering} " "efter din udbyders anbefaling." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :69 ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :97 msgid "" "After choosing these options, click \\button{Forward} to proceed to \\" "window{Receiving Options} screen. While it is normal to leave all options " "unselected, you may want to select the \\checkbox{Check for new messages} " "option to have \\application{Evolution} automatically check email on a " "regular basis." msgstr "" "Efter at have udfyldt disse oplysninger kan du klikke på \\button{Næste} for " "at fortsætte til vinduet \\window{modtagelsesindstillinger}. Man behøver " "ikke at tilvælge nogen af valgmulighederne, men du bør afkrydse ud for " "linjen \\checkbox{Se efter nye beskeder i alle mapper} for at få \\" "application{Evolution} til automatisk og regelmæssigt at se efter, om der er " "ny post." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :72 ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :109 msgid "" "When you are finished setting the options, click \\button{Forward} to " "continue to the next screen." msgstr "" "Når du er færdig med at lave indstillinger, kan du klikke på \\button{Næste} " "for at gå videre til den næste skærm." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :74 msgid "Setting up a POP connection" msgstr "Opsætning af en POP-forbindelse" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :79 msgid "" "\\acronym{POP} connections let you manage your email locally\\dash \\" "application{Evolution} will connect to your email provider and download any " "new messages you may have received, and store them in folders on your " "computer. The messages will be deleted off the server." msgstr "" "\\acronym{POP}-forbindelser giver dig mulighed for at bestyre din e-post " "lokalt\\dash \\application{Evolution} vil forbinde sig til din e-" "postudbyder, hente alle nye beskeder og lagre dem i mapper på din computer. " "Beskederne vil dernæst blive slettet fra serveren." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :86 msgid "" "If your email provider recommends an \\acronym{POP} connection, choose \\" "menu{POP} from the \\dropdown{Server Type} drop-down list. In the \\" "textfield{Server} field, enter the Internet name of your mail server. For " "example, \\textbf{pop.example.com}. In the \\textfield{Username} field, " "enter the username that you use to log into your email system, for example \\" "textbf{joe.x.user}, or \\textbf{joe.x.user@example.com}." msgstr "" "Hvis din e-postudbyder anbefaler en \\acronym{POP}-forbindelse, kan du vælge " "\\menu{POP} fra rullelisten \\dropdown{Servertype}. I linjen \\" "textfield{Server} indtastes navnet på serveren, f.eks. " "textbf{pop.eksempel.dk}. I linjen \\textfield{Brugernavn} indtastes " "brugernavn, som du bruger til at logge dig på dit e-postsystem, f.eks. \\" "textbf{jens.jensen} eller \\textbf{jens.jensen@eksempel.dk}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :106 msgid "" "You may also wish to adjust the Message Storage options, which determine " "what \\application{Evolution} does after downloading email to your computer. " "Select the \\checkbox{Leave messages on server} option to have \\" "application{Evolution} keep the messages on your email system after " "downloading them. This will allow you to use another computer to re-download " "all of your new messages. Select the \\checkbox{Delete after 7 days} option " "to have \\application{Evolution} keep the messages for a few days, and " "delete them after a while. You can adjust the number of days that \\" "application{Evolution} keeps the messages." msgstr "" "Du kan også vælge at tilpasse indstillingerne for lagring af post, hvilket " "afgør, hvad \\application{Evolution} gør efter at have hentet e-post ned på " "din computer. Afkryds \\checkbox{Behold beskeder på serveren} for at få \\" "application{Evolution} til at efterlade beskederne i systemet efter at have " "hentet dem ned. Dermed vil du kunne hente dem ned igen senere med en anden " "computer. Afkryds \\checkbox{Slet efter 7 dage} for at få \\" "application{Evolution} til at holde på beskederne i nogle få dage og " "derefter slette dem. Du kan tilpasse antallet af dage, som \\" "application{Evolution} venter, før beskederne slettes." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :111 msgid "Setting up your Sending options" msgstr "Opsætning af afsendelsesindstillinger" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :115 msgid "" "The next screen should be the \\window{Sending Email} screen. Here, you will " "need to configure your connection for sending email through your email " "provider." msgstr "" "Næste vindue er \\window{Afsendelse af e-post}. Her skal din forbindelse " "sættes op til at kunne sende e-post gennem din e-postudbyder." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :118 msgid "" "The most common type of sending connection is \\acronym{SMTP}, which is the " "default server type selected." msgstr "" "Den mest almindelige servertype er \\acronym{SMTP}, som vil være valgt som " "standard." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :122 msgid "" "In the \\textfield{Server} field, type in the name of the outbound mail " "server (also known as the \\acronym{SMTP} server), as described by your " "email provider. For example, \\textbf{mail.example.com}." msgstr "" "I linjen \\textfield{Server} indtastes navnet på den udgående postserver " "(også kendt som \\acronym{SMTP}-serveren) som beskrevet af din e-" "postudbyder. For eksempel \\textbf{smtp.eksempel.dk}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :130 msgid "" "If your email provider requires authentication, select the \\checkbox{Server " "requires authentication} option. This is common for commercial email " "providers. In the ``Authentication'' section of the screen, choose the type " "of authentication from the \\dropdown{Type} drop-down list\\dash the most " "common authentication type is ``\\acronym{PLAIN}.'' Enter your username " "below, in the \\textfield{Username} field, for example \\textbf{joe.x.user}, " "or \\textbf{joe.x.user@example.com}." msgstr "" "Hvis din e-postudbyder kræver brugergodkendelse, kan du afkrydse \\" "checkbox{Server kræver godkendelse}. Dette er hyppigt brugt af kommercielle " "e-postudbydere. Under overskriften ``Godkendelse'' kan du vælge en " "godkendelsestype fra rullelisten \\dropdown{Type}\\dash den mest brugte " "godkendelsestype er ``\\acronym{PLAIN}''. Indtast dit brugernavn på linjen \\" "textfield{Brugernavn} herunder, f.eks. \\textbf{jens.jensen} eller \\" "textbf{jens.jensen@eksempel.dk}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :136 msgid "" "Your email provider may specify the security settings you will need to use " "in order to send email. If your connection does not use security, leave the " "\\dropdown{Use Secure Connection} drop-down list set to \\menu{No " "encryption}. Otherwise, choose either \\menu{\\acronym{TLS} encryption} or " "\\menu{\\acronym{SSL} encryption} as recommended by your email provider." msgstr "" "Din e-postudbyder kan uddybe de yderligere sikkerhedsindstillinger, som du " "vil få brug for, før du kan sende e-post. Hvis din forbindelse ikke har " "sikkerhed, kan du lade rullelisten \\dropdown{Brug sikker forbindelse} stå " "på \\menu{Ingen kryptering}. Ellers kan du vælge enten \\menu{\\acronym{TLS}-" "kryptering} eller \\menu{\\acronym{SSL}-kryptering} efter anbefaling fra din " "udbyder." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :139 msgid "" "After choosing these options, click \\button{Forward} to proceed to the next " "screen." msgstr "" "Efter at have sat de nødvendige indstillinger kan du trykke på \\" "button{Næste} for at gå til næste trin." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :141 msgid "Finalizing account options" msgstr "Endelige kontoindstillinger" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :146 msgid "" "On the next screen, \\window{Account Management}, enter a descriptive name " "for this account. If you plan to use more than one email provider with \\" "application{Evolution}, you will use this name to distinguish between the " "different accounts." msgstr "" "I det næste vindue, \\window{Håndtering af konti}, kan du indtaste et " "beskrivende navn til kontoen. Hvis du regner med at bruge mere end en e-" "postudbyder med \\application{Evolution}, kan du bruge dette navn til at " "skelne mellem de forskellige konti." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :153 msgid "" "When finished, click \\button{Forward}. This should open the \\window{Done} " "screen. If you believe that you've entered the correct options, click \\" "button{Apply} to finish setup. Otherwise, click \\button{Back} to go back " "one or more screens to correct your settings, or click \\button{Cancel} to " "abort setup and discard your account settings." msgstr "" "Når du er færdig, kan du klikke \\button{Næste}, hvormed vinduet \\" "window{Færdig} kommer frem. Hvis du mener, at du har indtastet de rigtige " "indstillinger, kan du klikke på \\button{Anvend} for at færdiggøre " "opsætningen. Ellers kan du trykke på \\button{Forrige} for at gå et eller " "flere vinduer tilbage og rette i indstillingerne eller trykke på \\" "button{Anullér} for at aflyse opsætningen og slette indtastningerne." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :158 msgid "" "After you finish setup, \\application{Evolution} may ask you if you would " "like to make it your default email client. Click \\button{Yes} if you plan " "on reading and sending email only with \\application{Evolution}. Click \\" "button{No} if you plan on installing or using a different email program." msgstr "" "Når du er færdig med opsætningen, kan \\application{Evolution} finde på at " "spørge dig, om du ønsker, at det skal være dit foretrukne e-postprogram. " "Klik på \\button{Ja}, hvis du regner med kun at læse og afsende post med \\" "application{Evolution} og på \\button{Nej} hvis du regner med at installere " "eller bruge et andet program." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :160 msgid "Around the Evolution workspace" msgstr "Om \\application{Evolution}-miljøet" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :164 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-evolution.png}{ss:evolution}{Evolution allows you to manage " "your mail, contacts and tasks.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{03-evolution.png}{ss:evolution}{Evolution gør det let for dig " "at håndtere din post, kontakter og opgaver.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :169 msgid "" "The \\application{Evolution} window is divided into four parts. At the top " "are the menubar and toolbar. The menubar lets you access most of the " "functionality of \\application{Evolution}, while the toolbar provides some " "convenient shortcuts to some of the most frequently used features." msgstr "" "Vinduet i \\application{Evolution} er delt ind i fire underdele. Øverst har " "vi menulinjen og værktøjslinjen. Menulinjen giver dig adgang til de fleste " "af funktionerne i \\application{Evolution}, og værktøjslinjen tilbyder nogle " "belejlige genveje til at udføre nogle af de mest brugte handlinger." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :172 msgid "" "On the left side of the window is the folder list. Every message that you " "send or receive will reside in one of the folders in this list." msgstr "" "I venstre side af vinduet ser vi mappelisten. Hver sendt eller modtaget " "besked vil kunne findes i en af mapperne i denne liste." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :177 msgid "" "Below the folder list on the left side of the window are the \\button{Mail}, " "\\button{Contacts}, \\button{Calendars}, \\button{Tasks}, and \\" "button{Memos} buttons. When working with email, the \\button{Mail} button is " "selected. The other buttons take you to other parts of \\" "application{Evolution}." msgstr "" "Under mappelisten i venstre side af vinduet har vi knapperne \\button{E-" "post}, \\button{Adressebog}, \\button{Kalendere}, \\button{Opgaver} og \\" "button{Memoer}. Når du arbejder med e-post, vil knappen \\button{E-post} " "være valgt. De andre knapper fører dig til andre dele af \\" "application{Evolution}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :183 msgid "" "On the right side of the window are the message list, and the message " "preview beneath it. The message list shows all of the messages in the " "currently selected folder, or matching your search request. The message " "preview shows the contents of your currently selected message in the list " "above the preview." msgstr "" "I højre side af vinduet vil du se beskedlisten og beskedvinduet derunder. " "Beskedlisten viser alle beskederne i den aktuelle mappe eller svarende til " "en søgning. Beskedvinduet viser indholdet af en valgt besked i listen " "ovenfor." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :185 msgid "Understanding the folder list" msgstr "Lær at bruge mappelisten" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :191 msgid "" "The folder list is the way that \\application{Evolution} separates and " "categorizes your email. The first group of folders in the list is titled " "``On This Computer.'' This set of folders are your \\emph{local} folders\\" "dash they reside on your computer only. If you use \\acronym{POP} servers to " "retrieve your email, any new message will be placed in the \\textbf{Inbox} " "local folder." msgstr "" "Mappelisten er en måde, hvorpå \\application{Evolution} adskiller og " "inddeler din post. Første mappegruppe kaldes ``På denne maskine''. Disse " "mapper er dine \\emph{lokale} mapper \\dash de befinder sig kun på din " "maskine. Hvis du benytter dig af en \\acronym{POP}-server til at hente din " "post, vil alle nye beskeder placeres i den lokale mappe kaldet \\" "textbf{Indbakke}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :194 msgid "" "You can click on any folder to see its contents appear in the message list " "on the right side of the window." msgstr "" "Du kan klikke på enhver mappe for at se dens indhold i beskedlisten i højre " "side af vinduet." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :217 msgid "Each of the initial folders in the list is special:" msgstr "Hver af de oprindelige mapper i listen har et formål:" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :217 msgid "\\textbf{Inbox} stores your incoming messages." msgstr "\\textbf{Indbakke} lagrer dine indgående beskeder." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :217 msgid "" "\\textbf{Drafts} stores messages that you've worked on, but have not yet " "sent." msgstr "" "\\textbf{Kladder} lagrer beskeder, som du har påbegyndt men endnu ikke sendt." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :217 msgid "" "\\textbf{Junk} stores messages that have been identified as being junk. " "Junk mail is also known as ``spam.''" msgstr "" "\\textbf{Spam} lagrer beskeder, der automatisk er blevet genkendt som " "uønsket post." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :217 msgid "" "\\textbf{Outbox} contains messages that you've finished composing, but which " "have not been sent yet. For example, if you are working on your email while " "offline (such as in an airplane), you can still click the \\button{Send} " "button on an email message that you finish writing. The message will be " "moved to the Outbox, and will remain there until the next time you are able " "to send and receive messages. Once you can send and receive messages, all " "email messages in the Outbox will be sent out." msgstr "" "\\textbf{Udbakke} indeholder beskeder, som du har skrevet færdig, men som " "endnu ikke er blevet afsendt. Hvis du eksempelvis skriver et e-brev, mens du " "ikke er forbundet (som på et fly), kan du alligevel trykke på knappen \\" "button{Send} i en besked, når den er skrevet færdig. Beskeden vil blive " "flyttet til Udbakke og forblive der, indtil næste gang du har mulighed for " "at sende og modtage beskeder. Når dette sker, vil alle beskeder i udbakken " "blive afsendt." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :217 msgid "" "\\textbf{Sent} contains copies of messages that you had sent. Once a message " "from an Outbox is sent, it is copied to the Sent folder." msgstr "" "\\textbf{Afsendte} indeholder kopier af de beskeder, som du har afsendt. Når " "en besked fra Udbakke bliver afsendt, kopieres den til mappen Afsendte." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :217 msgid "" "\\textbf{Templates} stores email message templates\\dash partial messages " "that you have composed and saved as templates. You can use a message stored " "in the template folder as a starting point for other messages." msgstr "" "I mappen \\textbf{Kladder} lagres e-postkladder \\dash udkast til beskeder, " "som du har skrevet og gemt som kladder. Du kan bruge en besked fra " "kladdemappen som udgangspunkt for andre beskeder." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :217 msgid "" "\\textbf{Trash} contains messages that you have deleted. By default, the " "trash will be emptied every time you exit \\application{Evolution}." msgstr "" "\\textbf{Affald} indeholder slettede beskeder. Som udgangspunkt vil " "indholdet af denne mappe blive smidt væk, hver gang du lukker \\" "application{Evolution}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :221 msgid "" "If a folder contains any unread messages, the folder's name will be " "displayed in bold, and the number of unread messages will be displayed in " "parentheses following the folder name." msgstr "" "Hvis en mappe indeholder ulæste beskeder, vil mappens navn blive vist i fed " "skrift og antallet af ulæste beskeder vil kunne ses i parentes efter mappens " "navn." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :227 msgid "" "If you use an \\acronym{IMAP} server to retrieve your email, then your " "remote \\acronym{IMAP} folders will be shown in the folder list below the " "``On This Computer'' section. The list of remote folders will be shown with " "a heading of the name that you have given to the account. With \\" "acronym{IMAP}, your email messages will arrive in your\\ remote Inbox." msgstr "" "Hvis du bruger en \\acronym{IMAP}-server til at modtage post, vil dine \\" "acronym{IMAP}-fjernmapper blive vist i mappelisten under ``På denne " "maskine''. Listen af fjernmapper vil blive vist med en overskrift, der " "angiver kontoens navn. Med \\acronym{IMAP} vil beskederne ankomme i din " "indbakke på serveren." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :232 msgid "" "Towards the bottom of the folder list, \\application{Evolution} will show a " "list of ``Search Folders.'' These are special folders that represent certain " "messages that match search rules. Please see the section on Finding Messages " "for more on search folders." msgstr "" "I bunden af mappelisten vil \\application{Evolution} vise en liste over " "``Søgemapper''. Disse er særlige mapper, der indeholder beskeder, som " "opfylder søgekriterier. Jævnfør afsnittet om søgning efter beskeder for at " "læse mere om søgemapper." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :234 msgid "Managing folders" msgstr "Håndtering af mapper" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :237 msgid "" "In addition to the initial folders, you can create your own folders to " "manage your email." msgstr "" "Ud over de oprindelige mapper kan du også oprette dine egne til at holde " "styr på din post." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :244 msgid "" "To create a new folder, open the \\menu{Folder} menu, and then choose \\" "menu{New}. Enter a name for the folder that you would like to create. Then, " "from the list of folders below, select the \\emph{parent} folder. For " "example, if you would like your new folder to be placed under the Inbox then " "select the Inbox folder. If you select ``On This Computer,'' then your new " "folder will be placed under ``On This Computer'' in the folder list." msgstr "" "For at oprette en ny mappe skal du åbne menuen \\menu{Mappe} og vælge \\" "menu{Ny}. Indtast et navn til den nye mappe og vælg den overordnede mappe " "fra mappelisten derunder. Hvis du eksempelvis ønsker, at din nye mappe skal " "placeres under Indbakke, skal du klikke på mappen Indbakke. Hvis du vælger " "``På denne maskine'', vil din nye mappe blive placeret under ``På denne " "maskine'' i mappelisten." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :247 msgid "" "Once you've made your selection, click on the \\button{Create} button to " "create the folder. Your new folder should now be in the folder list." msgstr "" "Når du har truffet et valg, klikker du på \\button{Opret} for at oprette " "mappen. Din nye mappe vil nu kunne ses i mappelisten." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :252 msgid "" "You can move folders that you have created. To do so, click on the folder " "that you would like to move, hold down the mouse button, and drag the folder " "to a new parent folder. Once the mouse cursor highlights a new parent " "folder, release the mouse button to finish the move." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :255 msgid "" "You can also right-click on a folder, and choose the \\menu{Move\\ldots} " "option. Then, select the new parent folder, and click on the \\button{Move} " "button." msgstr "" "Du kan også højreklikke på en mappe og vælge \\menu{Flyt\\ldots}. Derefter " "vælger du den nye overordnede mappe og klikker på knappen \\button{Flyt}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :259 msgid "" "To delete a folder, right-click on the folder and choose the \\menu{Delete} " "option. To confirm that you want to delete the folder, click on the \\" "button{Delete} button." msgstr "" "For at slette en mappe kan du højreklikke på den og vælge \\menu{Slet}. " "Derefter skal du bekræfte sletningen ved at trykke på knappen \\button{Slet}." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :261 msgid "Checking and reading messages" msgstr "Hent og skriv beskeder" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :263 msgid "Checking mail" msgstr "Hent beskeder" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :268 msgid "" "When you finish setup, or when you start \\application{Evolution} in the " "future, \\application{Evolution} will first try to connect to your email " "provider to check your email. In order to connect, \\application{Evolution} " "will need to know your email account password, and will ask you for it." msgstr "" "Når du er kommet igennem opsætningen eller når du starter \\" "application{Evolution} fremover, vil det forsøge at forbinde sig til din e-" "postudbyder for at hente alle nye beskeder. For at forbinde sig har \\" "application{Evolution} brug for at kende adgangskoden til din e-postkonto og " "vil derfor spørge dig om den." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :272 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-evolution-enter-password.png}{ss:enter-password}{You need to " "enter your password to authenticate your account.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{03-evolution-enter-password.png}{ss:enter-password}{Du skal " "indtaste din adgangskode for at blive godkendt for brug af kontoen.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :277 msgid "" "In the \\window{Enter Password} window, enter your password and click \\" "window{OK}. If you wish for \\application{Evolution} to remember this " "password and not ask you in the future, you can select the \\" "checkbox{Remember this password} option." msgstr "" "I vinduet \\window{Indtast adgangskode} indtaster du din adgangskode og " "trykker på \\button{O.k.}. Hvis du vil have \\application{Evolution} til at " "huske på adgangskoden fremover og dermed ikke spørge dig om den igen, kan du " "afkrydse \\checkbox{Husk denne adgangskode}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :280 msgid "" "\\application{Evolution} will then show a \\window{Send and Receive} window, " "showing the progress of the operation such as how many messages are being " "retrieved." msgstr "" "\\application{Evolution} vil dernæst vise dig vinduet \\window{Send & modtag " "e-post}, hvor man bl.a. ser forløbet for handlingen og hvor mange beskeder " "den henter ned." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :282 msgid "Listing messages" msgstr "Beskedlisten" #. not including this as showing e-mails causes a privacy issue, also adding a real e-mail increase chances of spam etc showing in this window. luke jennings ubuntujenkins #. \screenshotTODO{Small view of the message list, showing column headers and #. a few email messages} #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :289 msgid "" "The top right portion of the \\application{Evolution} window is the message " "list. Here, you can see email messages for your currently selected folder, " "or matching your search terms." msgstr "" "Den øverste højre del af vinduet i \\application{Evolution} er beskedlisten. " "Her ses alle beskederne i den aktuelle mappe eller dem, der opfylder en " "søgning." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :294 msgid "" "By default, the message list shows six columns of information for each " "message. The first column is a read/unread indicator. If a message has been " "read, the column shows an icon of an open envelope. If a message has not " "been read, the icon will show a closed envelope." msgstr "" "Som standard vil beskedlisten vise oplysninger i seks søjler for hver " "besked. Den første søjle angiver, om beskeden er læst/ulæst. Hvis en besked " "er blevet læst, vil søjlen vise et ikon med en åben konvolut. Hvis en besked " "ikke er blevet læst, vil ikonet være en lukket konvolut." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :298 msgid "" "The second column is an attachment indicator. If a message contains an " "attached file, \\application{Evolution} will show an icon of a paperclip in " "this column. Otherwise, the column will be blank." msgstr "" "Den anden søjleangiver vedhæftning. Hvis en besked indeholder en vedhæftet " "fil, vil \\application{Evolution} vise et ikon af en papirclips i denne " "søjle. Hvis intet er vedhæftet, vil søjlen være blank." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :302 msgid "" "The third column is an importance indicator. If someone sends you a message " "marked with high importance, \\application{Evolution} will show an " "exclamation mark in this column. Otherwise, this column will be blank." msgstr "" "Den tredje søjle er en angiver vigtighed. Hvis nogen sender dig en besked " "markeret som meget vigtig, vil \\application{Evolution} vise et udråbstegn i " "denne søjle ud for beskeden. Ellers vil søjlen være tom." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :305 msgid "" "The fourth column contains the sender of the message. Both the name and " "email, or just the email address, may be displayed in this column." msgstr "" "Den fjerde søjle indeholder beskedens afsender. Både dennes navn og adresse, " "eller eventuelt kun adressen, vil blive vist i denne søjle." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :307 msgid "The fifth column contains the subject of the email message." msgstr "Den femte søjle angiver emnet for beskeden." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :309 msgid "Finally, the sixth column is the date that the email was sent." msgstr "" "Endeligt angiver den sjette søjle datoen, hvorpå beskeden blev sendt." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :316 msgid "" "When you click on a message, its contents will be displayed in the preview " "pane below the message list. Once you select a message by clicking it, you " "can click on the \\button{Reply} button in the toolbar to begin composing a " "reply message to be sent to the sender, or click on the \\button{Reply to " "All} button to begin composing a reply message to be sent to the sender and " "other recipients of your selected message." msgstr "" "Når du klikker på en besked, vil dens indhold blive vist i ruden under " "beskedlisten. Når du har valgt en besked ved at klikke på den, kan du klikke " "på \\button{Svar} i værktøjslinjen for at starte på en svarbesked til " "afsenderen, eller du kan vælge at klikke på \\button{Svar til alle} for at " "lade svarbeskeden gå til afsenderen samt alle andre modtagere af den valgte " "besked." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :321 msgid "" "You can also click on the \\button{Trash} button in the toolbar to put the " "message in the Trash folder, or on the \\button{Junk} button to move the " "message into the Junk folder. Note that \\application{Evolution}, or your " "mail server, may automatically classify some mail as Junk." msgstr "" "Du kan også trykke på knappen \\button{Slet} i værktøjslinjen for at smide " "beskeden i mappen Affald, eller du kan klikke på knappen \\button{Spam} for " "at flytte beskeden til mappen Spam (uønsket post). Bemærk af \\" "application{Evolution} eller e-postudbyderen selv kan mærke nogle beskeder " "som spam." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :325 msgid "" "In addition to the buttons on the toolbar, you can right-click on a message " "in the list. \\application{Evolution} will open a menu with actions that you " "can perform for the message." msgstr "" "Ud over knapperne i værktøjslinjen kan du højreklikke på en besked i listen, " "hvorved \\application{Evolution} vil åbne en menu med tilgængelige " "handlinger for beskeden." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :335 msgid "" "Sometimes, you may wish to take an action on multiple email messages (for " "example, delete multiple messages, or forward them to a new recipient). To " "do this in \\application{Evolution}, press-and-hold the \\keystroke{Ctrl} " "key while clicking on multiple messages\\dash the messages you click on will " "be selected. You can also click on one message to select it, then press-and-" "hold the \\keystroke{Shift} key and click on another message in the list. " "All messages in the list between the original selection and the one you just " "clicked on will be selected. Once you have multiple messages selected, right-" "click on one of them to perform your desired action." msgstr "" "Du kan af og til få brug for at udføre den samme handling for flere beskeder " "på en gang (eksempelvis at slette dem eller videresende dem til en ny " "modtager). For at gøre dette i \\application{Evolution} skal du trykke på " "tasten \\keystroke{Ctrl} og holde den inde mens du klikker på de givne " "beskeder \\dash de vil nu alle ved klik blive markeret. Du kan også klikke " "på en besked og holde tasten \\keystroke{Skift} nede, mens du klikker på en " "anden besked i listen. Alle beskeder mellem den første og den anden besked " "vil nu blive markeret. Når du har flere beskeder markeret, kan du " "højreklikke på en af dem for at udføre den ønskede handling for dem alle på " "en gang." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :339 msgid "" "Directly above the message list are the \\dropdown{Show} drop-down list, and " "the search options. You can use the \\dropdown{Show} drop-down list to " "filter your view to show only unread messages, or only messages with " "attachments, etc." msgstr "" "Lige oven for beskedlisten findes rullelisten \\dropdown{Vis} og søgelinjen. " "Du kan bruge rullelisten \\dropdown{Vis} til at filtrere dine beskeder og " "evt. kun få vist de ulæste beskeder eller dem med vedhæftninger." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :341 msgid "The search options will be covered in a later section." msgstr "Søgelinjen vil blive uddybet i et senere afsnit." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :343 msgid "Previewing messages" msgstr "Forevisning af beskeder" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :346 msgid "" "When you select an email message, its contents will be shown in the preview " "pane below the message list." msgstr "" "Når du vælger en e-postbesked, vil dens indhold blive vist i ruden under " "beskedlisten." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :351 msgid "" "The top of the preview pane will show the message header, which contains the " "sender, recipients, and subject of the message, as well as the date the " "message was sent. Below the header, \\application{Evolution} shows the " "contents of the message itself." msgstr "" "Toppen af ruden vil vise brevhovedet, hvor der forefindes oplysninger om " "afsender, modtagere, beskedens emne og datoen for afsendelsen. Under " "brevhovedet vil \\application{Evolution} vise selve beskedens indhold." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :357 msgid "" "If a message was sent with \\acronym{HTML} formatting, some of the images " "may not be displayed when a message is previewed. To display the missing " "images, open the \\menu{View} menu from the menubar, then \\menu{Load " "Images}, or press \\keystroke{Ctrl+I}. If your Internet connection is " "active, the missing images should then load." msgstr "" "Hvis en besked blev sendt af sted i \\acronym{HTML}-format, vil nogle af " "billederne måske ikke blive vist rigtigt ved forevisning. For at få vist de " "manglende billeder skal du åbne menuen \\menu{Vis} fra menulinjen og " "derefter \\menu{Indlæs billeder} eller trykke på \\keystroke{Ctrl+I}. Hvis " "din internetforbindelse fungerer, vil de manglende billeder blive indlæst." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :361 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Note that loading images may provide a way for the sender to " "track your receipt of the message. We do not recommend loading images in " "messages that you suspect are Junk.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Bemærk at afsenderen af beskeden eventuelt får mulighed for at " "bekræfte modtagelsen af beskeden ved visningen af billederne. Vi anbefaler, " "at du ikke indlæser billeder i uønskede beskeder.}" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :363 msgid "Opening messages" msgstr "Åbning af beskeder" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :367 msgid "" "At times, you may want to display multiple messages at the same time. To do " "so, you can open each message in a separate window instead of just viewing " "it in the preview pane." msgstr "" "Du kan af og til få brug for at få vist flere beskeder på samme tid. For at " "gøre dette kan du åbne hver besked i hver sit vindue i stedet for kun at se " "dem i ruden." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :371 msgid "" "The open a message in its own window, double click a message in the message " "list. The message should then open in a separate window. You can go back to " "the message list and open another message, if needed." msgstr "" "For at åbne en besked i sit eget vindue skal du dobbeltklikke på beskeden i " "beskedlisten. Beskeden vil dernæst åbnes op i et adskilt vindue, hvorefter " "du kan gå tilbage til beskedlisten og åbne flere beskeder, hvis det ønskes." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :375 msgid "" "In the open message window, you can use the options in the menubar or on the " "toolbar to reply to the message, categorize it, delete it, as well as " "perform other message actions." msgstr "" "I vinduet for den åbne besked kan du benytte dig af menu- og værktøjslinjen " "til at svare på beskeden, mærke den, slette den eller udføre andre " "handlinger." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :377 msgid "Finding messages" msgstr "Søgning efter beskeder" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :383 msgid "" "There are three ways to search for messages in \\application{Evolution}: you " "can use the search option at the top of the message list, use the Advanced " "Search function, or create a search folder." msgstr "" "Der er tre måder at søge efter beskeder på i \\application{Evolution}: Du " "kan enten bruge søgelinjen lige over beskedlisten, funktionen til avanceret " "søgning eller du kan lave en søgemappe." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :387 msgid "" "To use message list search, enter the text you want to find in the \\" "textfield{Search} field at the top right of the message list, and press \\" "keystroke{Enter}. The list of messages will change to show only those " "messages containing the text you entered." msgstr "" "For at søge i beskedlisten kan du indtaste teksten, som du ønsker at finde, " "i linjen \\textfield{Søg} øverst til højre for beskedlisten og trykke på \\" "keystroke{Enter}. Beskedlisten vil herefter begrænse sig til kun at vise " "beskeder, der indeholder den søgte tekst." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :398 msgid "" "To the right of the search field you should be able to see a drop-down list " "of options such as ``Current Folder,'' ``Current Account,'' and ``All " "Accounts.'' By default, \\application{Evolution} will use the ``Current " "Folder'' option and will only show you results within the folder you've got " "selected in the folder list on your left. If you choose the ``Current " "Account'' option, \\application{Evolution} will search for messages in all " "folders within the current email account \\dash such as all the folders ``On " "This Computer'' or in your \\acronym{IMAP} folders, depending on your email " "setup. If you have multiple email accounts added to \\" "application{Evolution}, choosing the ``All Accounts'' option lets you search " "for messages in all of your accounts." msgstr "" "Til højre for søgelinjen vil du kunne se en rulleliste med navne såsom " "``Aktuel mappe'', ``Aktuel konto'' og ``Alle konti''. Som udgangspunkt vil \\" "application{Evolution} sætte den på ``Aktuel mappe'' og dermed kun vise dig " "resultater fra den valgte mappe fra mappelisten ude i venstre side af " "skærmen. Hvis du vælger ``Aktuel konto'' vil \\application{Evolution} søge " "blandt beskeder i alle mapperne for den aktuelle e-postkonto \\dash " "deriblandt mapperne ``På denne maskine'' eller, afhængigt af din opsætning, " "dine \\acronym{IMAP}-mapper. Hvis du har føjet flere e-postkonti til \\" "application{Evolution}, kan du vælge ``Alle konti'' for at søge blandt " "beskederne på alle tilgængelige konti." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :403 msgid "" "If no messages match the text you've entered, you can edit the text and try " "searching again. To return to the folder display, open the \\menu{Search} " "menu from the menubar and then choose \\menu{Clear}, or instead erase all " "the text you've entered in the \\textfield{Search} field and press \\" "keystroke{Enter}." msgstr "" "Hvis ingen beskeder indeholder søgeteksten, kan du ændre i den og prøve " "igen. For at gå tilbage til mappevisningen kan du åbne menuen \\menu{Søg} i " "menulinjen og vælge \\menu{Tøm} eller bare slette al den indtastede tekst i " "søgelinjen og trykke \\keystroke{Enter}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :408 msgid "" "In some cases, you may want to search for messages using multiple criteria. " "For example, you may want to find a message from a particular user with some " "specific words in the subject of the message. In \\application{Evolution}, " "you can perform this search using the Advanced Search function." msgstr "" "I nogle tilfælde vil du måske søge efter beskeder ud fra flere kriterier. " "Eksempelvis vil du måske finde en besked fra en bestemt bruger med nogle " "bestemte ord i emnelinjen. I \\application{Evolution} kan du udføre denne " "søgning ved brug af funktionen til avanceret søgning." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :412 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-advanced-search.png}{ss:advanced-search}{To use more search " "terms you can use the advanced search window.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{03-advanced-search.png}{ss:advanced-search}{For at kunne " "indtaste flere søgekriterier kan du benytte dig af avanceret søgning.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :423 msgid "" "To use Advanced Search, choose \\menu{Search \\then Advanced Search}. \\" "application{Evolution} should open the \\window{Advanced Search} window. In " "the middle section of the window, specify your search criteria. For our " "example, to find messages from myfriend@example.com that contained ``boat'' " "in the subject, you would enter \\userinput{myfriend@example.com} in the " "text field to the right of the drop-down list with ``Sender'' selected, and " "would enter \\userinput{boat} in the text field to the right of the drop-" "down list with ``Subject'' selected. Then, click on \\button{Remove} to the " "right of all lines that are unused, and click \\button{OK} to perform the " "search. The message list should then only display messages that match your " "advanced search criteria." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :430 msgid "" "When specifying the criteria for advanced search, you can click on the \\" "button{Add Condition} button to add additional lines. You can also change " "the selection in the drop-down list at the beginning of each line to specify " "a different field to be checked, or change the drop-down with ``contains'' " "selected by default in order to have a different type of a match. Please " "refer to the \\application{Evolution} help documents for more information." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :436 msgid "" "In some cases, you may want to perform the same search request on a regular " "basis. For example, you may want to always be able to see all messages from " "myfriend@example.com regardless of which folder you've used to store the " "message. To help with this type of a search, \\application{Evolution} allows " "you to create Search Folders." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :444 msgid "" "To create a search folder, choose \\menu{Search \\then Create Search Folder " "From Search} from the menubar. Give the folder a name by entering it in the " "\\textfield{Rule name} field at the top. Then, specify search criteria in " "the same way as in Advanced Search. Below the criteria, pick which folders " "should be searched by this search folder \\dash for example, you can choose " "``All local and active remote folders'' to search in all of your account's " "folders. When you are finished, click \\button{OK}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :448 msgid "" "The new search folder should now be added to the list of search folders " "towards the bottom of the message list. If you click on the search folder to " "select it, you should be able to see a list of messages that match your " "search criteria." msgstr "" "Den nye søgemappe vil blive tilføjet til listen af søgemapper i bunden af " "mappelisten. Hvis du klikker på søgemappen for at markere den, vil du kunne " "se en liste over de beskeder, der opfylder dine søgekriterier." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :450 msgid "Subscribing to IMAP folders" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :455 msgid "" "If you use \\acronym{IMAP} to retrieve your email, you should see a set of " "folders in the folder list on the left side of the window that is titled " "with the name of your \\acronym{IMAP} account. Folders like Inbox, Drafts, " "Junk and others should be displayed in the folder list." msgstr "" "Hvis du bruger \\acronym{IMAP} til at hente din post, vil du under " "overskriften med navnet på din \\acronym{IMAP}-konto kunne se en mængde af " "mapper i mappelisten i venstre side af skærmen. Mapper som Indbakke, " "Kladder, Affald og andre vil blive vist i mappelisten." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :459 msgid "" "If you have other folders in your \\acronym{IMAP} account, you will need to " "subscribe to them. If you subscribe to a folder, \\application{Evolution} " "will download messages for that folder whenever you check your email." msgstr "" "Hvis du har andre mapper på din \\acronym{IMAP}-konto, skal du også abonnere " "på dem. Hvis du abonnerer på en mappe, vil \\application{Evolution} hente " "beskeder ned fra den mappe, hver gang du kontrollerer ny post." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :464 msgid "" "To subscribe to a folder select \\menu{Folder \\then Subscriptions} from the " "menubar. \\application{Evolution} should open the \\window{Folder " "Subscriptions} window. From the \\dropdown{Server} drop-down list choose " "your account name. \\application{Evolution} should then show a list of " "folders in the list below." msgstr "" "For at abonnere på en mappe kan du vælge \\menu{Mappe \\then Abonnementer} " "fra menulinjen. \\application{Evolution} vil derefter åbne vinduet \\" "window{Mappeabonnementer}. Fra rullelisten vælger du nu din kontos navn, " "hvorefter \\application{Evolution} vil vise dig en oversigt over mapper i " "listen nedenfor." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :471 msgid "" "Choose the folders you would like to subscribe to by selecting the check box " "to the left of the folder name. When you are finished, click \\" "button{Close}. The folders will be updated the next time you check your " "email." msgstr "" "Vælg de mapper, som du ønsker at abonnere på ved at afkrydse dem i kassen " "til venstre for mappenavnet. Når du er færdig, klikker du på \\button{Luk}. " "Mapperne vil blive opdateret næste gang du kontrollerer ny post." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :473 msgid "Composing and replying to messages" msgstr "Skrive og svare på beskeder" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :476 msgid "" "In addition to reading email, you will likely want to reply to the email you " "read, or compose new messages." msgstr "" "Ud over at kunne læse post vil du sandsynligvis også gerne svare på " "beskederne, du modtager, eller kunne skrive nye." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :478 msgid "Composing new messages" msgstr "Skrivning af breve" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :481 msgid "" "To compose a new message, click on the \\button{New} button on the toolbar. " "\\application{Evolution} should open a \\window{Compose message} window." msgstr "" "For at skrive nye breve kan du klikke på knappen \\button{Ny} i " "værktøjslinjen. \\application{Evolution} åbner derefter vinduet \\" "window{Skriv brev}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :485 msgid "" "In the \\textfield{To:} field, enter the email address of the destination \\" "dash the contact to whom you are sending this email. If there is more than " "one contact to whom you are writing, separate multiple recipients with " "commas." msgstr "" "I feltet \\textfield{Til:} indtaster du destinationens e-postadresse \\dash " "den kontaktperson du vil sende dette e-postbrev til. Da kan tilføje flere " "modtagere, adskilt af komma, hvis du skal sende til mere end en " "kontaktperson." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :491 msgid "" "If a contact that you are addressing is in your address book, you can " "address them by name. Start typing the name of the contact; \\" "application{Evolution} will display the list of matching contacts below your " "text. Once you see the contact you intend to address, click on their email " "address or use the \\keystroke{down arrow} key and then \\keystroke{Enter} " "to select the address." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :496 msgid "" "If you would like to carbon-copy some contacts, enter their email addresses " "in the \\textfield{Cc:} field in the same manner as the To: recipients. " "Contacts on the To: and Cc: lines will receive the email, and will see the " "rest of the contacts to whom an email was sent." msgstr "" "Hvis du vil sende en kopi til nogle af dine kontaktpersoner, kan du tilføje " "deres adresser i feltet \\textfield{Cc:} på samme måde, som du tilføjede dem " "i feltet \\textfield{Til:}. Kontaktpersonerne på felterne \\textfield{Til:} " "og \\textfield{Cc:} vil modtage beskeden og samtidig kunne se de andre " "modtagere af samme besked." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :505 msgid "" "If you would like to send an email to some contacts without disclosing to " "whom your email was sent, you can send a blind carbon-copy, or ``Bcc.'' To " "enable Bcc, select \\menu{View \\then Bcc Field} from the menubar. A \\" "textfield{Bcc:} field should appear below the \\textfield{Cc:} field. Any " "contacts entered in the Bcc field will receive the message, but none of the " "recipients will see the names or emails of contacts on the Bcc line." msgstr "" "Hvis du vil sende beskeden til nogle kontaktpersoner uden at lade andre " "modtagere se, hvem der ellers har modtaget den, kan du tilføje dem til " "feltet \\textfield{Bcc:}. For at aktivere dette kan du vælge \\menu{Vis \\" "then Bcc-felt} fra menulinjen. Herefter vil et felt kaldet \\textfield{Bcc} " "dukke op neden for feltet \\textfield{Cc:}. Alle kontaktpersoner vil modtage " "beskeden uden at kunne se adressen på de modtagere, der er indtastet i dette " "felt." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :514 msgid "" "Instead of typing the email addresses, or names, of the contacts you are " "addressing in the message, you can also select the contacts from your " "address book. To do so, click on the \\button{To:}, \\button{Cc:} or \\" "button{Bcc:} buttons to the left of the text fields. \\" "application{Evolution} should open the \\window{Select Contacts from Address " "Book} window. Use the list on the left side of the window to select your " "contact, or type a few letters from your contact's first or last name in the " "\\textfield{Search} field to filter the list to only show matching contacts." msgstr "" "I stedet for at indtaste e-postadressen eller navnet på kontaktpersonen, som " "du vil sende beskeden til, kan du også vælge kontaktpersonen fra din " "adressebog. For at gøre dette kan du klikke på knapperne \\button{Til:}, \\" "button{Cc:} eller \\button{Bcc:} til venstre for adressefelterne. \\" "application{Evolution} vil derefter åbne vinduet \\window{Vælg kontakter fra " "adressebogen}. Du kan nu bruge listen i venstre side af vinduet til at vælge " "de ønskede kontaktpersoner eller indtaste et par bogstaver fra " "kontaktpersonens for- eller efternavn i linjen \\textfield{Søg} for at " "begrænse udvalget til de kontaktpersoner, hvis navn indeholder de bogstaver." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :522 msgid "" "Once you identify the contact you would like to address, click on their name " "in the list. Then, click on the \\button{Add} button to the left of either " "the ``To,'' ``Cc,'' or ``Bcc'' fields on the right of the screen. Your " "selected contact will be added to that list. If you've added the contact in " "error, click their name in the list on the right, and click on the \\" "button{Remove} button. When you are finished picking contacts, click \\" "button{Close} to return to the composing screen." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :526 msgid "" "Enter a subject for your email. Messages should have a subject to help the " "recipient to identify the email while glancing at their message list; if you " "do not include a subject, \\application{Evolution} will warn you about this." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :530 msgid "" "Enter the contents of your message in the big text field below the subject. " "There is no practical limit on the amount of text you can include in your " "message." msgstr "" "Skriv indholdet af dit brev i det store felt under emnelinjen. Der er ingen " "egentlig grænse for mængden af tekst, som du kan skrive i brevet." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :541 msgid "" "By default, new messages will be sent in ``Plain Text'' mode. This means " "that no formatting or graphics will be shown to the recipient, but the " "message is least likely to be rejected or displayed illegibly to the " "recipients. If you know that your recipient uses a contemporary computer " "and a modern email program, you can send them messages that include " "formatting. To switch to this mode, click the drop-down list button on the " "left side directly above the text field for the message contents. Change the " "selection from ``Plain Text'' to ``\\acronym{HTML}'' to enable advanced " "formatting. When using \\acronym{HTML} mode, a new toolbar should appear " "right under the mode selection that will allow you to perform advanced " "advanced font styling and message formatting." msgstr "" "Som standard vil nye beskeder blive sendt som ``Normal tekst''. Dette " "betyder at ingen formatering eller grafik vil blive vist til modtageren men " "beskeden er mindst sandsynlig for at blive afvist eller vist som ulæselig " "for modtageren. Hvis du ved at modtageren bruger en nutidig computer og et " "tidssvarende e-postprogram kan du godt sende dem beskeder der indeholder " "formatering. For at skifte til denne tilstand skal du klikke på " "rullegardinknappen i venstre side lige over hovedtekstfeltet. Ændr " "indstillingen ``Normal tekst'' til ``\\acronym{HTML}'' for at slå avanceret " "formatering til. Når du bruger tilstanden \\acronym{HTML}, vil en ny " "værktøjslinje blive vist lige under tilstandsvælgeren, som gør dig i stand " "til at udføre avanceret skrift- og beskedformatering." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :545 msgid "" "When you have finished composing your email, click on the \\button{Send} " "button on the window's toolbar. Your message will be placed in the Outbox, " "and will be sent when you next check your email." msgstr "" "Når du er færdig med at skrive en e-post klikker du på knappen \\" "button{Send} i vinduets værktøjslinje. Din besked vil blive gemt i udbakken " "og sendt næste gang du kontrollerer ny e-post." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :547 msgid "Attaching files" msgstr "Vedhæftning af filer" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :550 msgid "" "At times, you may want to send files to your contacts. To send files, you " "will need to attach them to your email message." msgstr "" "Til tider vil du måske sende filer til dine kontaktpersoner. For at sende " "filer skal du vedhæfte dem til en e-postbesked." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :554 msgid "" "To attach a file to an email you are composing, click on the \\button{Add " "Attachment} button at the bottom right of the email message window. \\" "application{Evolution} should show the \\window{Add attachment} window." msgstr "" "For at vedhæfte en fil til den e-post du er ved at skrive skal du klikke på " "knappen \\button{Tilføj bilag} nederst i højre side af e-postbeskedvinduet. " "\\application{Evolution} vil nu vise vinduet \\window{Tilføj bilag.}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :559 msgid "" "Select the file you would like to include in your message and click on the \\" "button{Attach} button. \\application{Evolution} will return you to the email " "message window, and your selected file should be listed in a section below " "the \\button{Add Attachment} button." msgstr "" "Vælg den fil du vil vedhæfte din besked og klik på knappen \\" "button{Vedhæft}. \\application{Evolution} vil nu vende tilbage til " "skrivevinduet, og din valgte fil er nu vist i en sektion under knappen \\" "button{Tilføj bilag}." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :561 msgid "Replying to messages" msgstr "Svar på beskeder" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :564 msgid "" "In addition to composing new messages, you may want to reply to messages " "that you receive." msgstr "" "Ud over at skrive nye beskeder kan det være, at du også vil svare på de " "beskeder, du modtager." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :566 msgid "There are three types of email replies:" msgstr "Man kan svare på e-post på tre måder:" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :575 msgid "" "\\textbf{Reply} (or ``Reply to Sender'') \\dash sends your reply only to the " "sender of the message to which you are replying." msgstr "" "\\textbf{Svar} (eller ``Svar til afsender'') \\dash sender kun et svar til " "afsenderen af beskeden.." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :575 msgid "" "\\textbf{Reply to All} \\dash sends your reply to the sender of the message, " "as well as anyone else on the To or Cc lines." msgstr "" "\\textbf{Svar til alle} \\dash sender et svar til afsenderen af beskeden " "såvel som alle andre i Til- eller Cc-felterne." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :575 msgid "" "\\textbf{Forward} \\dash allows you to send the message, with any additional " "comments you may add, to some other contacts." msgstr "" "\\textbf{Videresend} \\dash gør at du kan sende beskeden, sammen med " "eventuelle øvrige kommentarer, til andre kontaktpersoner." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :579 msgid "" "To use any of these methods, click on the message to which you want to reply " "and then click the \\button{Reply}, \\button{Reply to All}, or \\" "button{Forward} button on the toolbar." msgstr "" "For at bruge en af disse metoder skal du klikke på den besked du vil svare " "på og klikke på en af knapperne \\button{Svar}, \\button{Svar til alle} " "eller \\button{Videresend}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :585 msgid "" "\\application{Evolution} should open the reply window. This window should " "look much like the window for composing new messages, but the To, Cc, " "Subject, and main message content fields should be filled in from the " "message to which you are replying. Each line in the message should be " "prefixed with a ``>'' character." msgstr "" "\\application{Evolution} åbner nu svarvinduet. Dette vindue ligner vinduet \\" "window{Skriv brev} til forveksling, men felterne Til, Cc, emne samt selve " "beskeden er nu fyldt ud i henhold til den besked, som du svarer på. Hver " "linje i beskeden har et foranstillet ``>''-tegn foranstillet." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :589 msgid "" "Edit the To, Cc, Bcc, Subject or main body as you see fit. When your reply " "is finished, click on the \\button{Send} button on the toolbar. Your message " "will be placed in the Outbox, and will be sent when you next check your " "email." msgstr "" "Du kan ændre felterne Til, Cc, Bcc, emnet eller selve beskeden, som det " "passer dig. Når din svarbesked er klar, klikker du på knappen \\button{Send} " "i værktøjslinjen. Din besked vil blive gemt i udbakken og sendt næste gang, " "du kontrollerer for ny post." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :591 msgid "Using signatures" msgstr "Brug af signaturer" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :595 msgid "" "In order to give your messages a footer, \\application{Evolution} allows you " "to use a ``signature.'' Signatures in email are a bit of standard text that " "is added to the bottom of any new messages or replies." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :602 msgid "" "When composing of replying to a message, click on the \\dropdown{Signature} " "drop-down list below the toolbar just above the \\textfield{To:} field. " "This list should contain any signatures that you have created, as well as an " "``Autogenerated'' signature. If you select \\menu{Autogenerated}, \\" "application{Evolution} will add two dashes, and then your name and email " "address to the bottom of the email message." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :608 msgid "" "You can also specify some custom signatures. To create a signature, open the " "\\window{Evolution Preferences} window by selecting \\menu{Edit \\then " "Preferences} from the menubar. On the left side of the \\" "application{Evolution} Preferences window, select \\menu{Composer " "Preferences} and then select the \\menu{Signatures} tab." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :615 msgid "" "Click on the \\button{Add} to add a new signature. \\application{Evolution} " "should then open the \\window{Edit Signature} window. Give your signature a " "name, and enter the contents of your signature in the big text field below. " "When finished, click on the \\button{Save} button on the toolbar (the " "button's icon looks like a floppy disk). Your new signature's name should " "appear in the list in preferences. Close the preferences window." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :618 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Note that the two dashes are added automatically by Ubuntu, so " "there is no need to include them in your custom signature}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex #: :621 msgid "" "Your signature should now show up in the drop-down list in the compose/reply " "window." msgstr "" #. [intro to using evolution with or without an account] #. type: section{#2} #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :3 msgid "Staying organized" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :6 msgid "" "The \\application{Evolution} application in Ubuntu can let you keep and " "manage a list of your contacts, maintain a calendar, and a task list." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :12 msgid "" "If you have already set up Evolution with an email account, you do not need " "to do any further setup to use these features. If you do not wish to use " "Evolution for email, you can still use it for managing your contacts or " "maintaining a schedule, as well as keep track of tasks and memos that you " "can create for yourself." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :15 msgid "" "To start Evolution, open the \\menu{Applications} menu, then choose \\" "menu{Internet} and then \\menu{Evolution Mail}." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :20 msgid "Managing your contacts" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :24 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-contacts-evolution.png}{ss:evolution-contacts}{You can view, " "edit, and add contacts.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :28 msgid "" "If you would like to keep a list of your contacts \\dash personal or " "professional contact information for people and organizations \\dash you can " "manage these contacts in Evolution." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :33 msgid "" "To view contacts, click on the \\button{Contacts} button below the folder " "list on the left side of the Evolution window. The folder list on the left " "will be replaced by a list of address book types. Click on an address book, " "for example ``Personal.''" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :37 msgid "" "The right side of the window will display a list of contacts. Click a " "contact to show the contact's details in the lower portion of the right side " "of the window." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :40 msgid "" "\\marginnote{An address book is a collection of contacts and contact lists. " "It can either be stored on your computer, or on a remote server.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :46 msgid "" "If you use \\application{Ubuntu One}, you may have two address books \\dash " "a ``Personal'' address book stored on your computer, and an ``Ubuntu One'' " "address book. You can add contacts to either address book, though only the " "``Ubuntu One'' address book is synchronized to your Ubuntu One account." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :48 msgid "Searching for contacts" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :53 msgid "" "To find a contact, type in a few a few letters from the contact's first or " "last name in the search text box on the upper right of the window, and press " "\\keystroke{Enter}. The list below should change to only show contacts whose " "name matches your search term." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :55 msgid "Adding or editing a contact" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :59 msgid "" "To make changes to an existing contact, find the contact in the list and " "double-click on the entry. Evolution should open a \\window{Contact Editor} " "window for the contact." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :62 msgid "" "Switch between the different tabs in the contact editor to make changes to " "the contact. Click \\button{OK} when you have finished making your changes." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :66 msgid "" "To add a new contact, click on the \\button{New} on the toolbar. Evolution " "should open the \\window{Contact Editor} window. Enter the contact's details " "in the contact editor window, and click \\button{OK} when finished." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :68 msgid "Managing your schedule" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :71 msgid "" "If you like to manage your schedule with a computer, you can maintain this " "schedule in Ubuntu using Evolution." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :76 msgid "" "To view your calendar, click on the \\button{Calendars} button below the " "folder list on the left side of the Evolution window. The folder list on the " "left will be replaced by a list of calendars, and a mini-calendar showing " "the current month." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :81 msgid "" "Evolution allows you to manage more than one calendar. For example, you " "could have a personal calendar and a school or work calendar. You can also " "subscribe to the calendar of a friend or family member who may choose to " "share their calendar with you." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :85 msgid "" "Click on one of the calendars in the list. By default, you should have a " "``Personal'' calendar in the list. The middle of the window should now show " "a view of the current day, showing all the hours of the current day." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :90 msgid "" "If the calendar already has some events, Evolution will show the event in " "the day view between the hours when the event starts and finishes. You can " "double-click on the event to open its details, or drag the event to a " "different time or date to reschedule it." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :93 msgid "" "In the day view, you can click on a different day on the mini-calendar on " "the left side of the screen. Evolution will then display that day in the day " "view." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :104 msgid "" "You may also wish to see more than one day at a time. This will allow you to " "compare schedules on different days, or find a free day for an event you " "wish to schedule. In Evolution, you can click on the \\button{Work Week} or " "\\button{Week} buttons on the toolbar to see an entire week at the same " "time. Click on the \\button{Month} button on the toolbar to see a view of " "the entire month \\dash if an event is difficult to read due to the small " "space allotted to each day, you can hover your mouse over the event to have " "Evolution show the full title of the event. Finally, the \\button{List} " "button on the toolbar shows upcoming appointments in a list, allowing you to " "see all of your upcoming appointments at a glance." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :107 msgid "" "On the right side of the window, Evolution displays a list of tasks and " "memos. You can add a new task or memo to Evolution" msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :109 msgid "Adding a new event" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :114 msgid "" "The simplest way to add a new task is to click a time in the day view, and " "begin typing. An event ``bubble'' will appear, containing the text that you " "are typing. If you want to add a longer event, drag your mouse from the " "first time slot to the last before starting to type." msgstr "" #. \screenshotTODO{visual example of adding an event in the day view by typing} #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :117 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-evolution-event.png}{ss:evolution-event}{You can stay " "organized by adding events to your calender.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :126 msgid "" "To add a new event without using the day view, click on the \\button{New} " "button on the toolbar. Evolution should open the \\window{Appointment} " "window. In the \\textfield{Summary} field, enter a short title for the " "event as you want it to appear on the calendar. Optionally specify the " "location and enter a longer description if you would like. Make sure that " "the time and date, as well as the duration, are as you want them. Finally, " "click on the \\button{Save} button on the toolbar to save this new event " "(the button looks like a floppy disk, and is the first button on the " "toolbar)." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :128 msgid "Scheduling a meeting" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :131 msgid "" "If you would like to schedule a meeting with one of your contacts, Evolution " "can assist you in sending out an invitation and processing replies." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :135 msgid "" "To create a meeting invitation, choose \\menu{File \\then New \\then " "Meeting} from the menubar. Specify the subject, location, time and duration, " "and description as when you create a regular event." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :139 msgid "" "You will then need to add attendees to this meeting. To add an attendee, " "click on the \\button{Add} button. In the list of attendees, Evolution will " "add a new row \\dash type the attendee's email address or contact name." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :145 msgid "" "When you are finished adding attendees, click on the \\button{Save} button " "on the toolbar. Evolution should then ask you if you would like to send " "meeting invitations to your selected participants. Click \\button{Send} to " "send out these invitations. The invitations will be sent the next time you " "check email in Evolution." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/staying-organized.tex #: :150 msgid "" "If your contact chooses to reply to the meeting invitation, Evolution will " "show you a new email message. In the body of the email message, Evolution " "will display an \\button{Update Attendee Status} button. Click on that " "button to mark your contact as attending the meeting." msgstr "" #. I haven't been able to find out if all of the protocols are a trademark or registered name, I will keep looking. #. type: section{#2} #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :5 msgid "Using instant messaging" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :11 msgid "" "Instant messaging allows you to communicate with people you know in real " "time. Ubuntu includes the \\application{Empathy} application that lets you " "use instant messaging features to keep in touch with your contacts. To " "start Empathy, open the \\menu{Applications} menu from the menubar, then " "choose \\menu{Internet} and then \\menu{Empathy IM Client}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :16 msgid "" "Empathy lets you connect to many instant messaging networks. You can connect " "to \\acronym{AIM}, Gadugadu, Google Talk, Groupwise, \\acronym{ICQ}, Jabber, " "\\acronym{MSN}, Myspace, qq, \\acronym{XMPP}, Sametime, Silc, \\" "acronym{SIP}, Yahoo, or Zephyr." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :18 msgid "Running Empathy for the first time" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :21 msgid "" "When you open Empathy for the first time you will need to configure it with " "the details of your instant messaging accounts." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :24 msgid "" "When Empathy starts you will see the \\window{Welcome to Empathy} window. " "Choose the option corresponding to your situation." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :26 msgid "You have an account" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :30 msgid "" "If you have an account that you have used previously with another instant " "messaging program then select the \\checkbox{Yes, I'll enter my account " "details now} option. Then, click \\button{Forward} to continue." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :34 msgid "" "On the next screen, choose your account type from the drop-down list below \\" "dropdown{What kind of chat account do you have?}. Then, enter your account " "details in the field below." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :37 msgid "" "Depending on the account type that you choose, Empathy may request that you " "enter a username, or an \\acronym{ID} for your account, followed by a " "password." msgstr "" #. \screenshotTODO{Empathy enter user details for a google account example@googlemail.com} #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :40 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-empathy-new-account.png}{ss:empathy-new-account}{Creating a " "new instant messenger account in Empathy.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :43 msgid "" "If you do not remember your account information, you will need to visit the " "website of the instant messaging network to retrieve that information." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :49 msgid "" "If you have another account to add then select the \\checkbox{Yes} option, " "and click \\button{Forward} to repeat the above process. When you have " "entered all the accounts leave the \\checkbox{No, that's all for now} option " "selected, and click \\button{Apply} to finish the setup process." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :53 msgid "" "Next, Empathy should display the \\window{Please enter personal details} " "screen. If you choose to fill out this information, you will be able to " "communicate with people who are on your local network either at home or in " "an office." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :58 msgid "" "Enter your first name in the \\textfield{First name} field, and your last " "name in the \\textfield{Last name} field. Type in a way that you would like " "to be identified on your local network in the \\textfield{Nickname} field. " "When you have filled all of the information, click \\button{Apply}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :62 msgid "" "If you don't want to communicate with people on your local network, select " "the \\checkbox{I don't want to enable this feature for now} option and click " "\\button{Apply}." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :64 msgid "You would like an account" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :68 msgid "" "If you don't have an account that you can use, then you can create one by " "selecting the \\checkbox{No, I want a new account} option. Click \\" "button{Forward} to display the next set of options." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :74 msgid "" "Choose the account type that you would like to create from the drop-down " "list below \\dropdown{What kind of chat account do you want to create?} You " "can create either a Jabber or a Google Talk account. \\notecallout{If you " "wish to create another account type then you will need to visit the relevant " "website and follow the ``You have an account'' section.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :79 msgid "" "Next, enter the account name that you would like in the text field, and in " "the proceeding text field enter a password of your choice. If you would like " "to set up another account then select the \\checkbox{Yes} option, and repeat " "the above process." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :82 msgid "" "When you have entered all the accounts leave the \\checkbox{No, that's all " "for now} option selected, and click \\button{Forward}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :86 msgid "" "Empathy should display the \\window{Please enter personal details} window. " "Providing this information allows you to communicate with people who are on " "your local network either at home or in the workplace." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :91 msgid "" "Enter your \\textfield{First name} in the text field, and enter your \\" "textfield{Last name} in the next field. In the \\textfield{Nickname} field " "enter a nickname by which you would like to be identified. When you have " "filled all of the text fields click \\button{Apply} to save your settings." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :95 msgid "" "If you don't want to talk to people on your local network then select the \\" "checkbox{I don't want to enable this feature for now} option and click \\" "button{Apply}." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :97 msgid "You want to talk to people nearby" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :101 msgid "" "If you would only like to communicate with people on your local network " "either at home or in the workplace, then you should select the \\" "checkbox{No, I just want to see people online nearby for now} option." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :107 msgid "" "Click \\button{Forward} to display the next set of options. Then enter your " "\\textfield{First name} in the text field, and enter your \\textfield{Last " "name} in the next field. In the \\textfield{Nickname} field enter a nickname " "by which you would like to be identified. When you have filled all of the " "text fields, click \\button{Forward}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :111 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-empathy-nearby.png}{ss:e-mpaty-new-account-local}{You can " "talk to people nearby by entering you information.}" msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :113 msgid "Changing account settings" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :117 msgid "" "If you need to add more accounts after the first launch, then open the \\" "menu{Edit} menu, then choose \\menu{Accounts}. Empathy will then display the " "\\window{Accounts} window." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :119 msgid "Adding an account" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :126 msgid "" "To add an account click on the \\button{Add} button. Empathy should display " "some options on the right hand side of the window. Choose your account type " "from the \\dropdown{Protocol} drop-down list. Next, enter your account name " "in the first text field. Then enter your password in the \\" "textfield{Password} text field. Finally click on the \\button{Log in} button " "to save and verify your settings." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :128 msgid "Editing an account" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :133 msgid "" "You might need to edit and account if you change the password or get the " "password wrong. Select the account you want to change on the left side of " "the \\window{Accounts} window. Empathy should show the current settings for " "the account. Once you have made your changes, click \\button{Save}." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :135 msgid "Removing an account" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :141 msgid "" "To remove an account select the account on the left hand side of the window " "and click on the \\button{Remove} button. Empathy should open the \\" "window{Do you want to remove} window. Click on the \\button{Remove} button " "to confirm that you want to remove the account, or click \\button{Cancel} to " "keep the account." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :143 msgid "Editing contacts" msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :145 msgid "Adding a contact" msgstr "" #. TODO this bit needs some rewording, I am not sure if it is clear enough. #. Note: I'm confused here... Agree that it needs rewording. --ilya #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :150 msgid "" "To add an account open the \\menu{Chat} menu, then choose \\menu{Add " "contact}. Empathy should open the \\window{New Contact} window." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :154 msgid "" "In the \\dropdown{Account} drop-down list choose the account that you want " "to add the contact to. Your must add you contact to an account type that " "matched theirs." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :159 msgid "" "For example if your contact's address ends in ``@googlemail.com'' then you " "will need to add it to an account that ends in ``@googlemail.com.'' Likewise " "if the contact's email ends in ``@hotmail.com'' then you would need to add " "it to an account ending in ``@hotmail.com.''" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :163 msgid "" "When you have chosen the account that you wish to add the contact to, you " "will need to enter either their login \\acronym{ID}, username, screen name " "or email address in the \\textfield{Identifier} text field." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :167 msgid "" "Then, in the \\textfield{Alias} text field, enter the contact's name as you " "would like to see it in your contact list. Click \\button{Add} to add the " "contact to your list of contacts." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :169 msgid "Removing a contact" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :173 msgid "" "Click on the contact that you want to remove and then open the \\menu{Edit} " "menu, then choose \\menu{Contact}, then \\menu{Remove}. This will open the \\" "window{Remove contact} window." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :176 msgid "" "Click on the \\button{Remove} button to confirm that you want to remove a " "contact, or click \\button{Cancel} to keep the contact." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :178 msgid "Communicating with contacts" msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :180 msgid "Text" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :184 msgid "" "To communicate with a contact, select the contact in Empathy's main window " "and double-click their name. Empathy should open a new window where you can " "type messages to your contact, and see a record of previously exchanged " "messages." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :187 msgid "" "To send a message to the contact, type your message in the text field below " "the conversation history." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :191 msgid "" "When you have typed your message press the \\keystroke{Enter} key to send " "the message to your contact. If you are communicating with more than one " "person then all of the conversations will be shown in tabs within the same " "window." msgstr "" #. TODO more detail needed here. #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :194 msgid "Audio" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :199 msgid "" "If your contact has audio capabilities then there will be an icon of a " "microphone next to their name. Click on the microphone icon to open a popup " "menu. Choose the \\menu{Audio call} option from the menu. Empathy should " "then open the \\window{Call} window." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :204 msgid "" "This window shows your picture on the right and your contact's picture on " "the left. Ensure that your microphone and speakers are connected, and " "proceed with the audio conversation. You can finish the conversation by " "clicking on the \\button{Hang up} button." msgstr "" #. TODO more detail needed here. #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :207 msgid "Video" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :212 msgid "" "If your contact has video chat capabilities then there will be an icon of a " "webcam next to their name. Click on the icon to open a popup menu. Choose " "the \\menu{Video call} option from the menu. Empathy should then open the \\" "window{Call} window." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :215 msgid "" "This window shows your webcam view in the top right and your contact's " "webcam will be in the middle." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :218 msgid "" "If you don't have a webcam then your picture will be shown instead. You can " "finish the call by clicking on the \\button{Hang up} button." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :220 msgid "Sending and receiving files" msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :222 msgid "Sending a file" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :225 msgid "" "When you are in a conversation with a contact and you would like to send " "them a file, open the \\menu{Contact} menu and then choose \\menu{Send file}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :229 msgid "" "Empathy should open the \\window{Select file} window. Find the file that you " "wish to send and click on the \\button{Send} button. A \\window{File " "Transfers} window will open showing the chosen file and its transfer " "progress." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :232 msgid "" "When the file transfer is complete, you can close the \\window{File " "Transfers} window." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :234 msgid "Receiving a file" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :237 msgid "" "When a contact wants to send you a file, the status icon to the left of the " "contact's name will flash with an icon of a paper plane." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :242 msgid "" "To receive the file double-click the contact's name. Empathy will open the \\" "window{Select a destination} window. Choose a location where you would like " "Empathy to save the file, and click \\button{Save}. Empathy should open the " "\\window{File Transfers} window." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :247 msgid "" "The \\window{File Transfers} window shows you the progress of current file " "transfers. You can stop file transfers by clicking on the \\button{Stop} " "button, open transferred files by clicking on the \\button{Open} button, and " "clear the list of completed transfers by clicking on the \\button{Clear} " "button." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :249 msgid "Changing your status" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :254 msgid "" "You can use your status to show your contacts how busy you are or what you " "are doing. You can use the standard statuses, which are ``Available,'' " "``Busy,'' ``Invisible,'' and ``Off-line.'' These can be changed in the main " "Empathy window from the drop-down list at the top of the window." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :258 msgid "" "The same drop-down list lets you set a custom status by choosing ``Custom " "Message\\ldots'' next to the icon thats matches your status. Type what you " "would like your status to say, and click on the green check mark." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :260 msgid "Changing your picture" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :264 msgid "" "Your picture is what your contacts will see next to your name in their " "contact list. The default picture is the outline of a person. You can " "change your picture by opening the \\menu{Edit} menu, then choosing \\" "menu{Personal Information}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex #: :268 msgid "" "Empathy should open the \\window{Personal Information} window. From the \\" "dropdown{Account} drop-down list choose the account that you want to change, " "then click on the picture on the right hand side of the window." msgstr "" #. written by Luke Jennings ubuntujenkins@googlemail.com #. type: document #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :2 msgid "" "Empathy should open the \\window{Select Your Avatar Image} window. Find the " "file containing your picture, and click \\button{Open}. If you would like " "to return it to the default avatar, click on the \\button{No Image} button " "instead." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :4 msgid "Microblogging" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :8 msgid "" "You can connect several microblogging services by opening the \\" "menu{Applications} menu, then choosing \\menu{Internet} and then \\" "menu{Gwibber Social Client}. Until you add accounts, the \\window{Social " "Accounts} window will open." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :11 msgid "" "After you have added accounts you will see the \\window{Social broadcast " "messages} window." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :14 msgid "" "In this window in the \\dropdown{Add new} drop-down list you can choose the " "from Flickr, Twitter, StatusNet, Qaiku, Facebook, FriendFeed, Digg, and " "Identi.ca." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :18 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-gwibber-identia-accounts.png}{ss:adding-an-identica " "account}{Gwibber lets you add many different account types.}" msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :20 msgid "MeMenu" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :24 msgid "" "If you click you name in the top panel, you will see the ``MeMenu,'' in the " "box below your name you can type a message to post on the sites that you " "have set up with Gwibber." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :27 msgid "" "You can also change your account settings by clicking \\dropdown{Broadcast " "Accounts\\ldots}, this opens the \\window{Social accounts} window." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :30 msgid "Changing accounts" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :33 msgid "" "To add more accounts after you have already added some. Click \\menu{Edit} " "then \\menu{Accounts}, the \\window{Social Accounts} window will open." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :35 msgid "Adding accounts" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :39 msgid "" "In the \\window{Social Accounts} click \\button{Add\\ldots}, each account " "will need you to enter your account details. The details that you require " "for each account is detailed as follows." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :41 msgid "" "\\textbf{Flickr:} To set up a Flickr account all you need is the account " "login \\acronym{ID}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :43 msgid "\\textbf{Twitter:} Requires a user name and password." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :45 msgid "" "\\textbf{StatusNet:} A login \\acronym{ID}, domain and password is needed." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :48 msgid "" "\\textbf{Qaiku:} You will need an \\acronym{API} key, instructions for this " "are provided in the Gwibber window. You will also need your login \\" "acronym{ID}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :54 msgid "" "\\textbf{Facebook:} Click \\button{Authorize}, then enter your email address " "and password and click \\button{Connect}. If you want to be able to post on " "Facebook from Gwibber, click \\button{Allow publishing}, otherwise click \\" "button{Don't allow}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :59 msgid "" "If you want Gwibber to show your news feed, you will need to click \\" "button{Allow access}, otherwise click \\button{Don't allow}. You will also " "need to allow status updates\\dash click \\button{Allow status updates}; if " "you don't want Gwibber to be able to update your status, click \\" "button{Don't allow}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :63 msgid "" "In order for Gwibber to interact with Facebook each time it is used, it will " "need to have constant authorization. If not, you will have to authorize it " "each time you use it. To allow constant authorization click \\button{Allow}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :66 msgid "" "\\textbf{FriendFeed:} A remote key is required for friend feed, Gwibber " "provides information on where to get one from. You will also need a login \\" "acronym{ID}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :68 msgid "" "\\textbf{Digg:} A login \\acronym{ID} is all that is required for Digg." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :70 msgid "" "\\textbf{Identi.ca:} A login \\acronym{ID} and password is required for " "Identi.ca." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :72 msgid "Removing accounts" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :75 msgid "" "In the \\window{Social accounts} window click the account that you want to " "remove and click \\button{Remove}." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :77 msgid "How Gwibber displays accounts" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :82 msgid "" "Gwibber allows you to post to either all, one or a selection of accounts. " "This can be set at the bottom of the \\window{Social broadcast message} " "window, each of the accounts that you can post with will have an icon. " "Clicking on an icon so that it is disabled (appears gray) means that you " "will not post to that account." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/microblogging.tex #: :85 msgid "" "Once you have decided on which accounts you want to post to you can type " "your message in the text field above the icons, then click \\button{Send}." msgstr "" #. written by Luke Jennings ubuntujenkins@googlemail.com #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :2 msgid "" "Each one of you accounts will have a set of icons to go with it, these are " "displayed on the left hand size of the \\window{Social broadcast message} " "window. The set of icons that goes with an account has a background color, " "each one of these icons allows you to do tasks for that specific account." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :6 msgid "Viewing and editing photos" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :12 msgid "" "To view and edit photos in Ubuntu, you can use the \\application{F-Spot " "Photo Manager} application. To start F-Spot, open the \\menu{Applications} " "menu, then choose \\menu{Graphics}, then \\menu{F-Spot Photo Manager}. When " "you start F-Spot for the first time, you will see the \\window{Import} " "window\\dash how to use this is covered in \\textbf{`Importing'}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :16 msgid "" "By default, F-Spot displays your photos by date. You can view photos from a " "specific month by clicking on that month in the timeline near the top of the " "window." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :19 msgid "" "You can also play slide shows of your pictures by clicking on the Play " "button on the toolbar (this button looks like a green triangle)." msgstr "" #. \screenshotTODO{Main F-Spot window} #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :22 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-f-spot.png}{ss:f-spot}{F-Spot lets you store, tag, and edit " "your photos.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :26 msgid "" "This guide often refers to the side bar on the left. If you can't see it, " "open the \\menu{View} menu, then choose \\menu{Components}, and choose \\" "menu{Sidebar}\\dash making sure the option is selected." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :28 msgid "Version system" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :34 msgid "" "When you edit a photo, F-Spot creates a new version so that the original is " "not lost. You can create a new version by opening the \\menu{Photo} menu, " "then choosing \\menu{Create New Version\\ldots}. This opens the \\" "window{Create New Version} window. In the \\textfield{Name} text field you " "can type what you would like to call the version and then click \\" "button{OK}. A new version will then be created." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :40 msgid "" "You can view previous versions of photos by clicking on the photo that you " "wish to view, then clicking on the \\button{Edit Image} button. This changes " "the side bar on the left to the ``Edit'' side bar. In the bottom left, the \\" "dropdown{Version} drop-down list allows you to choose previous versions of " "the photo." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :46 msgid "" "You might want to rename a version so that you remember which version is " "which. To rename a version, click on the photo that you want to change, " "then click on the \\button{Edit Image} button. This changes the side bar on " "the left to the ``Edit'' side bar. In the bottom left the \\" "dropdown{Version} drop-down list lets you choose the version of the photo " "that you want to rename." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :51 msgid "" "Open the \\menu{Photo} menu, then choose \\menu{Rename Version}. This will " "open the \\window{Rename Version} window. Enter the new name in the \\" "textfield{New name} text field, then if you want to rename the version click " "\\button{OK}. If you don't want to rename the version, click \\" "button{Cancel}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :61 msgid "" "When editing photos, you may make a mistake and may decide to remove that " "version as you no longer need it. To delete a version, click on the photo " "that you want to change, then click on the \\button{Edit Image} button. This " "changes the side bar on the left to the ``Edit'' side bar. In the bottom " "left the \\dropdown{Version} drop-down list choose the version of the photo " "that you want to delete. Then open the \\menu{Photo} menu, then choose \\" "menu{Delete Version}. This will open the \\window{Really Delete?} window. " "If you want to delete the version click \\button{Delete}. If you don't want " "to delete the version, click \\button{Cancel}." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :63 msgid "Importing" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :67 msgid "" "When you launch F-Spot for the first time you will see the \\window{Import} " "window. After the first launch you can import more photos by clicking on " "the \\button{Import} button." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :71 msgid "" "When you import some photos, only the photos that you have just imported are " "shown. To show all of your photos, click on the gray \\textbf{X} to the " "right of the blue \\textbf{Find}." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :73 msgid "Choosing where F-Spot saves photos" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :77 msgid "" "When importing pictures in the \\window{Import} window, the \\checkbox{Copy " "files to the Photos folder} option determines where the photos are saved." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :82 msgid "" "If the \\checkbox{Copy files to the Photos folder} option is selected then F-" "Spot will copy the photos into the \\textbf{Photos} folder, which is within " "your \\textbf{Pictures} folder. The pictures are then sorted by year, month " "and then date." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :85 msgid "" "If the \\checkbox{Copy files to the Photos folder} option is unselected then " "F-Spot will not copy the pictures into the \\textbf{Photos} folder." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :87 msgid "Importing from file" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :91 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-fspot-import.png}{ss:f-spot-import}{You can import all of " "your photos.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :95 msgid "" "To import photos that are saved on you computer, choose \\dropdown{Select " "Folder} from the \\dropdown{Import Source} drop-down list. This opens the \\" "window{Import} window. Navigate to the folder containing your photos and " "click \\button{Open}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :100 msgid "" "When the loading bar says ``Done Loading'' all the photos in that folder and " "any sub-folders are then displayed in the \\window{Import} window. You can " "exclude importing photos from sub-folders by deselecting the \\" "checkbox{Include subfolders} option." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :105 msgid "" "All of the photos are imported by default, but you can choose to import only " "some photos. To do so, press-and-hold the \\textbf{Ctrl} key while clicking " "the photos you do not want to import. Duplicates are automatically detected " "when the \\checkbox{Detect duplicates} option is selected." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :109 msgid "" "You can attach tags by typing the names of the your current tags in the \\" "textfield{Attach Tags} text field. If you want to use multiple tags then " "separate them with a comma." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :112 msgid "" "Once you have chosen the photos that you want import, click on the \\" "button{Import} button." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :114 msgid "From digital camera" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :121 msgid "" "To import photos from a digital camera, plug your camera into the \\" "acronym{USB} port of your computer, and turn your camera on. If your camera " "is detected, Ubuntu should open a new window prompting you to import photos. " "Ensure that \\dropdown{Open F-Spot} is chosen in the drop-down list and " "click \\button{OK}. This will show the \\window{Import} window. In the \\" "dropdown{Import Source} drop-down list choose the option that looks like \\" "dropdown{\\ldots Camera}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :126 msgid "" "A \\window{Select Photos to Copy from Camera\\ldots} window will open. You " "can then click the photos that you want to copy. All of the photos are " "selected by default but you can add or remove individual photos by pressing-" "and-holding the \\textbf{Ctrl} key while clicking on photos to deselect them." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :130 msgid "" "You can attach tags to all of them by clicking on the \\checkbox{Attach tag} " "option and choosing the tag in the \\dropdown{Attach tag:} drop-down list. " "For more information about tags see \\seclink{sec:organizing-photos}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :134 msgid "" "You can change where the files are saved in the \\dropdown{Target location} " "drop-down list. The default is the \\dropdown{Photos} folder \\dash this is " "where F-Spot saves the photos." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :140 msgid "" "Once you have chosen the photos that you want to import, click on the \\" "button{Copy} button. The \\window{Transferring Pictures} window should open, " "and will show the copying progress. When copying is complete, the progress " "bar will display \\textbf{Download Complete}. Finally, click \\button{OK} to " "show your photos in F-Spot." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :143 msgid "Organizing photos" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :146 msgid "" "F-Spot makes finding photos of the same type easier by using tags. You can " "apply as many tags to a photo as you like." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :150 msgid "" "To apply tags to photos, first select the photos. Then right-click on the " "photos and choose \\menu{Attach Tag}. Click the tag you want add to your " "photos. You can attach tags when importing photos, as covered in the " "``Importing'' section." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :156 msgid "" "You can make new tags by opening the \\menu{Tags} and choosing \\menu{Create " "New Tag\\ldots}. This will open up the \\window{Create New Tag} window. " "Enter the name of the tag in the \\textfield{Name of New Tag:} text field. " "The \\dropdown{Parent Tag:} drop-down list allows you to choose the " "``parent'' tag for your new tag." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :158 msgid "Editing Images" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :168 msgid "" "You may want to edit some of the photos you import into F-Spot. For example, " "you may want to remove something at the edge, some discoloring, fix red " "eyes, or straighten a photo. To edit a photo, click on the photo that you " "want to edit and then click on the \\button{Edit Image} button. This changes " "the side bar on the left of the \\window{F-Spot} window. The panel will show " "eight options: \\button{Crop}, \\button{Red-eye Reduction}, \\button{De-" "saturate}, \\button{Sepia Tone}, \\button{Straighten}, \\button{Soft Focus}, " "\\button{Auto Color}, and \\button{Adjust Colors}. Some of these options are " "explained in more detail in the next section." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :170 msgid "Cropping photos" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :176 msgid "" "You might want to crop a photo to change the framing or remove part of the " "edge of the photo. Click on the \\button{Crop} on the left panel, then in " "the \\dropdown{Select an area to crop} drop-down list choose the ratio that " "you would like to crop with. You might want choose the ratio that matches " "the ratio that you would like to print, so that the photo is not stretched." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :182 msgid "" "You can create custom constraints if one of the defaults does not meet your " "requirements. This is done by choosing \\dropdown{Custom Ratios} from the \\" "dropdown{Select an area to crop} drop-down list. This opens the \\" "window{Selection Constraints} window. Click \\button{Add} to place a new " "entry on the left of the window." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :187 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your constraint, move the cursor to one conner of the " "section of the photo that you want to keep. Click-and-hold the left mouse " "button and drag it to the opposite corner of the section that you want to " "keep. Release the the mouse button to finish your cropping selection." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :191 msgid "" "To resize the cropping selection box, move the mouse until an arrow points " "to the side of the cropping selection box that you want to move. Click-and-" "hold the left mouse button, and move the mouse until the edge is in the " "right place." msgstr "" #. TODO is this the best way of describing this? #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :197 msgid "" "All ratios work in portrait and landscape mode. To change between the two, " "you need to click on the edge of the cropping selection box as if you were " "to resize the box. Moving the cursor between top right and bottom left " "switches between portrait and landscape modes." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :199 msgid "Red-eye Reduction" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :205 msgid "" "If you have taken a photo and the flash caused the subject to have red eyes, " "you can fix this problem in F-Spot. First, click on the \\button{Red-eye " "Reduction} button. Move the cursor to the one corner of the subject's eye " "and click-and-hold the left mouse button as you drag the cursor to the " "opposite corner of the eye. Then, release the mouse button." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :210 msgid "" "This box can be moved by placing the cursor into the middle of the red eye " "selection box until a hand cursor is shown. Then, click-and-hold the left " "mouse button and move the selection box into the correct place. When it is " "in the correct place you can release the left mouse button." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :214 msgid "" "To resize the box, move the mouse until an arrow points to the side of the " "red eye selection box that you want to move. Click-and-hold the left mouse " "button, move the mouse until the edge is in the right place." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :218 msgid "" "When the box covers all of the red in one eye, click the \\button{Fix} " "button. You will need to repeat the process for each of the subject's eyes " "that is affected." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :220 msgid "Straighten" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :226 msgid "" "If you have a photo where the subject is at an angle, you can straighten the " "photo with F-Spot. First, click on the \\button{Straighten} button. Then " "move the slider until the picture is straight again. F-Spot will auto crop " "the picture to remove any white parts that occur due to the rotation. When " "you are happy that the picture is straight, click on the \\" "button{Straighten} button." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :228 msgid "Auto Color" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :231 msgid "" "To automatically correct the coloring of a photo, click on the \\button{Auto " "Color} button." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :233 msgid "Exporting to web services" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex #: :236 msgid "" "F-Spot allows you to export you photos to a Web Gallery, Folder or \\" "acronym{CD} and the following services: SmugMug, PicasaWeb, Flickr, 23hq and " "Zooomr." msgstr "" #. written by Luke Jennings ubuntujenkins@googlemail.com #. TODO when this is complete and totem works it needs checking for accuracy. #. I could only write biased on karmic due to bug #521482. #. type: document #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :4 msgid "" "You can export to these services by selecting a picture and then opening the " "\\menu{Photo} menu, then choosing \\menu{Export to} and clicking the service " "that you require. This will open a window in which you can enter your " "account name and password for the service. This will allow you to upload " "pictures to this service." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :6 msgid "Watching videos and movies" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :11 msgid "" "To watch videos or \\acronym{DVD}s in Ubuntu, you can use the \\" "application{Movie Player} application. To start the Movie Player, open the \\" "menu{Applications} menu, then choose \\menu{Sound \\& Video}, then choose \\" "menu{Movie Player}. This will open the \\window{Movie Player} window." msgstr "" #. \screenshotTODO{Main totem window} #. type: document #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :14 msgid "\\screenshot{03-totem.png}{ss:totem}{Totem plays music and videos.}" msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :16 msgid "Codecs" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :20 msgid "" "Watching \\acronym{DVD}s may require Ubuntu to install a ``codec,'' which is " "a piece of software that allows your computer to understand the contents of " "the \\acronym{DVD}, and display the video." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :24 msgid "" "\\warning{Legal Notice Patent and copyright laws operate differently " "depending on which country you are in. Please obtain legal advice if you are " "unsure whether a particular patent or restriction applies to a media format " "you wish to use in your country.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :28 msgid "" "So that you can play all videos and \\acronym{DVD}s, you will need to " "install some codecs. This is done by enabling the \\textbf{Multiverse} " "repositories (for how to do this see \\chaplink{ch:software-management})." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :32 msgid "" "Once you have enabled the repositories, open the \\menu{Applications} menu, " "then choose \\menu{Ubuntu Software Center}. When the \\window{Ubuntu " "Software Center} window opens, use the search box in the top right and " "search for the following:" msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :43 msgid "gstreamer0.10-ffmpeg" msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :43 msgid "gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad" msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :43 msgid "gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly" msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :43 msgid "gstreamer0.10-plugins-base" msgstr "gstreamer0.10-plugins-base" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :43 msgid "gstreamer0.10-plugins-good" msgstr "gstreamer0.10-plugins-good" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :43 msgid "libdvdread4" msgstr "libdvdread4" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :43 msgid "libdvdnav4" msgstr "libdvdnav4" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :43 msgid "libdvdcss2" msgstr "libdvdcss2" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :46 msgid "" "When you find each one, select it with a double-click and then click the \\" "button{Install} button. This may open an \\window{Authenticate} window. If " "so, enter your password then click \\button{Authenticate} to start the " "installation process." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :48 msgid "" "\\marginnote{For more information on the terminal see \\chaplink{ch:command-" "line}}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :52 msgid "" "To finish codec installation, you also need to run a command in the " "terminal. Open the \\button{Applications} menu, then choose \\" "button{Accessories} and then choose \\button{Terminal}. This will open the \\" "window{Terminal} window." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :54 msgid "Type the command as shown below." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :56 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Sudo is a way to gain temporary administrative rights to " "perform certain tasks, such as installing new software. Usually, sudo is " "presented in a window for you to enter your password. When you enter your " "password in a terminal, it will not be shown.}" msgstr "" #. type: terminal #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :60 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh}" msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh}" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :64 msgid "" "Once you have typed the command, press \\keystroke{Enter}. You will be asked " "for your password \\dash to authorize this action, type in you password and " "press \\keystroke{Enter}. Wait for the process to finish. Once it has " "finished you can close the \\window{Terminal} window." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :66 msgid "Playing videos from file" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :71 msgid "" "Open the \\menu{Movie} menu, then choose \\menu{Open\\ldots}. This will open " "the \\window{Select Movies or Playlists} window. Find the file or files that " "you want to play and click on the \\button{Add} button. The video or videos " "will start playing." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :73 msgid "Playing a DVD" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex #: :79 msgid "" "When you insert a \\acronym{DVD} in the computer, Ubuntu should open the \\" "window{You have just inserted a Video \\acronym{DVD}. Choose what " "application to launch} window. Make sure that \\dropdown{Open Movie Player} " "is chosen in the drop-down list and then click \\button{OK}. The \\" "window{Movie Player} window will open and the movie will start." msgstr "" #. Section by Matt Griffin matt.griffin@canonical.com #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :2 msgid "" "If the \\window{Movie Player} window is already open, open \\menu{Movie} " "menu, then choose \\menu{Play Disc\\ldots} and the movie will start." msgstr "" #. type: comment #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :6 ./default-apps/ubuntuone.tex #: :6 msgid "OUTLINE" msgstr "" #. type: comment #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :22 msgid "" "[DONE] - Launch Rhythmbox (Ubuntu and UNE) [DONE] - Play music [DONE] - " "Import and play audio files [DONE] - Use the toolbar [DONE] - Play from a CD " "and import [DONE] - Listen to streaming radio [DONE] - Connect with digital " "audio players [DONE] - with other users (DAAP) [DONE] - Manage podcasts " "[DONE] - Preferences overview [DONE] - Managing your music - playlists, " "ratings, deleting/moving songs from library [DONE] - Plugins [DONE] - " "Stores: Magnatune, Jamendo, Ubuntu One Music Store - give the basics and " "refer people to one.ubuntu.com/music and the store Help system for more info " "[DONE] - Installing codecs [DONE] - Where to get Rbox support" msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :27 msgid "Listening to audio and music" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :27 msgid "" "Ubuntu comes with the \\application{Rhythmbox Music Player} for listening to " "your music, streaming Internet radio, managing playlists and podcasts, and " "purchasing songs." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :30 msgid "Starting Rhythmbox" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :30 msgid "" "To start Rhythmbox, open the \\menu{Applications} menu, then choose \\" "menu{Sound \\& Video}, then \\menu{Rhythmbox Music Player}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :32 msgid "" "To quit Rhythmbox, choose \\menu{Music \\then Quit} or press \\" "keystroke{Ctrl+Q}. Rhythmbox will continue to run if you choose \\menu{Music " "\\then Close} or close the window. A few Rhythmbox tools (such as \\" "emph{Play}, \\emph{Next}, and \\emph{Previous}) are available from the " "Rhythmbox Music Player icon in the \\gls{notification area} (typically the " "top right of your screen). You can also choose \\emph{Quit} from this menu " "to quit Rhythmbox." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :34 msgid "Playing music" msgstr "Afspilning af musik" #. \screenshotTODO{Rhythmbox application with a CD inserted} #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :37 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-rhythmbox-cd.png}{ss:rhythmbox-cd}{Rhythmbox with a CD in.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :40 msgid "" "In order to play music, you must first import music into your library. " "Choose \\menu{Music \\then Import Folder} or press \\keystroke{Ctrl+O} on " "your keyboard to import a folder of songs or \\menu{Import File} for single " "songs." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :42 msgid "" "The \\emph{Rhythmbox toolbar} contains most of the controls that you will " "use for browsing and playing your music." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :44 msgid "" "If you want to play a song, select a track and click on the \\button{Play} " "button on the toolbar (you can also choose \\menu{Control \\then Play} from " "the menubar or press \\keystroke{Ctrl+Space}). Clicking on the \\" "button{Play} button again will pause the song." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :46 msgid "" "\\button{Next} and \\button{Previous} buttons are next to the Play button. " "You can click on these buttons to play the next and previous songs in your " "library." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :48 msgid "" "The Rhythmbox toolbar also has options to enable or disable \\emph{Repeat} " "(\\menu{Control \\then Repeat} or \\keystroke{Ctrl+R}), \\emph{Shuffle} (\\" "menu{Control \\then Shuffle} or \\keystroke{Ctrl+U}), the \\" "emph{Artist/Album browser} (\\menu{Control \\then Browser} or \\" "keystroke{Ctrl+B}), and \\emph{Visualization}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :50 msgid "" "When you insert a \\acronym{CD} into your computer, it will appear in the " "list of \\emph{Devices} in the \\emph{Side Pane}. Select the \\acronym{CD} " "in the Devices list. Enable and disable the Side Pane by choosing \\" "menu{View \\then Side Pane} or \\keystroke{F9}. Rhythmbox will attempt to " "find the correct artist, album, and track names. To play the songs on the \\" "acronym{CD}, choose the track and press Play." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :52 msgid "" "To import the songs into your library, select the \\acronym{CD} in the " "Devices list. You can review information about the \\acronym{CD}, make any " "changes if needed, or deselect songs that you do not want to import. The " "toolbar will display additional options to \\emph{reload album information}, " "\\emph{eject the \\acronym{CD}}, and \\emph{copy the tracks to your " "library}. Press the Copy button to import the songs." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :54 msgid "Listening to streaming radio" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :56 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Streaming radio are radio stations that are broadcast over the " "Internet.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :58 msgid "" "Rhythmbox is pre-configured to enable you to stream radio from various " "sources. These include Internet broadcast stations (\\emph{Radio} from the " "Side Pane) as well as \\emph{Last.fm}. To listen to an Internet radio " "station, choose a station from the list and click \\button{Play}. To listen " "to music from Last.fm, configure your \\emph{Account Settings}." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :61 msgid "Connect digital audio players" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :61 msgid "" "Rhythmbox can connect with many popular digital audio players. Connected " "players will appear in the Devices list. Features will vary depending on the " "player but common tasks like transferring songs and playlists should be " "supported." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :65 msgid "Listen to shared music" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :65 msgid "" "\\marginnote{\\textbf{\\acronym{DAAP}} stands for ``Digital Audio Access " "Protocol,'' and is a method designed by Apple Inc. to let software share " "media across a network.} If you are on the same network as other Rhythmbox " "users (or any music player software with \\emph{\\acronym{DAAP}} support), " "you can share your music and listen to their shared music. Choose \\" "emph{Shared} from the Side Pane for a list of shared libraries on your " "network. Clicking a shared library will enable you to browse and play songs " "from other computers." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :68 msgid "Manage podcasts" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :68 msgid "" "Rhythmbox can manage all of your favorite podcasts. Select \\emph{Podcasts} " "from the Side Pane to view all added podcasts. The toolbar will display " "additional options to \\emph{Subscribe to a new Podcast Feed} and \\" "emph{Update all feeds}. Choose \\menu{Music \\then New Podcast Feed}, \\" "keystroke{Ctrl+P}, or press the Subscribe button in the toolbar to import a " "podcast \\acronym{URL}. Podcasts will be automatically downloaded at regular " "intervals or you can manually update feeds. Select an episode and click \\" "button{Play}. You can also delete episodes." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :73 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-rhythmbox-podcast.png}{ss:rhythmbox-podcasts}{You can add " "and play your podcasts in Rhythmbox.}" msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :76 msgid "Rhythmbox preferences" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :76 msgid "" "The default configuration of Rhythmbox may not be exactly what you want. " "Choose \\menu{Edit \\then Preferences} to alter the application settings. " "The \\emph{Preferences} tool is broken into four main areas: \\" "emph{General}, \\emph{Playback}, \\emph{Music}, and \\emph{Podcasts}." msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :79 msgid "" "\\textbf{General options} include music filtering and sorting options and a " "configuration setting for toolbar button labels." msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :81 msgid "" "\\textbf{Playback options} allow you to customize the crossfading feature " "and define the buffer setting for streamed music from sources such as " "Internet radio and shared libraries." msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :83 msgid "" "\\textbf{Music options} define the \\emph{Library Location} on your computer " "where imported music is added, the \\emph{Library Structure} of how folders " "are created based on your imported music, and the \\emph{Preferred format} " "for imported music." msgstr "" "\\textbf{Musikindstillinger} bestemmer \\emph{placeringen} af dit bibliotek " "på computeren, hvortil importeret musik lægges, \\emph{opbygningen} af " "biblioteket, der bestemmer, hvordan nye mapper oprettes på grundlag af den " "importerede musik, og det \\emph{foretrukne format} for den importerede " "musik." #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :86 msgid "" "\\textbf{Podcasts options} define the \\emph{Download location} podcast " "episodes and the frequency to \\emph{Check for new episodes}." msgstr "" "\\texbt{Podcast-indstillingerne} bestemmer \\emph{hentningsmappen} for " "podcasts samt hvor ofte den skal \\emph{kigge efter nye episoder}." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :89 msgid "Managing your music" msgstr "Håndtering af din musik" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :89 msgid "" "Rhythmbox supports creating playlists. Playlists are either static lists of " "songs that are played in order or can be automatic playlists based on your " "specific filter criteria. Playlists contain references to songs in your " "library. They do not contain the actual song file. If you remove a song from " "a playlist (\\emph{Remove from Playlist}), it will remain in your library." msgstr "" "Rhythmbox understøtter oprettelsen af spillelister. Spillelister er enten " "statiske liste over musiknumre, som afspilles i rækkefølge, eller en " "automatik spilleliste på grundlag af ønskede filtreringer. Spillelister " "indeholder henvisninger til musiknumre i dit bibliotek. De indeholder ikke " "den egentlige musikfil. Hvis du fjerner et nummer fra spillelisten (\\" "emph{Fjern fra spilleliste}, vil den forblive i dit bibliotek." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :91 msgid "" "To create a playlist, choose \\menu{Music \\then Playlist \\then New " "Playlist} or \\keystroke{Ctrl+N} and give the new playlist a name. You can " "then either drag songs from you library to the new playlist in the side pane " "or right-click on songs and choose \\menu{Add to Playlist} and pick the " "playlist." msgstr "" "For at oprette en spilleliste kan du vælge \\menu{Musik \\then " "Afspilningsliste \\then Ny spilleliste} eller \\keystroke{Ctrl+N} og give " "den nye spilleliste et navn. Du kan så enten trække musiknumre fra dit " "bibliotek over på spillelisten i sidepanelet eller højreklikke på sange, " "vælge \\menu{Tilføj til spilleliste} og vælge spillelisten." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :93 msgid "" "\\emph{Automatic Playlists} are created almost the same way as static " "playlists \\dash choose \\menu{Music \\then Playlist \\then New Automatic " "Playlist}. Next, define the filter criteria. You can add multiple filter " "rules. Finally, click \\button{Close} and give the new automatic playlist a " "name. Automatic Playlists will appear in your side pane with a different " "icon than any static playlists. You can update any playlist by right-" "clicking on the name and choosing \\menu{Edit\\ldots}." msgstr "" "\\emph{Automatiske spillelister} oprettes på næsten samme måde som de " "statiske spillelister \\dash vælg \\menu{Musik \\then Afspilningsliste \\" "then Ny automatisk afspilningsliste}. Derefter kan du opsætte filtre. Der " "kan tilføjes adskillige filterregler. Endeligt kan du klikke på \\" "button{Luk} og give den nye spilleliste et navn. Automatiske spillelister " "vil kunne ses i dit sidepanel med et andet ikon end ved statiske " "spillelister. Du kan opdatere enhver spilleliste ved at højreklikke på dens " "navn og vælge \\menu{Redigér\\ldots}." #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :96 msgid "" "Rhythmbox supports setting song ratings. Select a song in your library and " "choose \\menu{Music \\then Properties}, \\keystroke{Alt+Enter}, or right-" "click on the file and choose \\menu{Properties}. Select the \\emph{Details} " "tab and set the rating by picking the number of stars. Other song " "information such as \\emph{Title}, \\emph{Artist}, and \\emph{Album} can be " "changed from the \\emph{Basic} tab. Click \\button{Close} to save any " "changes." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :98 msgid "" "To delete a song, select it in your library and choose \\menu{Edit \\then " "Move to Trash} or right-click on the song and choose \\menu{Move to Trash}. " "This will move the song file to your trash." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :100 msgid "" "If you ever want to move a song (for example to another computer), choose " "the song (or group of songs) from your library and drag it to a folder or to " "your desktop. This will make a copy in the new location." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :103 msgid "Rhythmbox plugins" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :103 msgid "" "Rhythmbox comes with a variety of plugins. These are tools that you can " "enable and disable that add more features to Rhythmbox. Examples include \\" "emph{Cover art}, \\emph{Song Lyrics}, and various music stores. A few " "plugins are enabled by default." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :105 msgid "" "To view the list of available plugins, choose \\menu{Edit \\then Plugins}. " "The \\emph{Configure Plugins} window allows you to enable or disable " "individual plugins, view descriptions, and configure additional options if " "they are available for the plugin." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :108 msgid "Music stores" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :108 msgid "" "Rhythmbox has three music stores which give you access to an extremely large " "catalog of music with a variety of licensing options." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :110 msgid "" "The \\emph{Jamendo} store sells free, legal and unlimited music published " "under the six Creative Commons licenses. You can browse the catalog and play " "songs by choosing \\emph{Jamendo} in the \\emph{Stores} list in the side " "pane. More information about their catalog can be found at \\" "url{http://www.jamendo.com/}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :112 msgid "" "The \\emph{Magnatune} store sells music from independent musicians. They " "work directly with artists and hand-pick the songs available. Their catalog " "is composed of high quality, non-\\acronym{DRM} (no copy protection) music " "and covers a variety of genres from Classical and Jazz to Hip Hop and Hard " "Rock. You can browse the catalog and play songs by choosing \\" "emph{Magnatune} in the \\emph{Stores} list in the side pane. More " "information about their catalog and subscription service can be found at \\" "url{http://www.magnatune.com/}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :114 msgid "" "The \\emph{Ubuntu One Music Store} sells music from major and minor music " "labels around the world. The store offers non-\\acronym{DRM} (no copy " "protection) songs encoded in either high quality \\acronym{MP3} or \\" "acronym{AAC} format. Ubuntu does not come with support for \\acronym{MP3} " "playback, but the store will install the proper codecs automatically for " "free. You can browse the catalog, play previews, and buy songs by choosing \\" "emph{Ubuntu One} in the \\emph{Stores} list in the side pane." msgstr "" #. \marginnote{For more information on ubuntu one see \chaplink{ch:} #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :122 msgid "" "The Ubuntu One Music Store integrates with the Ubuntu One service. All " "purchases are transfered to your personal cloud storage and then " "automatically copied to all of your computers so an Ubuntu One account is " "required. The catalog of music available for purchase will vary depending on " "where you live in the world. More information about the Ubuntu One Music " "Store can be found at \\url{http://one.ubuntu.com/}." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :125 msgid "Audio codecs" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :125 msgid "" "Different audio files (\\eg, \\acronym{MP3}, \\acronym{WAV}, \\acronym{AAC}) " "require unique tools to decode them and play the contents. These tools are " "called codecs. Rhythmbox will attempt to detect any missing codecs on your " "system so you can play all of your audio files. If a codec is missing, it " "will try to find the codec in online resources and guide you through " "installation." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :128 msgid "Rhythmbox support" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex #: :128 msgid "" "Rhythmbox is used by many users throughout the world. There are a variety of " "support resources available in many languages." msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/office-apps.tex #: :2 msgid "" "Choose the \\menu{Help} button for a variety of support options and " "information about reporting Rhythmbox bugs." msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/office-apps.tex #: :2 msgid "The Rhythmbox website: \\url{http://projects.gnome.org/rhythmbox/}" msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./default-apps/office-apps.tex #: :2 msgid "" "The Multimedia \\& Video category of Ubuntu Forums: \\" "url{http://ubuntuforums.org/forumdisplay.php?f=334}" msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./default-apps/office-apps.tex #: :2 msgid "Working with documents, spreadsheets, and presentations" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/office-apps.tex #: :7 msgid "" "Quite often, you may need to use your computer for work. You may have a need " "to use a word processor to write a document. You may need to work on a " "spreadsheet, do calculations on a table of data or create a data chart. You " "may want to work on slides for a presentation." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/office-apps.tex #: :10 msgid "" "In Ubuntu, you can use the OpenOffice.org suite of applications for these " "tasks." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/office-apps.tex #: :12 msgid "Working with documents" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/office-apps.tex #: :20 msgid "" "If you need to work with documents, you can use the OpenOffice.org Word " "Processor. To start the word processor, open the \\menu{Applications} menu, " "choose \\menu{Office}, and then choose \\menu{OpenOffice.org Word " "Processor}. Ubuntu should then open the main window for the word processor. " "\\marginnote{The OpenOffice.org Word Processor is also known as the " "OpenOffice.org Writer. Spreadsheet is also known as Calc, and Presentation " "is known as Impress.}" msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/office-apps.tex #: :22 msgid "Working with spreadsheets" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/office-apps.tex #: :27 msgid "" "If you need to work with spreadsheets, you can use the OpenOffice.org " "Spreadsheet. To start the spreadsheet application, open the \\" "menu{Applications} menu, choose \\menu{Office}, and then choose \\" "menu{OpenOffice.org Spreadsheet}." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/office-apps.tex #: :29 msgid "Working with presentations" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/office-apps.tex #: :34 msgid "" "If you need to work with slides for a presentation, you can use the " "OpenOffice.org Presentation. To start the presentation application, open the " "\\menu{Applications} menu, choose \\menu{Office}, and then choose \\" "menu{OpenOffice.org Presentation}." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./default-apps/office-apps.tex #: :36 ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :255 msgid "Getting more help" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/office-apps.tex #: :40 msgid "" "Each of these applications comes with a comprehensive set of help screens. " "If you are looking for more assistance with these applications, press the \\" "keystroke{F1} key after starting the application." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./default-apps/taking-notes.tex #: :4 msgid "Taking notes" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/taking-notes.tex #: :8 msgid "" "You can take notes in a program called \\textbf{Tomboy Notes}, you can use " "it to make a shopping or a to do list. Click \\menu{Applications}, then " "click \\menu{Accessories} and click \\menu{Tomboy Notes}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/taking-notes.tex #: :12 msgid "" "\\screenshot{03-tomboy.png}{ss:tomboy-notes}{You can record information that " "you need to remember.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/taking-notes.tex #: :15 msgid "" "You can search all of your notes by typing a word in the \\" "textfield{Search:} text field in the main tomboy window." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/taking-notes.tex #: :17 msgid "Making notes" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/taking-notes.tex #: :20 msgid "" "To create a new note click \\menu{File}, then click \\menu{New}, the \\" "window{New Note} window will open." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/taking-notes.tex #: :25 msgid "" "The \\window{New Note} window will contain a blue title ``New Note'' \\dash " "this can be deleted and changed to a title that makes the note more " "memorable. The main content of the note can be typed where it says " "``Describe your new note here.'' Once you have entered your text just close " "your note as all changes are automatically saved." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/taking-notes.tex #: :29 msgid "" "To delete the note click the red delete note button, this will open a \\" "window{Really delete this note?} window. If you do want to delete the note " "click the \\button{Delete} button, otherwise click the \\button{Cancel} " "button." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/taking-notes.tex #: :32 msgid "" "You can add a note to a notebook by clicking the \\button{Notebook} button " "and clicking the option next to the notebook that you want to move the note " "to." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/taking-notes.tex #: :35 msgid "Organizing notes" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/taking-notes.tex #: :39 msgid "" "You can organize your notes in Tomboy using ``Notebooks,'' This makes " "finding you notes quicker and in a more logical location. To create a new " "note book click \\menu{File}, then \\menu{Notebooks}, and click \\menu{New " "Notebook\\ldots}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/taking-notes.tex #: :43 msgid "" "The \\window{Create a new notebook} window will open, type the name of the " "notebook in the \\textfield{Notebook name:} text field. Once you have typed " "the notebook name click the \\button{Create} button." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/taking-notes.tex #: :46 msgid "" "The notebook will now show up in the sidebar of Tomboy Notes. You can click " "and hold on the note of your choice and drag it on top of the notebook that " "you want to move it to." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./default-apps/taking-notes.tex #: :48 msgid "Synchronizing" msgstr "Synkonisering" #. TODO Uncomment when the ubuntu one section is written. #. \marginnote{For more information on ubuntu one see \chaplink{ch:} #. type: document #: ./default-apps/taking-notes.tex #: :54 msgid "" "You can synchronize you notes with your Ubuntu One account, this means that " "you can access them across all of your ubuntu computer. You can also access " "them from \\url{https://one.ubuntu.com/}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/taking-notes.tex #: :58 msgid "" "To synchronize you notes click the \\menu{Edit}, then click \\" "menu{Preferences}, this will open the \\window{Tomboy Preferences} window. " "Click the \\textbf{Synchronization} tab and then in the \\dropdown{Service} " "drop down click \\dropdown{Tomboy Web}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/taking-notes.tex #: :65 msgid "" "Next click the \\button{Connect to Server} button, this will open a web page " "in \\textbf{Firefox} you will need to enter the email address that you use " "for ubuntu one and your password. Then click the \\button{Continue} button, " "then in the \\textfield{Computer Name} text field enter a name that reminds " "you of that computer and click the \\button{Add This Computer} button. " "Firefox will then display a page that says something similar to ``Tomboy Web " "Authorization Successful.''" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/taking-notes.tex #: :70 msgid "" "Back at the \\window{Tomboy Preferences} window click the \\button{Save} " "button. A new window will pop up asking if you want to ``synchronize your " "notes now,'' click the \\button{Yes} button and the \\window{Synchronizing " "Notes\\ldots} window will show, once the synchronization is complete click " "the \\button{Close} button." msgstr "" #. written by Matt Griffin me+ubuntu@mattgriffin.com #. type: document #: ./default-apps/ubuntuone.tex #: :2 msgid "" "If you want to synchronize the notes again click \\menu{Tools} and click \\" "menu{Synchronize Notes}. Your notes will start synchronizing, when they are " "done, click the \\button{close} button." msgstr "" #. type: comment #: ./default-apps/ubuntuone.tex #: :13 msgid "" "[DONE] - Intro - What does Ubuntu One do [DONE] - What are the Ubuntu 10.04 " "LTS features (files, notes, contacts, bookmarks, music sync) [DONE] - How " "to setup? Launch the Preferences application for new and existing users, " "create an Ubuntu SSO account and subscribe to a plan. Add computer - add " "screenshot of Ubuntu One launcher under System > Preferences [DONE] - Tour " "of Preferences application [DONE] - Website features - " "http://one.ubuntu.com/ [DONE] - Where to get support - /support/, check " "blog, and read twitter/identi.ca" msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./default-apps/ubuntuone.tex #: :17 msgid "Ubuntu One" msgstr "Ubuntu One" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/ubuntuone.tex #: :19 msgid "" "It is common for many people to use multiple computers in the course of " "their work, school, and personal life. You might have a desktop at your " "office as well as a laptop for traveling or just going to a coffee shop. " "Ensuring that all of your files are accessible no matter what computer " "you're using is quite a difficult task. The same could be said for the " "complexity of keeping your Evolution address book, Tomboy notes, or Firefox " "bookmarks in sync." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/ubuntuone.tex #: :21 msgid "" "\\application{Ubuntu One} can help you keep your digital life in sync. All " "of your documents, music, bookmarks, address book contacts, and notes stay " "in sync across all of your computers. In addition, they're all stored in " "your personal cloud so you can use a web browser from any computer to access " "all of your stuff from the Ubuntu One website (\\" "url{http://one.ubuntu.com/})." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/ubuntuone.tex #: :23 msgid "" "Ubuntu One provides all Ubuntu users with 2~\\acronym{GB} of storage for " "free. More storage capacity and contacts synchronization with mobile phones " "is available for a monthly fee. After you set up Ubuntu One you can continue " "to use your computer as you normally would, with Ubuntu One taking care of " "making your data appear on all your other computers with Ubuntu One " "installed." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./default-apps/ubuntuone.tex #: :26 msgid "Setting up Ubuntu One" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/ubuntuone.tex #: :26 msgid "" "To set up Ubuntu One, first open the \\menu{System} menu, then choose \\" "menu{Preferences}, then \\menu{Ubuntu One}. If this is your first time " "running the \\emph{Ubuntu One Preferences} application, it will add your " "computer to your Ubuntu One account." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/ubuntuone.tex #: :31 msgid "" "Ubuntu One uses the Ubuntu Single Sign On (\\acronym{SSO}) service for user " "accounts. If you don't already have an Ubuntu \\acronym{SSO} account, the " "setup process will let you create one. When you're finished, you will have " "an Ubuntu \\acronym{SSO} account, a free Ubuntu One subscription, and your " "computer will be setup for synchronization." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./default-apps/ubuntuone.tex #: :34 msgid "Ubuntu One Preferences" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/ubuntuone.tex #: :34 msgid "" "The Ubuntu One Preferences application shows how much of your storage " "capacity you are currently using as well as provides account management " "tools." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/ubuntuone.tex #: :36 msgid "" "The \\emph{Account} tab displays your account information like name and " "email address and links to more account management and technical support " "resources." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/ubuntuone.tex #: :38 msgid "" "The \\emph{Devices} tab lists all of the devices that are currently added to " "synchronize with your account. Devices are either computers or mobile " "phones. For the computer that you are currently using, you can adjust how " "much of your bandwidth is used by synchronization and connect or reconnect " "to Ubuntu One. You can also remove computers and mobile phones from your " "Ubuntu One account." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./default-apps/ubuntuone.tex #: :40 msgid "" "The \\emph{Services} tab is where you manage what Ubuntu One features " "synchronize with your cloud storage and other computers. You can enable or " "disable the synchronization of files, purchased music, contacts, and " "bookmarks." msgstr "" #. Chapter 4 #. type: section{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/prefs-hardware.tex #: :2 msgid "More information" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/prefs-hardware.tex #: :2 msgid "" "For more information about Ubuntu One, its services, and technical support " "resources, visit the Ubuntu One website at \\url{http://one.ubuntu.com/}. " "Follow the Ubuntu One blog at \\url{http://one.ubuntu.com/blog} for news on " "the latest features." msgstr "" #. type: chapter{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/prefs-hardware.tex #: :5 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Udstyr" #. Written by Rudolph du Plooy #. type: section{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/introduction.tex #: :3 msgid "Using your devices" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/introduction.tex #: :5 msgid "" "Ubuntu supports a wide range of hardware, and support for new hardware " "improves with every release." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/introduction.tex #: :7 msgid "Hardware identification" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/introduction.tex #: :10 msgid "" "To identify your hardware you can install the following application: Click \\" "menu{Applications}, scroll down to \\menu{Ubuntu Software Center}. When the " "\\window{Ubuntu Software Center} window opens, use the search box in the top " "right and search for the following: ``sysinfo.'' Now click \\menu{More Info\\" "then Install} to install the application." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/introduction.tex #: :12 msgid "" "Now to run the application go to \\menu{Applications\\then System Tools\\" "then Sysinfo.} The program should open up providing you with access to " "information about all your hardware on your system." msgstr "" #. Written by Saad Bin Javed , irc nick: koogee #. type: section{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/displays.tex #: :4 msgid "Displays" msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/displays.tex #: :4 msgid "Hardware drivers" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/displays.tex #: :6 msgid "" "A driver is some code packaged in a file, which tells your computer how to " "utilize a piece of hardware. Every component in a computer requires a driver " "to function, whether it's the printer, \\acronym{DVD} player, hard disk, or " "graphics card." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/displays.tex #: :8 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Your graphics card is the component in your computer that " "powers your display. When you're watching videos on YouTube or \\" "acronym{DVD}s or simply enjoying the smooth transition effects when you " "maximize/minimize your windows, your graphics device is doing the hard work " "behind the scenes.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/displays.tex #: :10 msgid "" "A majority of graphics cards are manufactured by three well known companies: " "Intel, \\acronym{AMD}/\\acronym{ATI}, and \\acronym{NVIDIA} Corp. You can " "find your card manufacturer by referring to your computer manual or looking " "for the specifications of your particular model on the internet. The Ubuntu " "Software Center houses a number of programs that allow detailed system " "information to be obtained. \\textbf{SysInfo} is one such program that you " "can use to find relevant information about your System devices. Ubuntu comes " "with support for graphics devices manufactured by the above companies, and " "many others, out of the box. That means that you don't have to find and " "install any drivers by yourself, Ubuntu takes care of it on its own." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/displays.tex #: :12 msgid "" "In keeping with Ubuntu's philosophy, the drivers that are used by default " "for powering graphics devices are open source. This means that the drivers " "can be modified by the Ubuntu developers and problems with them can be " "fixed. However, in some cases the proprietary driver (restricted driver) " "provided by the company may provide better performance or features that are " "not present in the open source driver written by the developer community. In " "other cases, your particular device may not be supported by the open source " "drivers yet. In those scenarios, you may want to install the restricted " "driver provided by the manufacturer." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/displays.tex #: :14 msgid "" "For both philosophical and practical reasons, Ubuntu does not install " "restricted drivers by default but allows the user to make an informed " "choice. Remember that restricted drivers, unlike the open source drivers for " "your device, are not maintained by Ubuntu. Problems caused by those drivers " "will be resolved only when the manufacturer wishes to address them. To see " "if restricted drivers are available for your system, click \\textbf{System} " "in the top panel, go to \\textbf{Administration} and find \\textbf{Hardware " "Drivers}. If a driver is provided by the company for your particular device, " "it will be listed there. You can simply click \\textbf{Activate} and use the " "driver if you want. This process will require an active Internet connection " "and will ask for your password." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/displays.tex #: :16 msgid "" "The Ubuntu developers prefer open source drivers because they allow the " "problem to be identified and fixed by anyone with knowledge in the " "community. Ubuntu development is extremely fast and it is a good chance that " "your device will be supported by open source drivers. You can use the Ubuntu " "Live \\acronym{CD} to check for your device compatibility before installing " "Ubuntu or go online in the Ubuntu forums to ask about your particular device." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/displays.tex #: :18 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Another useful resource is the official online documentation (\\" "url{http://help.ubuntu.com}), which contains detailed information about " "various graphics drivers and known problems.}" msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/displays.tex #: :20 msgid "Setting up your screen resolution" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/displays.tex #: :22 msgid "" "One of the most common display related tasks is setting up your screen " "resolution." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/displays.tex #: :24 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Displays are made up of thousands of tiny pixels. Each pixel " "displays a different color, and when combined they all display the image " "that you see. The native screen resolution is a measure of the amount of " "actual pixels on your display.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/displays.tex #: :26 msgid "" "Ubuntu correctly identifies your native screen resolution by itself and sets " "it for you. However, due to a huge variety of devices available, sometimes " "it can make a mistake and set up an undesirable resolution." msgstr "" #. written by Luke Jennings ubuntujenkins@googlemail.com #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :2 msgid "" "To set up or just check your screen resolution, go to \\menu{System \\then " "Preferences \\then Monitors}. The \\emph{Monitors} application shows you " "your monitor name and size, the screen resolution and refresh rate. Clicking " "on the displayed resolution (\\eg, ``1024$\\times$768 (4$\\mathrel{:}$3)'') " "would open a drop-down menu where you can select the resolution of your " "choice." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :4 msgid "Connecting and using your printer" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :7 msgid "" "You can add, remove, and change printer properties by navigating to \\" "menu{System \\then Administration \\then Printing}. This will display the \\" "window{Printing-localhost} window." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :10 msgid "" "When you add a printer it will need to be plugged in with a \\acronym{USB} " "cable or connected to you network. It will also need to be switched on." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :12 msgid "Adding a local printer" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :15 msgid "" "If you have a printer that is connected to your computer with a \\" "acronym{USB} cable then this is a local printer. You can add a printer by " "clicking the \\button{Add Printer} button." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :18 msgid "" "In the left hand pane of the \\window{New Printer} window any printers that " "you can install will be listed. Select the printer that you would like to " "install and click \\button{Forward}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :23 msgid "" "\\marginnote{If your printer can automatically do double sided printing it " "will probably have a duplexer. Please refer to the instructions that came " "with the printer if you are unsure. If you do have a duplexer you will need " "to make sure the \\checkbox{Duplexer Installed} option is checked and then " "click the \\button{Forward} button.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :27 msgid "" "You can now specify the printer name, description and location. Each of " "these should remind you of that particular printer so that you can choose " "the right one to use when printing. Finally click \\button{Apply}." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :29 msgid "Adding a network printer" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :33 msgid "" "Make sure that your printer is connected to your network with an Ethernet " "cable and is turned on. You can add a printer by clicking \\button{Add " "Printer}. The \\window{New Printer} window will open. Click the ``+'' sign " "next to \\emph{Network Printer}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :38 msgid "" "If your printer is found automatically it will appear under \\emph{Network " "Printer}. Click the printer name and then click \\button{Forward}. In the " "text fields you can now specify the printer name, description and location. " "Each of these should remind you of that particular printer so that you can " "choose the right one to use when printing. Finally click \\button{Apply}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :40 msgid "" "You can also add your network printer by entering the \\acronym{IP} address " "of the printer. Select \\textbf{Find Network Printer}, type in the \\" "acronym{IP} address of the printer in the box that reads \\textbf{Host:} and " "press the \\button{Find} button. Ubuntu will find the printer and add it. " "Most recent printers are detected by Ubuntu automatically. If Ubuntu cannot " "detect the printer automatically, it will ask you to enter the make and " "model number of the printer." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :44 msgid "" "\\marginnote{The default printer is the one that is automatically selected " "when you print a file. To set a printer as default right click the printer " "that you want to set as default and click \\menu{Set As Default}.}" msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :46 msgid "Changing printer options" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :50 msgid "" "Printer options allow you to change the printing quality, paper size and " "media type. They can be changed by right clicking a printer and choosing \\" "menu{Properties}. The \\window{Printer Properties} window will show, in the " "left pane choose \\emph{Printer Options}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :53 msgid "" "You can now specify settings by changing the drop-down entries. Some of the " "options that you might see are explained." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :55 msgid "Media Size" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :57 msgid "This is the size of the paper that you put into your printer tray." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :59 msgid "Media source" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :61 msgid "This is the tray that the paper comes from." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :63 msgid "Output mode" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :66 msgid "" "This is very useful if you want to print in \\dropdown{Black Only Grayscale} " "to save on ink, or to print in \\dropdown{Color}, or \\dropdown{High Quality " "Grayscale}." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :68 msgid "Media type" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :70 msgid "Depending on the printer you can change between:" msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :78 msgid "Plain Paper" msgstr "Almindeligt papir" #. type: itemize #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :78 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :78 msgid "Photo Paper" msgstr "Fotopapir" #. type: itemize #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :78 msgid "Transparency Film" msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :78 msgid "\\acronym{CD} or \\acronym{DVD} Media" msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/printing.tex #: :80 msgid "Print Quality" msgstr "Udskriftskvalitet" #. Chapter 4 : Preferences and Hardware. Section : Sound #. Written by Sayantan Das - sayantan13@gmail.com #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/sound.tex #: :3 msgid "" "This specifies how much ink is used when printing, \\dropdown{Fast Draft} " "using the least ink and \\dropdown{High-Resolution Photo} using the most ink." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/sound.tex #: :11 msgid "Sound" msgstr "Lyd" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/sound.tex #: :16 msgid "" "Ubuntu usually detects the audio hardware of the system automatically during " "installation. The audio in Ubuntu is provided by a sound server named " "PulseAudio. The audio preferences are easily configurable with the help of a " "very easy to use \\gls{GUI} which comes pre-installed with Ubuntu." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/sound.tex #: :24 msgid "" "A volume icon, sitting on the top right corner of the screen, provides quick " "access to different audio related functions. Left clicking on the volume " "icon shows up a slider button which you can move horizontally to " "increase/decrease volume. Left clicking on the volume icon also allows you " "to choose between muting the sound and Sound Preferences. Selecting \\" "emph{Sound Preferences} opens up another window which provides access to " "sound themes, hardware, input and output preferences. Sound Preferences can " "also be found if you go to \\menu{System \\then Preferences \\then Sound.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/sound.tex #: :27 msgid "" "The first tab which shows up by default is \\emph{sound themes.} You can " "disable the existing sound theme or configure it with the options available." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/sound.tex #: :30 msgid "" "\\marginnote{You can add new sound themes by installing them from Software " "Center (\\eg Ubuntu Studio Sound theme.) You will get the installed sound " "themes from the drop down menu. You can also enable window and button " "sounds.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/sound.tex #: :34 msgid "" "The \\emph{hardware tab} will have a list of all the sound cards available " "in your system. Usually there is only one listed, however, if you have a " "graphics card which supports \\acronym{HDMI} audio it will also show up in " "the list. This section should be configured only if you are an advanced user." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/sound.tex #: :37 msgid "" "The third tab is for configuring \\emph{input audio.} You will be able to " "use this section when you have an inbuilt microphone in your system or if " "you add an external microphone." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/sound.tex #: :40 msgid "" "\\marginnote{A microphone is used for making audio/video calls which are " "supported by applications like Skype or Empathy. It can also used for sound " "recording.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/sound.tex #: :44 msgid "" "You can increase/decrease and mute/unmute input volume from this tab. If " "there is more than one input device, you will see them listed in the white " "box which reads \\emph{Choose a device for sound input.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/sound.tex #: :47 msgid "" "\\marginnote{You should note that by default in any Ubuntu installation, the " "input sound is muted. You will have to manually unmute to enable your " "microphone to record sound or use it during audio/video calls.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/sound.tex #: :50 msgid "" "The \\emph{output tab} is used for configuring the output audio. You can " "increase/decrease and mute/unmute output volume and select your preferred " "output device." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/sound.tex #: :52 msgid "" "\\marginnote{By default, the volume in Ubuntu is set to maximum during " "installation.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/sound.tex #: :56 msgid "" "If you have more than one output device, it will be listed in the section " "which reads ``Choose a device for sound output.'' The default output " "hardware, which is automatically detected by Ubuntu during installation will " "be selected." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/sound.tex #: :58 msgid "" "\\marginnote{If you change your sound output device, it will remain as " "default.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/sound.tex #: :63 msgid "" "The \\emph{Applications tab} is for changing the volume for running " "applications. This comes in very handy if you have multiple audio programs " "running \\eg if you have Rhythmbox, Totem Movie Player and a web-based video " "playing at the same time. In this situation, you will be able to " "increase/decrease, mute/unmute volume for each application from this tab." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :4 msgid "Burning CDs and DVDs" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :8 msgid "" "To create a \\acronym{CD} or \\acronym{DVD} go to \\menu{Applications \\then " "Sound and Video \\then Brasero Disc Burner}. This opens \\" "application{Brasero}, which gives you five options to choose from. Each one " "of these is explained below." msgstr "" #. \screenshotTODO{Main Brasero window} #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :11 msgid "" "\\screenshot{04-brasero.png}{ss:brasero}{Brasero burns music, video, and " "data \\acronym{DVD}s and \\acronym{CD}s.}" msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :13 msgid "Universal options" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :16 msgid "" "These options apply for all projects except \\textbf{Disc copy} and \\" "textbf{Burn Image}." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :18 msgid "Adding files to a project" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :23 msgid "" "To add files to the list, click the \\button{Green +} button, which opens " "the \\window{Select Files} window. Then navigate your way to the file you " "want to add, click it, and then click the \\button{Add} button. Repeat this " "process for each file that you want to add." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :25 msgid "Saving a project" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :30 msgid "" "To save a project so that you can finish it later, choose \\menu{Project \\" "then Save}. The \\window{Save Current Project} window will be opened. " "Choose where you would like to save the project. Then, in the \\" "textfield{Name:} text field, enter a name for the project so that you will " "remember it. Now click the \\button{Save} button." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :32 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Icons of a broom are often used in Ubuntu to represent clearing " "a text field or returning something to its default state.}" msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :34 msgid "Removing files" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :37 msgid "" "If you want to remove a file from the project, click the file in the list " "and click on the \\button{Red -} button. To remove all the files in the " "list click on the \\button{Broom shaped} button." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :39 msgid "Burning the disc" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :41 msgid "" "When you click the burn button you will see the \\window{Properties of \\" "ldots} window." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :43 msgid "" "You can specify the burning speed in the \\dropdown{Burning speed} drop " "down. It is best to choose the highest speed." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :45 msgid "" "To burn your project directly to the disc, select the \\checkbox{Burn the " "image directly without saving it to disc} option. With this option selected, " "no image file is created and no files are saved to the hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :52 msgid "" "The \\checkbox{Simulate before burning} option is useful if you encounter " "problems burning discs. Selecting this option allows you to simulate the " "disc burning process without actually writing data to a disc \\dash a " "wasteful process if your computer isn't writing data correctly. If the " "simulation is successful, Brasero will burn the disc after a ten second " "pause. During that ten second pause, you have the option to cancel the " "burning process." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :54 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Temporary files are saved in the /tmp folder by default. Should " "you wish to save these files in another location, you will need to change " "the setting in the \\dropdown{Temporary files} drop down menu. Under normal " "conditions, you should not need to change this setting.}" msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :56 msgid "Blanking a disk" msgstr "Sletning af en disk" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :58 msgid "" "\\marginnote{\\acronym{RW} stands for Re-Writable which means that disc can " "be used more than once.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{\\acronym{RW} står for Re-Writable (genskrivelig}, hvilket " "betyder, at disken kan bruges mere end en enkelt gang.}" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :60 msgid "" "If you are using a disc that has \\acronym{RW} written on it and you have " "used it before, then you can blank it so that you can use it again. Doing " "this will cause you to lose all of the data currently on the disc. To blank " "a disc, open the \\menu{Tools} menu, then choose \\menu{Blank}. The \\" "window{Disc Blanking} window will be open. In the \\dropdown{Select a disc} " "drop down choose the disc that you would like to blank." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :62 msgid "" "You can enable the \\checkbox{Fast blank} option if you would like to " "shorten the amount of time to perform the blanking process. However, " "selecting this option will not fully remove the files; if you have any " "sensitive data on your disc, it would be best not to enable the \\" "checkbox{Fast blank} option." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :64 msgid "" "Once the disc is blank the you will see \\emph{The disc was successfully " "blanked.} Click the \\button{Close} button to finish." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :67 msgid "Audio project" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :69 msgid "" "If you record your own music, then you may want to transfer this music onto " "an audio \\acronym{CD} so your friends and family can listen. You can start " "an audio project by clicking \\menu{Project}, then \\menu{New Project} and " "then \\menu{New Audio Project}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :73 msgid "" "So that each file does not play straight after each other you can add a two " "second pause after a file. This can be done by clicking the file and then " "clicking the \\button{||} button." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :78 msgid "" "You can slice files into parts by clicking the \\button{Knife} button. This " "opens a \\window{Split Track} window. The \\dropdown{Method} drop down gives " "you four options each one of these lets you split the track in a different " "way. Once you have split the track click \\button{OK}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :81 ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :93 ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :101 msgid "" "In the drop down at the bottom of the main \\window{Brasero} window make " "sure that you have selected the disc that you want to burn the files to. " "Then click the \\button{Burn} button." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :83 msgid "Data project" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :87 msgid "" "If you want to make a back up of your documents or photos it would be best " "to make a data project. You can start a data project by clicking \\" "menu{Project} then clicking \\menu{New Project} and then \\menu{New Data " "Project}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :90 msgid "" "If you want to add a folder you can click the \\button{Folder} picture, then " "type the name of the folder." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :95 msgid "Video project" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :98 msgid "" "If you want to make a \\acronym{DVD} of your family videos it would be best " "to make a video project. You can start a video project by clicking \\" "menu{Project}, then \\menu{New Project} and then \\menu{New Video Project}." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :103 msgid "Disc copy" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :106 msgid "" "You can copy a disc clicking \\menu{Project}, then \\menu{New Project} and " "then \\menu{Disc copy}. This opens the \\window{Copy \\acronym{CD}/\\" "acronym{DVD}} window." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :112 msgid "" "If you have two \\acronym{CD/DVD} drives you can copy a disc from one to the " "other, the disc that you want to copy to must be in the \\acronym{CD-RW/DVD-" "RW} drive. If you have only one drive you will need to make and image and " "then burn it to a disc. In the \\dropdown{Select disc to copy} drop-down " "choose the disc to copy. In the \\dropdown{Select a disc to write to} drop-" "down either choose image file or the disc that you want to copy to." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :114 msgid "Image file" msgstr "Aftryksfil" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :118 msgid "" "You can change where the image file is saved by clicking \\" "button{Properties}, this shows the \\window{Location for Image File}. You " "can edit the name of the file in the \\textfield{Name:} text field." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :122 msgid "" "The default save location is your home folder, you can change this by " "clicking the + next to \\textbf{Browse for other folders} . Once you have " "chosen where you want to save it click \\button{Close}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :125 msgid "" "Back in the \\window{Copy \\acronym{CD}/\\acronym{DVD}} window click \\" "button{Create Image}. Brasero will open the \\window{Creating Image} and " "will display the job progress. When the process is complete click \\" "button{Close}." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :128 msgid "Burn image" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/burning.tex #: :130 msgid "" "To burn an image, open the \\menu{Project} menu, then choose \\menu{New " "Project}, and then \\menu{Disc copy}. Brasero will open the \\window{Image " "Burning Setup} window. Click on the \\dropdown{Select a disc image to write} " "drop-down and the \\window{Select Disc Image} window will appear. Navigate " "your way to the image you wish to burn, click on it, and then click \\" "button{Open}." msgstr "" "For at brænde et aftryk kan du åbne menuen \\menu{Projekt}, vælge \\menu{Nyt " "projekt} og dernæst \\menu{Brænd aftryk}. Brasero åbner nu vinduet \\" "window{Opsætning for brænding af aftryk}. Her kan du klikke på rullelisten \\" "dropdown{Vælg et aftryk til skrivning}, hvorefter vinduet \\window{Vælg " "aftryksfil} vil dukke op. Gå til billedet, som du vil brænde, klik på det og " "dernæst på \\button{Åbn}." #. Written by Sayantan Das - sayantan13@gmail.com #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/webcam.tex #: :3 msgid "" "In the \\dropdown{Select a disc to write to} drop-down menu, click on the " "disc to which you'd like to write, then click \\button{Burn}." msgstr "" "I rullelisten \\dropdown{Vælg et drev at skrive til} kan du klikke på " "disken, som du vil skrive til og derefter på knappen \\button{Brænd}." #. type: section{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/webcam.tex #: :3 msgid "Using a webcam" msgstr "Brug af netkamera" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/webcam.tex #: :5 msgid "" "Webcams often come built into most laptops and netbooks. Some computers, " "such as Apple desktops, also have webcams built into the monitors. The rest " "of the webcams typically use \\acronym{USB} connections. To use a \\" "acronym{USB} webcam, plug it into an open \\acronym{USB} port in your " "computer." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/webcam.tex #: :7 msgid "" "Almost all new webcams are detected by Ubuntu automatically. You can " "configure webcams for individual applications such as \\application{Skype} " "and \\application{Empathy} from the application's setup menu. For webcams " "which do not work right away with Ubuntu, visit \\" "url{https://wiki.ubuntu.com/Webcam} for help." msgstr "" #. Written by Rudolph du Plooy: #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/scanning.tex #: :3 msgid "" "\\marginnote{There are quite a few applications which are useful for " "webcams. \\application{Cheese} can capture pictures with your webcam and \\" "application{VLC} media player can capture video streaming from your webcam. " "You can install these from the Ubuntu Software Center.}" msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/scanning.tex #: :3 msgid "Scanning text and images" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/scanning.tex #: :5 msgid "" "Most of the time, Ubuntu will simply detect your scanner and you should just " "be able to use it. To scan a document, follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. type: enumerate #: ./prefs-hardware/scanning.tex #: :10 msgid "Place what you want to scan on the scanner." msgstr "" #. type: enumerate #: ./prefs-hardware/scanning.tex #: :10 msgid "Go to \\menu{Applications\\then Graphics\\then Simple Scan}." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/scanning.tex #: :13 msgid "Does my scanner work with Ubuntu?" msgstr "Virker min skanner med Ubuntu?" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/scanning.tex #: :13 msgid "There are three ways to see if you scanner works in Ubuntu:" msgstr "" #. type: enumerate #: ./prefs-hardware/scanning.tex #: :19 msgid "" "Simply plug it in. If it is a newer \\acronym{USB} scanner, it is likely " "that it will just work." msgstr "" #. type: enumerate #: ./prefs-hardware/scanning.tex #: :19 msgid "" "Check \\url{https://wiki.ubuntu.com/HardwareSupportComponentsScanners} which " "is Ubuntu specific." msgstr "" "Se efter på Ubuntu-siden \\" "url{https://wiki.ubuntu.com/HardwareSupportComponentsScanners} for at se, " "hvad der understøttes." #. type: enumerate #: ./prefs-hardware/scanning.tex #: :19 msgid "" "\\acronym{SANE} project listing of support scanners. The \\acronym{SANE} " "(Scanner Access Now Easy) project provides most of the back-ends to the " "scanning software on Ubuntu." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/scanning.tex #: :26 msgid "Ubuntu can't find my scanner" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/scanning.tex #: :26 msgid "" "There are a few reason why Ubuntu may give you a ``No devices available " "message'':" msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./prefs-hardware/scanning.tex #: :26 msgid "" "Your scanner is not supported in Ubuntu. The most common type of scanner not " "supported is old parallel port or Lexmark All-in-One printer/scanner/faxes." msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./prefs-hardware/scanning.tex #: :26 msgid "The driver for your scanner is not being automatically loaded." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/other.tex #: :11 msgid "Other devices" msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/other.tex #: :13 msgid "Firewire" msgstr "Firewire" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/other.tex #: :16 msgid "" "Firewire is a special type of port that makes use of Firewire technology to " "transfer data. This port is generally used by camcorders and digital cameras." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/other.tex #: :19 msgid "" "If you want to import video from your camcorder you can do so by connecting " "your camcorder to the Firewire port. You will need to install a program " "called \\application{Kino} which is available in the \\application{Ubuntu " "Software Center}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/other.tex #: :21 msgid "" "\\marginnote{To find out more about Kino, visit \\" "url{http://www.kinodv.org/}.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{For at finde ud af mere om Kino kan du se \\" "url{http://www.kinodv.org/}.}" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./prefs-hardware/other.tex #: :23 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/other.tex #: :28 msgid "" "Bluetooth is widely used on \\acronym{GPS} devices, mouses, mobile phones, " "headsets, music players, desktops and laptops for data transfer, listening " "to music, playing games and for various other activities. All modern " "operating systems support Bluetooth and Ubuntu is no exception." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/other.tex #: :32 msgid "" "You can access the Bluetooth preferences by left-clicking on the Bluetooth " "icon on the right hand side of the top panel. It is usually located next to " "the volume icon. Left-clicking on the Bluetooth icon opens a popup menu " "with several choices, such as an option to \\menu{Turn off Bluetooth}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/other.tex #: :34 msgid "" "\\screenshot{04-bluetooth-left-click.png}{ss:bluetooth-left-click}{The " "Bluetooth applet menu.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{04-bluetooth-left-click.png}{ss:bluetooth-left-click}{Menuen i " "Bluetooth-panelprogrammet.}" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/other.tex #: :38 msgid "" "The Bluetooth preferences can also be accessed from \\menu{System\\then " "Preferences\\then Bluetooth}. If you want to setup a new device such as a " "mobile phone to synchronize with your computer, choose the option that reads " "\\textbf{Setup new device..}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/other.tex #: :45 msgid "" "Ubuntu will then open a window for new device setup. When you click \\" "button{Forward}, Ubuntu will open the second screen which will show you how " "many Bluetooth devices are present within the range of your system. The list " "of available devices might take a minute or so to appear on the screen as " "your system will be scanning for the devices. The scan and display is in " "real time, which means that every device will be displayed as soon as it is " "found. Click on the required Bluetooth device from the list of devices. " "Then, select the \\acronym{PIN} number by selecting \\button{PIN options}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/other.tex #: :48 msgid "" "Three predefined \\acronym{PIN} numbers are available but you can create a " "custom \\acronym{PIN} if you like. You will need to enter this \\" "acronym{PIN} on the device you will be pairing with Ubuntu." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./prefs-hardware/other.tex #: :50 msgid "" "Once the device has been paired, Ubuntu will open the ``Setup completed'' " "screen." msgstr "" #. Chapter 5 - Software and Packaging #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :2 msgid "" "In Ubuntu, your computer is hidden by default for security reasons. This " "means that your Ubuntu system can search other Bluetooth enabled systems but " "they cannot search for your Ubuntu system. You will have to enable the " "option, if you want your Bluetooth device to find your Ubuntu system. You " "can do this by selecting the option ``Make computer discoverable'' in " "Bluetooth preferences. You can also add a fancy name for your Bluetooth-" "enabled Ubuntu system by changing the text under \\textbf{Friendly Name}." msgstr "" #. type: chapter{#2} #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :9 msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Programhåndtering" #. type: section{#2} #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :11 msgid "Software management in Ubuntu" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :13 msgid "" "As discussed in \\chaplink{ch:default-applications}, a range of default " "applications are available in Ubuntu that are suitable for many everyday " "tasks. At some point you may decide to test out an alternative web browser, " "set up a different email client, edit an audio file, or try some new games " "(for example), and to do any of these you will need to install new software. " "Ubuntu keeps track of many different software \\glspl{package}, and finding " "and installing what you are after is designed to be as quick and easy as " "possible. Alternatively, you may prefer to browse through the extensive " "library of available applications, and try any that catch your interest." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :15 msgid "Differences from other operating systems" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :17 msgid "" "Most other operating systems generally require a user to purchase commercial " "software (online or through a physical store), or otherwise search the " "internet for a free alternative (if one is available). The correct " "installation file must then be downloaded and located on the computer, " "followed by the user proceeding through a number of installation prompts and " "options." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :19 msgid "" "While at times a similar process may be used for installing software in " "Ubuntu, the quickest and easiest way to find and install new applications is " "through the \\application{Ubuntu Software Center}. This is a central " "location for accessing new software, and is based on the concept of \\" "emph{repositories}. A repository can be thought of as a catalog of packages " "that are available for downloading from a single location. You automatically " "have access to the official Ubuntu repositories when the operating system is " "installed; however, additional repositories can be added later in order to " "access more software." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :27 msgid "Using the Ubuntu Software Center" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :29 msgid "" "The \\application{Software Center} can be used to install most applications " "that are available in the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" "\\application{Softwarecenteret} kan bruges til at installere de fleste " "programmer tilgængelige i de officielle Ubuntu-programlagre." #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :32 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Some software packages have more advanced purposes, such as " "programming or running a \\gls{server}, and cannot be installed using the \\" "application{Software Center}. You will need to use the \\" "application{Synaptic Package Manager} (discussed towards the end of this " "chapter) to install these packages.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Nogle programpakker har nogle mere faglige formål, såsom " "programmering eller afvikling af en \\gls{server} og kan ikke installeres " "ved brug af \\application{softwarecentereþ}. Her vil det være nødvendigt at " "bruge \\application{Synaptic - pakkehåndtering} (omtalt i slutten af dette " "kapitel) til at installere disse pakker.}" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :35 msgid "" "To start the \\application{Software Center}, open the \\menu{Applications} " "menu and choose \\menu{Ubuntu Software Center}." msgstr "" "For at starte \\application{Softwarecenteret} kan du åbne \\menu{Programmer} " "og vælge \\menu{Ubuntu softwarecenter}." #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :37 msgid "" "\\screenshot{05-software-center.png}{ss:software-center}{You can install and " "remove applications from your computer using the Software Center.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{05-software-center.png}{ss:software-center}{Du kan installere " "og fjerne programmer på din computer ved at bruge softwarecenteret.}" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :42 msgid "" "The \\application{Software Center} window has two parts\\dash a list of " "sections on the left, and a set of icons on the right. Each icon represents " "a \\emph{department}, which is a category of software. For example, the " "``Games'' department contains ``Sudoku.''" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :46 msgid "" "The sections on the left side of the window represent your current view of " "the \\application{Software Center's} catalog. Click the \\button{Get " "Software} button on the left to see software that is available to install, " "and \\button{Installed Software} to see a list of software that is already " "installed on your computer." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :48 msgid "Finding software" msgstr "Søgning af programmer" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :50 msgid "" "If you are looking for an application, you may already know a specific name " "(for example, ``Thunderbird'' is a popular email client), or otherwise you " "may just have a general category in mind (for example, the ``sound and " "video'' category includes a number of different software applications such " "as video converters, audio editors, and music players)." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :52 msgid "" "To help you find the right application, you can browse the \\" "application{Software Center} catalog by clicking on the department that " "reflects the category of software you are after, or alternatively use the " "built-in search at the top-right of the window to look for specific names or " "keywords." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :54 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Check out the \\emph{Featured Applications} department to see a " "list of highly recommended applications.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :57 msgid "" "When you select a department, you will be shown a list of applications that " "fit within that category. Some departments have sub-categories\\dash for " "example, the ``Games'' department has subcategories for ``Simulation'' and " "``Card Games.''" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :59 msgid "" "To move through categories you can use the back and forward buttons at the " "top of the window, as well as the navigational buttons (often referred to as " "``breadcrumbs'') next to these." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :61 msgid "Installing software" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :65 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Note that you will need to be connected to the Internet for the " "Software Center to work. To learn how to set up your connection, see \\" "chaplink{ch:default-applications}.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :67 msgid "" "Installing applications is literally one click away. Once you have found an " "application that you would like to try:" msgstr "" #. FIXME insert the stock cancel icon in place of the \textsf{X} above #. type: enumerate #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :75 msgid "" "\\emph{Click the \\button{Install} button to the right of the selected " "package.} If you would like to read more about the software package before " "installing it, first click on \\button{More Info}. This will take you to a " "short description of the application, as well as a screenshot and a web link " "when available. If you wish to proceed, you can also click \\button{Install} " "from this page." msgstr "" #. type: enumerate #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :75 msgid "" "\\emph{Type your password into the authentication window that appears.} This " "is the same password you use to log in to your account. You are required to " "enter it whenever installing new software, in order to prevent someone " "without administrator access from making unauthorized changes to your " "computer. \\notecallout{If you receive an ``Authentication Failure'' " "message after typing in your password, check that you typed it correctly by " "trying again. If the error continues, this may mean that your account is not " "authorized to install software on the computer.}" msgstr "" #. type: enumerate #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :75 msgid "" "\\emph{Wait until the package is finished installing}. During the " "installation (or removal) of software packages, you will see an animated " "icon of rotating arrows to the left of the \\tab{In Progress} button in the " "sidebar. If you like, you can now go back to the main browsing window and " "queue additional software packages to be installed by following the steps " "above. At any time, clicking the \\button{In Progress} button on the left " "will take you to a summary of all operations that are currently processing. " "Here you can also click the \\textsf{X} icon to cancel any operation." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :84 msgid "" "Once the \\application{Software Center} has finished installing an " "application, it is now ready to be used. Ubuntu will place a launcher in " "your \\menu{Applications} menu under the relevant sub-menu\\dash its exact " "location will depend on the purpose of the application. If you cannot find " "it, in some cases an application will appear in one of the \\menu{System\\" "then Preferences} or \\menu{System\\then Administration} menus instead." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :86 msgid "Removing software" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :93 msgid "" "Removing applications is very similar to installing them. First, click on " "the \\button{Installed Software} button in the \\application{Software " "Center's} sidebar. Scroll down to the application you wish to remove (or use " "the search field to quickly find it), and then:" msgstr "" #. type: enumerate #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :93 msgid "" "\\emph{Click the \\button{Remove} button} to the right of the selected " "application. \\notecallout{To completely remove a package and all its " "configuration, you will need to \\emph{purge} it. You can do this with the " "more advanced \\application{Synaptic Package Manager}, which is discussed " "further in the \\seclink{sec:synaptic} section below.}" msgstr "" #. type: enumerate #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :93 msgid "" "\\emph{Type your password into the authentication window that appears.} " "Removing software also requires that you enter your password to help protect " "your computer against unauthorized changes. The package will then be queued " "for removal, and will appear under the \\tab{In Progress} section in the " "sidebar." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :95 msgid "Removing a package will also update your menus accordingly." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :97 msgid "Managing additional software" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :99 msgid "" "Although the \\application{Software Center} provides a large library of " "applications to choose from, initially only those packages available within " "the official Ubuntu repositories are listed. At times, a particular " "application you are after may not be available in these repositories. If " "this happens, it is important to understand some alternative methods for " "accessing and installing software in Ubuntu, such as downloading an " "installation file manually from the internet, or adding extra repositories. " "First, we will look at how to manage your repositories through \\" "application{Software Sources}." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :102 msgid "Software Sources" msgstr "Softwarekilder" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :108 msgid "" "The \\application{Software Center} lists only those applications that are " "available in your enabled repositories. Repositories can be added or removed " "through the \\application{Software Sources} application. \\notecallout{You " "can also open \\application{Software Sources} from the \\" "application{Software Center}. Simply go to \\menu{Edit \\then Software " "Sources}.} To open this, click \\menu{System \\then Administration \\then " "Software Sources} in the top panel. You will be asked to enter your " "password, then the \\window{Software Sources} window will open. There are " "five tabs at the top of this window: \\tab{Ubuntu Software}, \\tab{Other " "Software}, \\tab{Updates}, \\tab{Authentication}, and \\tab{Statistics}." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :110 msgid "Managing the official repositories" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :112 msgid "" "The \\tab{Ubuntu Software} tab lists the four official Ubuntu repositories, " "each containing different types of packages. When Ubuntu is first installed, " "only two of these are enabled\\dash \\emph{main}, and \\emph{universe}." msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :120 msgid "" "\\textbf{Canonical-supported Open Source software (main)}: This repository " "contains all the open-source packages that are maintained by \\" "gls{Canonical}." msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :120 msgid "" "\\textbf{Community-maintained Open Source software (universe)}: This " "repository contains all the open-source packages that are developed and " "maintained by the Ubuntu community. \\marginnote{Closed-source packages are " "sometimes referred to as \\emph{non-free}. This a reference to freedom of " "speech, rather than monetary cost. Payment is not required to use these " "packages, however, they are disabled by default in Ubuntu to give users the " "choice of a completely open-source operating system.}" msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :120 msgid "" "\\textbf{Proprietary drivers for devices (restricted)}: This repository " "contains proprietary drivers, which may be required to utilize the full " "capabilities of some of your devices or hardware. Proprietary means that " "these packages are \\emph{closed-source}\\dash that is, they are owned " "commercially and not open for development by the community. This repository " "is not enabled by default." msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :120 msgid "" "\\textbf{Software restricted by copyright or legal issues (multiverse)}: " "This repository contains software that may be protected from use in some " "states or countries by copyright or licensing laws, and is therefore not " "enabled by default. You may choose to enable this repository, but in doing " "so assume responsibility for the usage of any packages that you install." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :122 msgid "" "The \\checkbox{Source code} option should not be selected unless you have " "experience with building applications from source." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :124 msgid "" "\\marginnote{\\textbf{Building applications from source} is an advanced " "process for creating packages, and usually only concerns developers. You may " "also require source files when using a custom \\gls{kernel}, or if trying to " "use the latest version of an application before it is released for Ubuntu. " "As this is a more advanced area, it will not be covered in this manual.}" msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :126 msgid "Selecting the best software server" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :128 msgid "" "Ubuntu grants permission to many servers all across the world to act as \\" "emph{mirrors}. That is, they host an exact copy of all the files contained " "in the official Ubuntu repositories. In the \\tab{Ubuntu Software} tab, you " "can select the server that will give you the best possible download speeds." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :130 msgid "When selecting a server, you may want to consider the following:" msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :141 msgid "" "\\textbf{Connection speed}. Depending on the physical distance between you " "and a server, the connection speed may vary. Ubuntu provides a tool for " "selecting the server that provides the fastest connection with your " "computer. \\subitem First, click the dropdown box next to ``Download " "from:'' in the \\window{Software Sources} window, and select \\button{Other} " "from the menu. In the \\window{Server Selection} window that appears, click " "the \\button{Select Best Server} button in the upper right. Your computer " "will now attempt a connection with all the available servers, then select " "the one with the fastest speed. If you are happy with the automatic " "selection, click \\button{Choose Server} to return to the \\window{Software " "Sources} window." msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :141 msgid "" "\\textbf{Location}. Choosing a server that is close to your location will " "often provide the best connection speed. \\subitem To select a server by " "country, choose your location in the \\window{Server Selection} window. If " "there are multiple servers available in your location, select one then click " "\\button{Choose Server} when you are finished." msgstr "" #. type: comment #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :141 msgid "" "This needs to be reworded - dropping for now. --jaminday \\item \\" "textbf{Security}. This should not concern you at all, as Canonical ensures " "the third party servers are trustworthy. However, if you still think you " "might be at risk with just any server, you could select one of the Ubuntu " "secure servers, such as the \\textbf{Main server} or the \\" "textbf{http://ubuntu.securedservers.com} server." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :149 msgid "" "Finally, if you do not have a working internet connection, Ubuntu can " "install some software packages straight from your installation \\" "acronym{CD}. To do this, insert the disc into your computer's \\acronym{CD} " "drive, then select the check box next to \\button{Installable from the \\" "acronym{CD-ROM}/\\acronym{DVD}}. Once this check box is ticked, the disc " "will be treated just like an online repository, and applications will be " "installable straight from the \\acronym{CD} through the \\" "application{Software Center}." msgstr "" #. type: comment #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :177 msgid "" "Not sure about this bit - probably needs to be fleshed out some more for " "next release --jaminday" msgstr "" #. However, it is very rare to find a malicious third-party repository. #. Wolter: Does this make PPAs look bad? The embedded comment makes it look to long, but I could uncomment it, if necessary. #. \item \textbf{Building from source}, which consists in downloading #. applications' source code files and building them yourself in your computer. #. This task is considered rather advanced, hence not explained. #. type: enumerate #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :177 msgid "" "\\textbf{Official repositories}, the standard method of downloading " "software. By getting software through the official repositories you ensure " "that your software is free of viruses or any other malware, that it is " "stable, and that it works with Ubuntu." msgstr "" #. type: enumerate #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :177 msgid "" "\\textbf{Third-party repositories} that you can add to expand your software " "sources. These repositories are not as reliable as the official ones: the " "repository maintainer can put whatever they want into them. There is no " "solid guarantee that the software inside them is secure, stable, or that it " "works with your system. Read more instructions on this matter at \\" "seclink{sec:software-sources}." msgstr "" #. type: enumerate #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :177 msgid "" "\\textbf{Installers / deb packages} that you can download from software " "websites, \\acronym{CD}s, \\acronym{USB} drives, etc. This method is the " "most insecure of all. You should only obtain software this way when you " "trust the source. If you are new to Ubuntu, then you are probably accustomed " "to obtain software this way as it's similar to .exe files in Windows." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :179 msgid "Adding more software repositories" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :181 msgid "" "\\notecallout[Definition]{A \\acronym{PPA} is a \\emph{Personal Package " "Archive}. These are online repositories used to host the latest versions of " "software packages, digital projects, and other applications.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :183 msgid "" "Ubuntu makes it easy to add additional, third-party repositories to your " "list of software sources. The most common repositories added to Ubuntu are " "called \\acronym{PPA}s. These allow you to install software packages that " "are not available in the official repositories, and automatically be " "notified whenever updates for these packages are available." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :185 msgid "" "Providing you know the web address of a \\acronym{PPA}'s Launchpad site, " "adding it to your list of software sources is relatively simple. To do so, " "you will need to use the \\tab{Other Software} tab in the \\window{Software " "Sources} window." msgstr "" "Hvis du kender til internetadressen på et \\acronym{PPA}s Launchpad-side, er " "det forholdsvis nemt at føje det til samlingen af softwarekilder. For at " "gøre dette skal du ind på fanebladet \\tab{Anden Software} i vinduet \\" "window{Softwarekilder}." #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :187 msgid "" "On the Launchpad site for a \\acronym{PPA}, you will see a heading to the " "left called ``Adding this PPA to your system.'' Underneath will be a short " "paragraph containing a unique \\acronym{URL} in the form of \\" "textbf{ppa:test-ppa/example}. Highlight this \\acronym{URL} by selecting it " "with your mouse, then right-click and choose \\menu{copy}." msgstr "" "På Launchpad-siden for et \\acronym{PPA} vil du se en overskrift i venstre " "side, der siger ``Adding this PPA to your system''. Derunder følger en kort " "beskrivelse, der indeholder en internetadresse på formen \\textbf{ppa:test-" "ppa/eksempel}. Marker denne adresse ved at vælge den med musen, højreklik og " "vælg derefter \\menu{kopiér linkadresse}." #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :191 msgid "" "\\screenshot{05-firefox-ppa.png}{ss:firefox-ppa}{This is an example of the " "Launchpad page for the \\application{Lifesaver} PPA. \\" "application{Lifesaver} is an application that is not available in the " "official Ubuntu repositories. However, by adding this PPA to your list of " "software sources, it would then be easy to install and update this " "application through the \\application{Software Center}.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{05-firefox-ppa.png}{ss:firefox-ppa}{Dette er et eksempel taget " "fra Launchpad-siden for PPA'et for \\application{Lifesaver}. \\" "application{Lifesaver} er et program, der ikke kan findes i de officielle " "Ubuntu-programlagre. Derimod gøres det let at installere og opdatere " "programmet ved at bruge dette program i \\application{Softwarecenteret} ved " "at tilføje dette PPA til din samling af softwarekilder." #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :193 msgid "" "Return to the \\window{Software Sources} window, and in the \\tab{Other " "Software} tab click \\button{Add\\ldots} at the bottom. A new window will " "appear, and you will see the words ``Apt line:'' followed by a text field. " "Right-click on the empy space in this text field and select \\menu{Paste}, " "and you should see the \\acronym{URL} appear that you copied from the \\" "acronym{PPA}s Launchpad site earlier. Click \\button{Add Source} to return " "to the \\window{Software Sources} window. You will see a new entry has been " "added to the list of sources in this window, with a ticked check box in " "front meaning it is enabled." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :195 msgid "" "If you click \\button{Close} in the bottom right corner of this window, a " "message will appear informing you that ``The information about available " "software is out-of-date.'' This is because you have just added a new " "repository to Ubuntu, and it now needs to connect to that repository and " "download a list of the packages that it provides. Click \\button{Reload}, " "and wait while Ubuntu refreshes all of your enabled repositories (including " "this new one you just added). When it has finished, the window will close " "automatically." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :197 msgid "" "Congratulations, you have just added a \\acronym{PPA} to your list of " "software sources. You can now open the \\application{Software Center} and " "install applications from this \\acronym{PPA}, in the same way you " "previously installed programs from the default Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :200 msgid "Synaptic Package Manager" msgstr "Synaptic - pakkehåndtering" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :202 msgid "" "The \\application{Synaptic Package Manager} is a more advanced tool for " "managing software in Ubuntu. It can be used to perform the same tasks as the " "\\application{Ubuntu Software Center}, such as installing and removing " "applications, but also allows for more control over your packages. For " "example, it provides the following options:" msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :212 msgid "" "\\textbf{Install} any package in your repositories. In many cases you can " "even select which version of a package to install, although this option is " "only available if there are multiple versions in the repository." msgstr "" "\\textbf{Installere} hvilken som helst pakke i dine programarkiver. I mange " "tilfælde kan du endda vælge, hvilken udgave af pakken, du vil installere, " "men dette er dog kun muligt, hvis der findes mere end en enkelt udgave i " "programarkivet." #. type: itemize #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :212 msgid "" "\\textbf{Reinstall} a package. This may be useful if you wish to revert a " "package to its default state, or repair any conflicts or damaged files." msgstr "" "\\textbf{Geninstallere} en pakke. Dette kan være nyttigt, hvis du ønsker at " "gå tilbage til en pakkes oprindelige tilstand eller rette op på konflikter " "eller skadede filer." #. type: itemize #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :212 msgid "\\textbf{Update} a package when a newer version is released." msgstr "textbf{Opdatere} en pakke, når der kommer en nyere udgave." #. type: itemize #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :212 msgid "\\textbf{Remove} any package you no longer need." msgstr "\\textbf{Fjerne} en pakke, du ikke længere har brug for." #. type: itemize #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :212 msgid "" "\\textbf{Purge}. This is when you wish to completely remove a package, " "including any stored preferences or configuration files (which are often " "left behind when a package is removed)." msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :212 msgid "\\textbf{Fix} broken packages." msgstr "\\textbf{Reparere} ødelagte pakker." #. type: itemize #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :212 msgid "" "\\textbf{Check properties} of any package, such as the version number, " "contained files, package size, dependencies, and more." msgstr "" "\\textbf{Undersøge egenskaber} for en given pakke, såsom dens " "versionsnummer, indeholdte filer, størrelse, afhængigheder med mere." #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :214 msgid "" "To open the \\application{Synaptic Package Manager}, navigate to \\" "menu{System \\then Administration \\then Synaptic Package Manager}. As " "explained above, \\application{Synaptic} is a more complex tool than the \\" "application{Software Center}, and generally not essential for a new user " "just getting started with Ubuntu. If you want to read more information on " "how to use this program, or require more support managing the software on " "your system, head to \\url{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SynapticHowto}." msgstr "" #. type: comment #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :217 msgid "" "Using this package manager is very simple once you understand the basics " "behind it. Ideally, you will mark different actions to perform on different " "packages first, and then apply your changes. When you click the \\" "button{Apply} button, the \\application{Synaptic Package Manager} will do " "each of your marked actions, one by one. Then you will be free to close the " "program, or wait until the process is complete to make more changes." msgstr "" #. type: comment #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :219 msgid "" "\\notecallout{The If you are not very familiar with advanced computing in " "Ubuntu you may wish to stick with the \\application{Software Center}.}" msgstr "" "\\notecallout{Hvis du ikke er særligt bekendt med mere teknisk computerbrug " "i Ubuntu, bør du nok holde dig til \\application{Softwarecenteret}.}" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :221 msgid "Finding what you want" msgstr "Søg og du skal finde" #. type: comment #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :223 msgid "" "If you are having difficulties finding the package you are looking for, you " "may try the \\textbf{Quick search} box, the \\button{Search} button (which " "opens a search dialog) or sort by the categories in the left side pane." msgstr "" "Hvis det viser sig at være besværligt at finde den pakke, som du leder " "efter, kan du prøve med kassen \\textbf{Hurtigsøgning}, knappen \\" "button{Søg} (der åbner et søgevindue) eller sortere ud fra kategorierne i " "venstre siderude." #. type: comment #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :225 msgid "" "You can use the \\button{Reload} button when you have made changes to your " "software sources, such as adding or removing repositories, so that the " "package manager can notice the changes and act accordingly." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :227 msgid "Applying your changes" msgstr "Udførelse af ændringerne" #. type: comment #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :229 msgid "" "Once you find the package you are looking for, you can just open its right-" "click menu and there you will see listed all the actions you can perform on " "it. You can alternatively access these options through the \\menu{Package} " "menu." msgstr "" "Når du har fundet pakkerne, som du ledte efter, kan du åbne " "højrekliksmenuen, hvor du vil kunne se alle handlinger, som du kan udføre på " "dem. Du kan også tilgå disse handlinger gennem menuen \\menu{Pakke}." #. type: comment #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :232 msgid "" "When you are ready marking actions, click the \\button{Apply} button and " "wait until the changes are made. Afterwards, you can close the application " "or mark more changes." msgstr "" "Når du er færdig med at markere ændringer, klikker du på knappen \\" "button{Anvend} og venter på, at ændringerne udføres. Bagefter kan du lukke " "programmet eller markere flere ændringer." #. type: section{#2} #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :235 msgid "Updates and Upgrades" msgstr "Opdateringer og opgraderinger" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :237 msgid "" "Ubuntu also allows you to decide how to manage package updates through the \\" "tab{Updates} tab in the \\application{Software Sources} window." msgstr "" "Ubuntu lader dig også vælge, hvordan du vil håndtere pakkeopdateringer " "gennem fanebladet \\tab{Opdateringer} i vinduet \\" "application{Softwarekilder}." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :239 msgid "Ubuntu updates" msgstr "Opdateringer til Ubuntu" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :241 msgid "" "In this section, you are able to specify the kinds of updates you wish to " "install on your system, and usually depends on your preferences around " "stability, versus having access to the latest developments." msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :248 msgid "" "\\textbf{Important security updates}: These updates are highly recommended " "to ensure your system remains as secure as possible. These are enabled by " "default." msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :248 msgid "" "\\textbf{Recommended updates}: These updates are not as important for " "keeping your system secure, but will mean your packages always have the most " "recent bug fixes or minor updates that have been tested and approved. This " "option is also enabled by default." msgstr "" "\\textbf{Anbefalede opdateringer}: Disse opdateringer er ikke så vigtige for " "at holde dit system sikkert, men de vil medføre, at dine pakker altid har de " "nyeste fejlrettelser og mindre opdateringer, der er blevet afprøvet og " "godkendt. Dette er også tilvalgt fra begyndelsen." #. type: itemize #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :248 msgid "" "\\textbf{Pre-released updates}: This option is for those who would rather " "remain up-to-date with the very latest releases of applications, at the risk " "of installing an update that has unresolved bugs or conflicts. Note that it " "is possible that you will encounter problems with these updated " "applications, therefore this option is not enabled by default. However, if " "this happens it is possible to ``roll-back'' to a previous version of a " "package through \\application{Synaptic Package Manager}." msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :248 msgid "" "\\textbf{Unsupported updates}: These are updates that have not yet been " "fully tested and reviewed by Canonical. Some bugs may occur when using these " "updates, and so this option is also not enabled by default." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :251 msgid "Automatic updates" msgstr "Automatiske opdateringer" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :251 msgid "" "The middle section of this window allows you to customize how your system " "manages updates, such as the frequency with which it checks for new " "packages, as well as whether it should install important updates right away " "(without asking for your permission), download them only, or just notify you " "about them." msgstr "" "Den midterste del af vinduet lader dig indstille, hvordan dit system " "håndterer opdateringer, deriblandt hvor ofte der skal kigges efter " "opdateringer og om der skal installeres vigtige opdateringer med det samme " "(uden at spørge om tilladelse), kun hente dem eller kun meddele, at de er " "tilgængelige." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :253 msgid "Release upgrade" msgstr "Systemopgradering" #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :255 msgid "" "\\notecallout{Every 6 months, Ubuntu releases a new version of the operating " "system. These are called \\textit{normal releases}. Every four normal " "releases\\dash or 24 months\\dash Ubuntu releases a \\textit{Long Term " "Support (LTS)} release. Long Term Support releases are intended to be the " "most stable releases available, and are supported for longer.}" msgstr "" "\\notecallout{Hver sjette måned udgiver Ubuntu en ny udgave af " "styresystemet. Disse kaldes \\textit{almindelige udgivelser}. For hver " "fjerde almindelige udgivelse \\dash eller 24 måneder \\dash udgiver Ubuntu " "en opgradering med \\textit{Long Term Support (LTS)} " "(langtidsunderstøttelse). Opgraderinger med langtidsunderstøttelse har til " "hensigt at være de mest stabile af de tilgængelige opgraderinger." #. type: document #: ./software-packaging/software-packaging.tex #: :257 msgid "" "Here you can decide which system upgrades you would like to be notified " "about." msgstr "" "Her kan du vælge, hvilke systemopgraderinger du vil blive meddelt om." #. type: itemize #: main.tex:34 msgid "" "\\textbf{Never}: Choose this if you would rather not be notified about any " "new Ubuntu releases." msgstr "" "\\textbf{Aldrig}: Vælg denne, hvis du foretrækker ikke at blive meddelt om " "nogen opgraderinger af Ubuntu." #. type: itemize #: main.tex:34 msgid "" "\\textbf{Normal releases}: Choose this if you always want to have the latest " "Ubuntu release, regardless of whether it is a Long Term Support release or " "not. This option is recommended for normal home users." msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: main.tex:34 msgid "" "\\textbf{Long Term Support releases only}: Choose this option if you need a " "release that will be more stable and have support for a longer time. If you " "use Ubuntu for business purposes, you may want to consider selecting this " "option." msgstr "" "\\textbf{Kun udgivelser med længere vedligeholdelsesperiode}: Vælg dette, " "hvis du kun vil have de opgraderinger, der er mere stabile og udbyder " "understøttelse i lang tid. Hvis du bruger Ubuntu til forretningsformål, kan " "du overveje denne mulighed." #. \part{Advanced topics} #. Chapter 6 - Ryan Macnish #. type: chapter{#2} #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :4 msgid "The Command Line" msgstr "Kommandolinjen" #. type: section{#2} #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :6 msgid "Introduction to the terminal" msgstr "Indledning til terminalen" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :10 msgid "" "Throughout this manual, we have focused primarily on the graphical desktop " "user interface. However, in order to fully realize the power of Ubuntu, you " "may want to learn how to use the terminal." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :12 msgid "What is the terminal?" msgstr "Hvad er terminalen?" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :18 msgid "" "Most operating systems, including Ubuntu, have two types of user interfaces. " " The first is a graphical user interface (\\acronym{GUI}). This is the " "desktop, windows, menus, and toolbars that you click to get things done. " "The second, and much older, type of interface is the command-line interface " "(\\acronym{CLI})." msgstr "" "I de fleste styresystemer, ikke undtaget Ubuntu, findes der to typer af " "brugergrænseflader. Den første er en grafisk brugergrænseflade (graphical " "user interface - \\acronym{GUI}). Dette omfatter skrivebordet, vinduerne, " "menuerne og værktøjslinjerne, som du kan klikke på for at udføre opgaver. " "Den anden, og noget ældre, grænsefladetype er kommandolinjegrænsefladen " "(command-line interface - \\acronym{CLI})." #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :22 msgid "" "The \\emph{terminal} is Ubuntu's command-line interface. It is a method of " "controlling some aspects of Ubuntu using only commands that you type on the " "keyboard." msgstr "" "\\emph{Terminalen} er Ubuntus kommandolinjegrænseflade. Det er en måde, " "hvorpå du kan kontrollere nogle dele af Ubuntu ved kun at bruge kommandoer, " "som du indtaster med tastaturet." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :24 msgid "Why would I want to use the terminal?" msgstr "Hvorfor skulle jeg bruge terminalen?" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :26 msgid "" "For the average Ubuntu user, most day-to-day activities can be completed " "without ever needing to open the terminal. However, the terminal is a " "powerful and invaluable tool that can be used to perform many useful tasks. " "For example:" msgstr "" "For den gennemsnitlige Ubuntu-bruger kan de fleste daglige aktiviteter " "klares uden overhovedet at skulle åbne terminalen. Men man bør dog vide, at " "terminalen er et mangfoldigt og uvurderligt værktøj, der kan bruges til at " "udføre mange nyttige handlinger. For eksempel:" #. type: itemize #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :35 msgid "" "Troubleshooting any difficulties that may arise when using Ubuntu sometimes " "requires you to use the terminal." msgstr "" "Det kan af og til kræve en terminal at finde løsninger på problemer, der kan " "opstå under brugen af Ubuntu." #. type: itemize #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :35 msgid "" "A command-line interface is sometimes a faster way to accomplish a task. For " "example, it is often easier to perform operations on many files at once " "using the terminal." msgstr "" "Kommandolinjegrænsefladen giver nogle gange en hurtigere måde at udføre " "handlinger på. Eksempelvis er det ofte nemmere at udføre handlinger på mange " "filer på samme tid ved brug af terminalen." #. type: itemize #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :35 msgid "" "Learning the command-line interface is the first step towards more advanced " "troubleshooting, system administration, and software development skills. If " "you are interested in becoming a developer or an advanced Ubuntu user, " "knowledge of the command-line will be essential." msgstr "" "Et af de første skridt mod bedre evner inden for teknisk problemløsning, " "systemadministration og programudvikling er ofte at indlære sig brugen af " "terminalen. Hvis du er interesseret i at blive en udvikler eller avanceret " "Ubuntu-bruger, er dette også et meget væsentligt skridt." #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :40 msgid "" "\\marginnote{In \\acronym{GUI} environments the term ``folder'' is commonly " "used to describe a place where files are stored. In \\acronym{CLI} " "environments the term ``directory'' is used to describe the same thing and " "this metaphor is exposed in many commands (\\ie, \\code{cd} or \\code{pwd}) " "throughout this chapter.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Inden for brugergrænseflademiljøer henviser ordet ``mappe'' " "(eng. folder) ofte til et sted, hvor filer bliver lagret. I " "kommandolinjemiljøer bruges ordet ``katalog'' (eng. directory) ofte til at " "beskrive det samme. Metaforen kommer til udtryk i mange kommandoer (f.eks. \\" "code{cd} eller \\code{pwd}) igennem dette kapitel.}" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :42 msgid "Opening the Terminal" msgstr "Åbning af terminalen" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :46 msgid "" "\\marginnote{The \\emph{terminal} gives you access to what is called a \\" "emph{shell}. When you type a command in the \\gls{terminal} the \\gls{shell} " "interprets this command, resulting in the desired action. There are " "different types of shells that accept slightly different commands. The most " "popular is called ``bash,'' and is the default shell in Ubuntu.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{\\emph{Terminalen} giver dig adgang til det, der kaldes en \\" "emph{skal}. Når du indtaster en kommando i en \\gls{terminal}, bliver den " "tolket af den relevante \\gls{shell}, hvorefter den ønskede handling bliver " "udført. Der er forskellige skaltyper, der accepterer beslægtede kommandoer. " "Den mest udbredte af dem kaldes ``bash''. Den er også standardskallen i " "Ubuntu." #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :48 msgid "" "You can open the terminal by clicking \\menu{Applications \\then Accessories " "\\then Terminal}." msgstr "" "Du kan åbne terminalen ved at klikke på \\menu{Programmer \\then Tilbehør \\" "then Terminal}." #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :54 msgid "" "When the terminal window opens, it will be largely blank apart from some " "text at the top left of the screen, followed by a blinking block. This text " "is your \\gls{prompt}\\dash it displays your login name and your computer's " "name, followed by the current directory. The tilde (\\textasciitilde) means " "that the current directory is your home directory. Finally, the blinking " "block is the \\gls{cursor}\\dash this marks where text will be entered as " "you type." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :59 msgid "" "To test things out, type \\userinput{pwd} and press \\keystroke{Enter}. The " "terminal should display \\code{/home/\\emph{ubuntu-manual}}. This text is " "called the ``\\gls{output}.'' You have just used the \\commandlineapp{pwd} " "(print working directory) command, and the output that was displayed shows " "the current directory." msgstr "" "For at lege lidt med det kan du prøve at skrive \\userinput{pwd} og trykke " "på \\keystroke{Enter}. Terminalen vil nu vise \\code{/home/ \\emph{ubuntu-" "manual}}. Denne tekst kaldes for ``\\gls{output}'' eller udskriften. Du har " "lige brugt kommandoen \\commandlineapp{pwd} (eng. print working directory - " "udskriv aktuel mappe), og udskriften viste netop den aktuelle mappe." #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :61 msgid "" "\\screenshot{06-default-terminal.png}{ss:default-terminal}{The default " "terminal window allows you to run hundreds of useful commands.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{06-default-terminal.png}{ss:default-terminal}{Det almindelige " "terminalvindue giver dig mulighed for at afvikle hundreder af nyttige " "kommandoer.}" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :69 msgid "" "All commands in the terminal follow the same approach. Type in the name of a " "command, possibly followed by some \\glspl{parameter}, and press \\" "keystroke{Enter} to perform the specified action. \\marginnote{\\" "emph{Parameters} are extra segments of text, usually added at the end of a " "command, that change how the command itself is interpreted. These usually " "take the form of \\userinput{-h} or \\userinput{--help}, for example. In " "fact, \\userinput{--help} can be added to most commands to display a short " "description of the command, as well as a list of any other parameters that " "can be used with that command.} Often some output will be displayed that " "confirms the action was completed successfully, although this depends on the " "command. For example, using the \\commandlineapp{cd} command to change your " "current directory (see below) will change the prompt, but will not display " "any output." msgstr "" "Alle kommandoer i terminalen følger samme mønster. Indtast navnet på " "kommandoen, eventuelt efterfulgt af nogle \\glspl{parameter}, og tryk på \\" "keystroke{Enter} for at udføre den givne handling. \\marginnote{\\" "emph{Parametre} er yderligere stykker tekst, som regel tilføjet efter en " "kommando, der påvirker, hvordan kommandoen selv fortolkes. De optræder " "f.eks. som regel på formen \\userinput{-h} eller \\userinput{--help}. " "Faktisk kan \\userinput{--help} sættes efter de fleste kommandoer for at få " "vist en kort beskrivelse af kommandoen sammen med en liste over andre " "parametre, der kan bruges med denne kommando.} Ofte vil du se en udskrift, " "der bekræfter, at kommandoen blev afviklet efter hensigten, men det kommer " "helt an på kommandoen. For eksempel vil brugen af kommandoen \\" "commandlineapp{cd} skifte din aktuelle mappe (se nedenfor) og dermed " "prompten, men uden at vise en udskrift." #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :72 msgid "" "The rest of this chapter covers some very common uses of the terminal, " "however, there are almost infinite possibilities available to you when using " "the command-line interface in Ubuntu. Throughout the second part of this " "manual we will continue to refer to the command line, particularly when " "discussing steps involved in troubleshooting and the more advanced " "management of your computer." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :74 msgid "Ubuntu file system structure" msgstr "Strukturen af Ubuntus filsystem" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :76 msgid "" "Ubuntu uses the Linux file system structure based on a series of folders in " "the root directory. Each of these folders contain important system files " "that cannot be modified unless you are running as the root user or use \\" "emph{sudo}. This is for both security and safety reasons so that viruses " "cannot access the core system files, and users cannot damage anything." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :78 msgid "Below are some of the most important directories." msgstr "Nedenfor gennemgår vi nogle af de vigtigste kataloger." #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :80 msgid "" "\\screenshot{root-directories.png}{ss:root-directories}{Some of the most " "important directories in the root file system.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{root-directories.png}{ss:root-directories}{Nogle af de " "vigtigste kataloger i roden af filsystemet.}" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :82 msgid "Mounting and unmounting removable devices." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :84 msgid "" "When a device such as a \\acronym{USB} flash drive or a media player is " "mounted in Ubuntu, a folder is created for it under \\emph{media} and you " "are given the appropriate permissions to be able to read and write to the " "device." msgstr "" "Når man vil montere en enhed som et \\acronym{USB}-drev eller en " "medieafspiller i Ubuntu, laves der en mappe til den i kataloget \\" "emph{media}, og du får de tilstrækkelige rettigheder til at kunne læse og " "skrive til enheden." #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :86 msgid "" "\\application{Nautilus File Manager} will automatically add a shortcut to " "the mounted device in the side bar so it's easy for you to get to. You " "shouldn't have to physically navigate to the \\emph{media} directory in " "Ubuntu." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :88 msgid "Getting started with the command line" msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :90 msgid "Navigating directories" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :93 msgid "" "The \\commandlineapp{pwd} command is short for \\emph{print working " "directory}. It can be used to display the directory you are currently in. " "Note that the prompt (the text just before the blinking cursor) also " "displays your current directory, so this command is not usually necessary." msgstr "" "Kommandoen \\commandlineapp{pwd} er en forkortelse for \\emph{print working " "directory} (udskriv aktuelt katalog). Den kan bruges til at vise stien til " "kataloget, som du befinder dig i lige nu. Bemærk af prompten (teksten lige " "før den blinkende markør) også viser det aktuelle katalog, hvorfor denne " "kommando som regel ikke er nødvendig." #. type: terminal #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :98 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{pwd} /home/your-username/" msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{pwd} /home/dit-brugernavn/" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :100 msgid "" "The \\commandlineapp{cd} command is short for \\emph{change directory}. It " "allows you to change from one directory to another." msgstr "" "Kommandoen \\commandlineapp{cd} er en forkortelse for \\emph{change " "directory} (skift katalog). Den giver dig mulighed for at skifte fra et " "katalog til et andet." #. type: terminal #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :104 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{cd /directory/you/want/to/go/to/}" msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{cd /katalog/som/du/vil/hen/til/}" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :106 msgid "" "If there are spaces in one of the directories, you will need to put " "quotation marks around the path:" msgstr "" "Hvis der er mellemrum i navnet på et af katalogerne, skal du sætte gåseøjne " "omkring hele stien:" #. type: terminal #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :110 msgid "" "\\prompt \\userinput{cd \"\\textasciitilde/Music/The Beatles/Sgt. Pepper's " "Lonely Hearts Club Band/\"}" msgstr "" "\\prompt \\userinput{cd \"\\textasciitilde/Musik/Kim Larsen/Midt om " "natten/\"}" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :112 msgid "" "If you leave out the quotation marks, the terminal will think that you are " "trying to change to a directory named \\code{\\textasciitilde/Music/The}." msgstr "" "Hvis du udelader gåseøjnene, vil terminalen tro, at du forsøger at skifte " "til et katalog kaldet \\code{\\textasciitilde/Musik/Kim}." #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :115 msgid "Getting a list of files" msgstr "Udskrivning af en filliste" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :117 msgid "" "The \\commandlineapp{ls} command is used to get a \\emph{list} of all the " "files and directories that exist inside the current directory." msgstr "" "Kommandoen \\commandlineapp{ls} bruges til at udskrive en \\emph{liste} af " "alle filer og kataloger, der findes i det aktuelle katalog." #. type: terminal #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :125 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{ls} alligator-pie.mp3 squirm.mp3 baby-blue.mp3" msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :127 msgid "Moving things around" msgstr "Flyt rundt på tingene" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :129 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Note that the terminal is case-sensitive. For example, if you " "have a directory called \\texttt{Directory1}, you must remember to include " "the capital letter whenever referring to it in the terminal, otherwise the " "command will not work.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Bemærk at terminalen gør forskel på store og små bogstaver. " "Hvis du har et katalog kaldet \\texttt{Katalog1}, skal du huske at medtage " "det store bogstav, når du henviser til det, da kommandoen ellers ikke vil " "virke.}" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :131 msgid "" "The \\commandlineapp{mv} command is used to move a file from one directory " "to another." msgstr "" "Kommandoen \\commandlineapp{mv} bruges til at flytte en fil fra et katalog " "til et andet." #. type: terminal #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :135 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{mv /dmb/big-whiskey/grux.mp3 /home/john}" msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{mv /tmp/musik/optagelse.mp3 /home/jens}" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :137 msgid "" "The \\commandlineapp{cp} command is used to copy a file from one directory " "into another." msgstr "" "Kommandoen \\commandlineapp{cp} bruges til at kopiere en fil fra et katalog " "til et andet." #. type: terminal #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :141 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{cp /dmb/big-whiskey/grux.mp3 /media/ipod}" msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{cp /tmp/musik/optagelse.mp3 /media/ipod}" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :143 msgid "Creating directories" msgstr "Oprettelse af kataloger" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :145 msgid "" "The \\commandlineapp{mkdir} command is short for \\emph{make directory}, and " "is used to create a new directory in the current directory or another " "specified location. For example, this command will make a directory called \\" "texttt{newdirectory} inside the current directory:" msgstr "" "Kommandoen \\commandlineapp{mkdir} er en forkortelse for \\emph{make " "directory} (opret katalog) og bruges til at oprette et nyt katalog i det " "aktuelle eller en anden bestemt placering. For eksempel vil følgende " "kommando oprette et katalog kaldet \\texttt{nytkatalog} inden i det aktuelle " "katalog:" #. type: terminal #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :149 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{mkdir newdirectory}" msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{mkdir nytkatalog}" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :151 msgid "" "This command will ignore your current directory, and instead make one called " "\\texttt{newdirectory} inside a hypothetical directory called \\" "texttt{/tmp/example/}:" msgstr "" "Denne kommando vil overse det aktuelle katalog og i stedet lave et kaldet \\" "texttt{nytkatalog} inden i et opfundet katalog kaldet \\" "texttt{/tmp/eksempel/}:" #. type: terminal #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :155 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{mkdir /tmp/example/newdirectory}" msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{mkdir /tmp/eksempel/nytkatalog}" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :157 msgid "" "You could then ``move into'' this new directory (\\ie, make it your current " "working directory), by using the \\commandlineapp{cd} command." msgstr "" "Du kan derefter ``gå ind i'' dette nye katalog (dvs. gøre det til dit " "aktuelle katelog) ved at bruge kommandoen \\commandlineapp{cd}." #. type: terminal #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :161 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{cd /tmp/example/newdirectory}" msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{cd /tmp/eksempel/nytkatalog}" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :163 msgid "Deleting files and directories" msgstr "Sletning af filer og kataloger" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :165 msgid "" "The \\commandlineapp{rm} command is used to delete files. For example, to " "delete a file named \\texttt{deleteme.txt} located in the current directory:" msgstr "" "Kommandoen \\commandlineapp{rm} bruges til at slette filer. Eksempelvis skal " "du for at slette en fil kaldet \\texttt{sletmig.txt} i det aktuelle katalog " "gøre følgende:" #. type: terminal #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :169 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{rm deleteme.txt}" msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{rm sletmig.txt}" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :171 msgid "" "To delete a file located in another directory (\\ie, not inside your current " "working directory), you would need to include the \\emph{path} to the file. " "In other words, you are specifying the file's location. For example, to " "delete the file \\texttt{deleteme.txt} located in the \\texttt{/tmp/example} " "directory, use the following command:" msgstr "" "For at slette en fil i et andet katalog (dvs. ikke inden i det aktuelle " "katalog) er det nødvendigt at tilføje \\emph{stien} til filen. Med andre ord " "uddyber du filens placering. For at slette filen \\texttt{sletmig.txt} i " "kataloget \\texttt{/tmp/eksempel} skal du bruge følgende kommando:" #. type: terminal #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :175 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{rm /tmp/example/deleteme.txt}" msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{rm /tmp/eksempel/sletmig.txt}" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :177 msgid "" "The \\commandlineapp{rmdir} command is similar to the \\commandlineapp{rm} " "command, except it is used to delete folders. For example, this command " "would delete the directory called \\texttt{newdirectory} that we created " "earlier." msgstr "" #. type: terminal #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :181 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{rmdir /tmp/example/newdirectory/}" msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{rmdir /tmp/eksempel/nytkatalog/}" #. type: section{#2} #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :183 msgid "Introducing sudo" msgstr "Indledning til sudo" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :185 msgid "" "When Ubuntu is first installed two accounts are created: your primary user " "account, and a ``root'' account that operates behind the scenes. This root " "account has the necessary privileges required for modifying system files and " "settings, whereas your primary user account does not. Rather than logging " "out of your primary user account and then logging back in as root, you can " "use the \\commandlineapp{sudo} command to borrow root account privileges for " "performing administrative tasks such as installing or removing software, " "creating or removing new users, and modifying system files." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :187 msgid "" "For example, the following command would open Ubuntu's default text editor \\" "application{gedit} with root privileges. You will then be able to edit " "important system files that would otherwise be protected. The password you " "use with \\commandlineapp{sudo} is the same password that you use to log in " "to your primary account, and is set up during the Ubuntu installation " "process." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :189 msgid "" "\\marginnote{When using \\commandlineapp{sudo} in the terminal, you will be " "prompted to enter your password. You will not see any dots, stars, or other " "characters appearing in the terminal as you type your password, however, " "don't be put off\\dash this is an extra security feature to help protect you " "from any prying eyes.}" msgstr "" #. type: terminal #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :195 msgid "" "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo gedit} [sudo] password for \\emph{username}: " "Opening gedit\\ldots" msgstr "" "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo gedit} [sudo] adgangskode for \\emph{brugernavn}: " "Åbner gedit\\ldots" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :197 msgid "" "\\warning{The {\\ttfamily sudo} command gives you virtually unlimited access " "to important system files and settings. It is important you only use {\\" "ttfamily sudo} if you understand what you are doing. You can find out more " "about using {\\ttfamily sudo} in \\chaplink{ch:security}.}" msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :199 msgid "Managing software through the terminal" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :207 msgid "" "In Ubuntu there are a number of ways to manage your software. \\acronym{GUI} " "tools such as the \\application{Ubuntu Software Center} and \\" "application{Synaptic Package Manager} were discussed in \\" "chaplink{ch:software-management}, however, many people prefer to use the \\" "commandlineapp{apt} command (Advanced Packaging Tool) to manage their " "software from within the terminal. \\commandlineapp{Apt} is extremely " "versatile and encompasses several tools, however, the most commonly used \\" "commandlineapp{apt} tool is \\commandlineapp{apt-get}." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :209 msgid "Using apt-get" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :211 msgid "" "\\commandlineapp{Apt-get} is used for installing and removing packages from " "your system. It can also be used to refresh the list of packages available " "in the repositories, as well as download and install any new updates for " "your software." msgstr "" "\\commandlineapp{Apt-get} bruges til at installere og fjerne pakker fra dit " "system. Det kan også bruges til at genindlæse lister over tilgængelige " "pakker i programarkiverne såvel som at hente og installere givne " "opdateringer til dine programmer." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :213 msgid "Updating and upgrading" msgstr "Opdatering og opgradering" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :218 msgid "" "The \\commandlineapp{apt-get} \\code{update} command can be used to quickly " "refresh the list of packages that are available in the default Ubuntu " "repositories, as well as any additional repositories added by the user (see " "\\chaplink{ch:software-management} for more information on repositories)." msgstr "" "Kommandoen \\commandlineapp{apt-get} \\code{update} kan bruges til hurtigt " "at genindlæse listerne over tilgængelige programmer i Ubuntus programarkiver " "og alle andre programarkiver, der måtte være tilføjet af brugeren (jævnfør \\" "chaplink{ch:software-management} for flere oplysninger om programarkiver)." #. type: terminal #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :222 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get update}" msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get update}" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :228 msgid "" "You can then use \\commandlineapp{apt-get} \\code{upgrade} to download and " "install any available updates for your currently installed packages. It is " "best to run \\commandlineapp{apt-get} \\code{update} prior to running \\" "commandlineapp{apt-get} \\code{upgrade}, as this will ensure you are getting " "the most recent updates available for your software." msgstr "" "Du kan bruge \\commandlineapp{apt-get} \\code{upgrade} til at hente og " "installere alle tilgængelige opdateringer til dine installerede pakker. Det " "er bedst at køre \\commandlineapp{apt-get} \\code{update} før du kører \\" "commandlineapp{apt-get} \\code{upgrade}, da du dermed sikrer dig, at du får " "de nyeste opdateringer til dine programmer." #. type: terminal #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :241 msgid "" "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get upgrade} Reading package lists\\ldots Done " "Building dependency tree Reading state information\\ldots Done The following " "packages will be upgraded: \\space\\space tzdata 1 upgraded, 0 newly " "installed, 0 to remove and 0 not upgraded. Need to get 683kB of archives. " "After this operation, 24.6kB disk space will be freed. Do you want to " "continue [Y/n]?" msgstr "" "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get upgrade} Indlæser pakkelisterne\\ldots " "Færdig Opbygger afhængighedstræ Læser tilstandsoplysninger\\ldots Færdig " "Følgende pakker vil blive opgraderet: \\space \\space tzdata 1 opgraderes, 0 " "nyinstalleres, 0 afinstalleres og 0 opgraderes ikke. 683kB skal hentes fra " "arkiverne. Efter dette vil 24,6kB yderligere diskplads blive brugt. Vil du " "fortsætte [J/n]?" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :243 msgid "" "The terminal will give you a summary of what packages are to be upgraded, " "the download size, and how much extra disk space will be used (or freed), " "and then ask you to confirm before continuing. Simply press \\keystroke{y} " "then \\keystroke{Enter}, and the upgrades will be downloaded and installed " "for you." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :245 msgid "Installing and removing" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :248 msgid "" "The following command would be used to install \\acronym{VLC} media player " "using \\commandlineapp{apt-get}:" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :250 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Notice the sudo command before the apt-get command. In most " "cases it will be necessary to use sudo when installing software, as you will " "be modifying protected parts of your system. Many of the commands we will be " "using from here on require root access, so expect to see sudo appearing " "frequently.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{Bemærk sudo-kommandoen før apt-get-kommandoen. I de fleste " "tilfælde vil det være nødvendigt at bruge sudo, når du installerer " "programmer, da du vil lave ændringer i beskyttede dele af systemet. Mange af " "kommandoerne, som vi vil se på herefter, vil kræve administratoradgang, så " "vær beredt på hyppigt at se sudo fremgå.}" #. type: terminal #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :255 msgid "" "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get install vlc} [sudo] password for \\" "emph{username}:" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :257 msgid "To remove \\acronym{VLC}, you would type:" msgstr "" #. type: terminal #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :261 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get remove vlc}" msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get remove vlc}" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :263 msgid "Cleaning up your system" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :265 msgid "" "Often software in Ubuntu depends on other packages being installed on your " "system in order to run correctly. If you attempt to install a new package " "and these \\emph{dependencies} are not already installed, Ubuntu will " "automatically download and install them for you at the same time (provided " "the correct packages can be found in your repositories). When you remove a " "package in Ubuntu, however, any dependencies that were installed alongside " "the original package are not also automatically removed. These packages sit " "in your system and can build up over time, taking up disk space. A simple " "way to clean up your system is to use the \\commandlineapp{apt-get} \\" "code{autoremove} command. This will select and remove any packages that were " "automatically installed but no longer required." msgstr "" "Programmer i Ubuntu kræver ofte, at du installerer andre pakker på dit " "system for at de kan køre rigtigt. Hvis du forsøger at installere en ny " "pakke, mens disse \\emph{afhængigheder} ikke er installeret, vil Ubuntu " "automatisk hente og installere dem for dig på samme tid (såfremt de rigtige " "pakker forefindes i programarkiverne). Når du fjerner en pakke i Ubuntu, vil " "eventuelle afhængigheder, som blev installeret med den oprindelige pakke, " "dog ikke blive fjernet automatisk. Disse pakker bliver siddende i dit system " "og kan hobe sig op med tiden, mens de optager diskplads. En nem måde at " "rydde op i dit system på er ved at bruge kommandoen \\commandlineapp{apt-" "get} \\code{autoremove}. Denne vil vælge og fjerne enhver pakke, der " "automatisk blev installeret, men som ikke længere er nødvendig." #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :267 msgid "" "\\marginnote{Another useful cleaning command is \\commandlineapp{apt-get} \\" "code{autoclean} which removes cache files left over from downloading " "packages.}" msgstr "" "\\marginnote{En anden nyttig kommando til oprydning er \\commandlineapp{apt-" "get} \\code{autoclean}, som fjerner filer fra mellemlageret, der er blevet " "tilbage efter nedhentning af pakker.}" #. type: terminal #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :271 ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :200 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get autoremove}" msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get autoremove}" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :273 msgid "Adding extra software repositories" msgstr "Tilføjelse af yderligere programarkiver" #. type: document #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :275 msgid "" "Sometimes you might want to install some software that isn't in the official " "repositories but may be available in a what's called a \\acronym{PPA}. \\" "acronym{PPA}s, or personal package archives, contain software that you can " "install by adding that \\acronym{PPA} to your system. In versions of Ubuntu " "prior to Ubuntu 9.10 adding a \\acronym{PPA} to your system meant typing " "several long commands into a terminal. However, in Ubuntu 9.10 and later, " "adding a \\acronym{PPA} is as easy as typing one short command into a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. type: terminal #: ./command-line/command-line.tex #: :279 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo add-apt-repository ppa:example/ppa}" msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo add-apt-repository ppa:eksempel/ppa}" #. Chapter 7 - Kelvin Gardiner #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :2 msgid "" "Once you have installed the \\acronym{PPA} you may install software from it " "the usual way using the \\commandlineapp{apt-get} \\code{install} command." msgstr "" "Når du har installeret et \\acronym{PPA}, kan du installere programmer " "derfra på almindelig vis ved brug af kommandoen \\commandlineapp{apt-get} \\" "code{install}." #. type: chapter{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :7 msgid "Security" msgstr "Sikkerhed" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :9 msgid "This chapter discusses ways to keep your Ubuntu computer secure." msgstr "" "Dette kapitel undersøger måder, hvorpå du kan holde din Ubuntu-computer " "sikker." #. type: section{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :12 msgid "Why Ubuntu is safe" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :14 msgid "Ubuntu is secure by default for a number of reasons:" msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./security/security.tex #: :21 msgid "" "Ubuntu clearly distinguishes between normal users and administrative users." msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./security/security.tex #: :21 msgid "" "Open-source software like Ubuntu allows security flaws to be easily detected." msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./security/security.tex #: :21 msgid "" "Security patches for open-source software like Ubuntu are often released " "quickly." msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./security/security.tex #: :21 msgid "" "Many viruses designed to primarily target Windows-based systems do not " "affect Ubuntu systems." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :25 msgid "Basic Security concepts and procedures" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :30 msgid "" "When Ubuntu is installed, it is automatically configured for a single person " "to use. If more than one person will use the computer with Ubuntu, each " "person should have her or his own user account. This way, each user can have " "separate settings, documents, and other files. If necessary, you can also " "protect files from being viewed or modified by users without administrative " "privileges. See \\seclink{security:users-and-groups} to learn more about " "creating additional users accounts." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :33 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Rettigheder" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :35 msgid "" "In Ubuntu, files and folders can be set up so that only specific users can " "view, modify, or run them. For instance, you might wish to share an " "important file with other users, but do not want those users to be able to " "edit the file. Ubuntu controls access to files on your computer through a " "system of ``permissions.'' Permissions are settings that you can configure " "to control exactly how files on your computer are accessed and used." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :37 msgid "" "To learn more about modifying permissions, visit \\" "url{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/FilePermissions}." msgstr "" "For at vide mere om at ændre rettigheder kan du gå til \\" "url{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/FilePermissions}." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :41 msgid "Passwords" msgstr "Adgangskoder" #. type: index{#1} #: ./security/security.tex #: :41 msgid "password" msgstr "adgangskode" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :43 msgid "" "You can use a strong password to increase the security of your computer. " "Your password should not contain names, common words or common phrases. By " "default, the minimum length of a password in Ubuntu is four characters. We " "recommend a password with more than the minimum number of characters." msgstr "" "Du kan bruge en stærk adgangskode til øge din computers sikkerhed. Din " "adgangskode bør ikke indeholde navne, almindelige ord eller almindelige " "sætninger. Som standard er minimunslængden på en adgangskode i Ubuntu fire " "tegn. Vi anbefaler en adgangskode med flere end minimunsantallet af tegn." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :45 msgid "Locking the screen" msgstr "Låsning af skærmen" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :47 msgid "" "When you leave your computer unattended, you may want to lock the screen. " "Locking your screen prevents anyone from using your computer until your " "password is entered. To lock the screen:" msgstr "" "Når du efterlader computeren uden opsyn, kan det være hensigtsmæssigt at " "låse skærmen. Når skærmen er låst, afholder det andre fra at bruge " "computeren, ind til din adgangskode indtastes. For at låse skærmen:" #. type: itemize #: ./security/security.tex #: :52 msgid "" "Click the session menu icon in the right corner of the top panel, then " "select \\menu{Lock Screen}, or" msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./security/security.tex #: :52 msgid "" "press \\keystroke{Ctrl+Alt+L} to lock the screen. This keyboard shortcut can " "be changed in \\menu{System \\then Preferences \\then Keyboard Shortcuts}." msgstr "" "tryk \\keystroke{Ctrl+Alt+L} for at låse skærmen. Denne tastaturgenvej kan " "ændres i \\menu{System \\then Indstillinger \\then Tastaturgenveje}." #. type: section{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :55 msgid "System updates" msgstr "Systemopdateringer" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :57 msgid "" "Good security depends on an up-to-date system. Ubuntu provides free software " "and security updates, and you should apply these updates regularly. See \\" "chaplink{ch:software-management} to learn how to update your Ubuntu computer " "with the latest security updates and patches." msgstr "" "Høj sikkerhed afhænger af vedligeholdelsen af et opdateret system. Ubuntu " "tilbyder gratis program- og sikkerhedsopdateringer, og du bør opdatere " "jævnligt. Se \\chaplink{ch:software-management} for at læse mere om, hvordan " "du opdaterer din Ubuntu-computer med de seneste sikkerhedsopdateringer og -" "rettelser." #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :60 msgid "Trusting third party sources" msgstr "Tillid til tredjepartskilder" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :62 msgid "" "Normally, you will add applications to your computer via the Software " "Center, which downloads software from the Ubuntu repositories as described " "in \\chaplink{ch:software-management}. However, it is occasionally necessary " "to add software from other sources. For example, you may need to do this " "when an application is not available in the Ubuntu repositories, or when you " "need a newer version of the one available in the Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" "Normalt tilføjes programmer til din computer via Softwarecenter, der henter " "programmer fra Ubuntu-programarkiverne som beskrevet i \\" "chaplink{ch:software-management}. Det kan dog nogle gange være nødvendigt at " "tilføje programmer fra andre kilder. Eksempelvis kan det være nødvendigt, " "når et program ikke er tilgængeligt i Ubuntu-programarkiverne, eller når du " "har brug for en nyere udgave af et program, der er tilgængeligt deri." #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :64 msgid "" "Additional repositories are available from sites such as \\" "href{http://getdeb.net}{getdeb.net} and Launchpad \\acronym{PPA}s, which can " "be added as described in \\chaplink{ch:software-management}. You can " "download the \\acronym{deb} packages for some applications from their " "respective project sites on the Internet. Alternately, you can build " "applications from their source code (an advanced method of installing and " "using applications)." msgstr "" "Yderligere programarkiver er tilgængelige fra sider som f.eks. \\" "href{http://getdeb.net}{getdeb.net} og \\acronym{PPA}'er fra Launchpad, som " "kan tilføjes som beskrevet i \\chaplink{ch:software-management}. Du kan " "hente \\acronym{deb}-pakkerne til nogle programmer fra deres egne " "projektsider på internettet." #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :66 msgid "" "Using only recognized sources such as a project's site, \\acronym{PPA}, or " "various community repositories (such as \\" "href{http://getdeb.net}{getdeb.net}) is more secure than downloading " "applications from an arbitrary (and perhaps less reputable) source. When " "using a third party source, consider the trustworthiness of source, and be " "sure you know exactly what you're installing on your computer." msgstr "" "Det er mere sikkert kun at bruge anerkendte kilder som f.eks. et projekts " "hjemmeside, \\acronym{deb}-pakker eller forskellige programarkiver fra " "fællesskabet (som f.eks. \\href{http://getdeb.net}{getdeb.net}) end at hente " "programmer fra tilfældige (og måske mindre troværdige) kilder. Når du bruger " "en tredjepartskilde, så overvej kildens troværdighed og vær sikker på, at du " "ved præcist, hvad det er, du installerer på din computer." #. type: section{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :69 msgid "Users and groups" msgstr "Brugere og grupper" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :71 msgid "" "Like most operating systems, Ubuntu allows you to create users accounts for " "multiple people, each with some access to your computer. Ubuntu also " "supports user groups, which allow you to administer permissions for multiple " "users at the same time." msgstr "" "Som de fleste styresystemer kan du i Ubuntu lave brugerkonti til flere " "personer, hver med en eller anden grad af adgang til din computer. Ubuntu " "understøtter også brugergrupper, hvormed du kan administrere tilladelser til " "flere brugere på samme tid." #. type: index{#1} #: ./security/security.tex #: :74 msgid "root" msgstr "rod" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :74 msgid "" "Every user in Ubuntu is a member of at least one group \\dash the group's " "name is the same as the name of the user. A user can also be a member of " "additional groups. You can configure some files and folders to be accessible " "only by a user and a group. By default, a user's files are only accessible " "by that user; system files are only accessible by the root user." msgstr "" "Enhver bruger i Ubuntu er medlem af mindst en brugergruppe \\dash gruppens " "navn er det samme som navnet på brugeren selv. En bruger kan også være " "medlem af yderligere grupper. Du kan indstille nogle filer og mapper til kun " "at være tilgængelige for en bruger og en gruppe. Som standard er en brugers " "filer kun tilgængelige for brugeren selv; systemfiler er ligeledes kun " "tilgængelige for rodbrugeren." #. \screenshotTODO{Screenshoots of User and Groups window} #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :77 msgid "" "\\screenshot{07-users-settings.png}{ss:users-settings}{Add, remove and " "change the user accounts.}" msgstr "" "\\screenshot{07-users-settings.png}{ss:users-settings}{Tilføjelse, fjernelse " "og ændring af brugerkonti.}" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :80 msgid "Managing users" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :82 msgid "" "You can manage users and groups using the \\textbf{Users and Groups} " "administration application. To find this application, click \\menu{System \\" "then Administration \\then Users and Groups}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :84 msgid "" "To adjust the user and group settings click the keys icon next the phrase " "``Click to make changes.'' You will need to input your password in order to " "make changes to user and group settings." msgstr "" #. type: paragraph{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :87 msgid "Adding a user" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :87 msgid "" "Click the \\button{Add} button which appears underneath a list of the " "current user accounts that have already been created. Type in the new " "username and select relevant options then click \\button{OK}. A new dialog " "box will appear asking you to enter a password for the user you have just " "created. Fill out the fields, then click \\button{OK} to proceed. Privileges " "you grant to the new user can be altered in \\window{Users Settings}." msgstr "" #. type: paragraph{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :95 msgid "Modifying a user" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :95 msgid "" "Click on the name of a user in the list of users, then click on the \\" "button{Change\\ldots} button, which appears next to each of following " "options:" msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./security/security.tex #: :95 msgid "Account type:" msgstr "Kontotype:" #. type: itemize #: ./security/security.tex #: :95 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Adgangskode:" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :95 msgid "" "For more advanced user options click on the \\button{Advanced Settings} " "button. Change the details as required in the dialog that appears. Click \\" "button{OK} to save the changes." msgstr "" #. type: paragraph{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :98 msgid "Deleting a user" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :98 msgid "" "Select a user from the list and click \\button{Delete}. Ubuntu will " "deactivate the user's account, though it will not remove the user's home " "folder." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :101 msgid "Managing groups" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :103 msgid "" "Click on the \\button{Manage Groups} button to open the group management " "dialog." msgstr "" #. type: paragraph{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :106 msgid "Adding a group" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :106 msgid "" "To add a group, click \\button{Add}. In the dialog that appears, enter the " "group name and select the names of users you'd like to add to the group." msgstr "" #. type: paragraph{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :109 msgid "Modifying a group" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :109 msgid "" "To alter the users in an existing group, select a group and click on the \\" "button{Properties} button. Select and deselect the users as required, then " "click \\button{OK} to apply the changes." msgstr "" #. type: paragraph{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :112 msgid "Deleting a group" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :112 msgid "To delete a group, select a group and click \\button{Delete}." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :114 msgid "Applying groups to files and folders" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :116 msgid "" "To change the group associated with a file or folder, open the \\" "application{Nautilus} file browser and navigate to the appropriate file or " "folder. Then, either select the folder and choose \\menu{File \\then " "Properties} from the menubar, or right-click on the file or folder and " "choose \\menu{Properties}. In the Properties dialog that appears, click on " "the \\tab{Permissions} tab and select the desired group from the \\" "dropdown{Groups} drop-down list. Then close the window." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :118 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :120 msgid "" "You can also modify user and group settings via the command line. We " "recommend that you use the graphical method above unless you have a good " "reason to use the command line. For more information on using the command " "line to modify users and groups, see the Ubuntu Server Guide at \\" "href{https://help.ubuntu.com/9.10/serverguide/C/user-" "management.html}{https://help.ubuntu.com/9.10/serverguide/C/user-" "management.html}" msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :123 msgid "Setting up a secure system" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :125 msgid "" "You may also want to use a firewall, or use encryption, to further increase " "the security of your system." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :129 msgid "Firewall" msgstr "Brandmur" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :129 msgid "" "A firewall is an application that protects your computer against " "unauthorized access by people on the Internet or your local network. " "Firewalls block connections to your computer from unknown sources. This " "helps prevent security breaches." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :131 msgid "" "Uncomplicated Firewall (\\acronym{UFW}) is the standard firewall " "configuration program in Ubuntu. It is a program that runs from the command " "line, but a program called \\application{Gufw} allows you to use it with a " "graphical interface. See \\chaplink{ch:software-management} to learn more " "about installing the \\application{Gufw} package." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :136 msgid "" "Once it's installed, start \\application{Gufw} by clicking \\menu{System \\" "then Administration \\then Firewall configuration}. To enable the firewall, " "select the \\checkbox{Enable} option. By default, all incoming connections " "are denied. This setting should be suitable for most users." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :138 msgid "" "If you are running server software on your Ubuntu system (such as a web " "server, or an \\acronym{FTP} server), then you will need to open the ports " "these services use. If you are not familiar with servers, you will likely " "not need to open any additional ports." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :140 msgid "" "To open a port click on the \\button{Add} button. For most purposes, the \\" "tab{Preconfigured} tab is sufficient. Select \\button{Allow} from the first " "box and then select the program or service required." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :142 msgid "" "The \\tab{simple} tab can be used to allow access on a single port, and the " "\\tab{Advanced} tab can be used to allow access on a range of ports." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :145 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Kryptering" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :147 msgid "" "You may wish to protect your sensitive personal data \\dash for instance, " "financial records \\dash by encrypting it. Encrypting a file or folder " "essentially ``locks'' that file or folder by encoding it with an algorithm " "that keeps it scrambled until it is properly decoded with a password. " "Encrypting your personal data ensures that no one can open your personal " "folders or read your private data without your private key." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :149 msgid "" "Ubuntu includes a number of tools to encrypt files and folders. This chapter " "will discuss two of these. For further information on using encryption with " "either single files or email, see Ubuntu Community Help documents at \\" "href{https://help.ubuntu.com/community}{https://help.ubuntu.com/community}." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :152 msgid "Home folder" msgstr "Hjemmemappe" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :154 msgid "" "When installing Ubuntu, it is possible to encrypt a user's home folder. See " "\\chaplink{ch:installation} for more on encrypting the home folder." msgstr "" #. type: subsubsection{#2} #: ./security/security.tex #: :157 msgid "Private folder" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :168 msgid "" "If you have not chosen to encrypt a user's entire home folder, it is " "possible to encrypt a single folder \\dash called \\textbf{Private} \\dash " "in a user's home folder. To do this, follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. Need more information on how to do this -- b^2 #. type: enumerate #: ./security/security.tex #: :168 msgid "Install the \\textbf{ecryptfs-utils} software package." msgstr "" #. type: enumerate #: ./security/security.tex #: :168 msgid "" "Use the terminal to run \\commandlineapp{ecryptfs-setup-private} to set up " "the private folder." msgstr "" #. type: enumerate #: ./security/security.tex #: :168 msgid "Enter your account's password when prompted." msgstr "" #. type: enumerate #: ./security/security.tex #: :168 msgid "Either choose a mount passphrase or generate one." msgstr "" #. type: enumerate #: ./security/security.tex #: :168 msgid "" "Record both passphrases in a safe location. \\textbf{These are required if " "you ever have to recover your data manually.}" msgstr "" #. type: enumerate #: ./security/security.tex #: :168 msgid "Log out and log back in to mount the encrypted folder." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :170 msgid "" "After the \\textbf{Private} folder has been set up, any files or folders in " "it will automatically be encrypted." msgstr "" #. If you need to recover your encrypted files manually see \href{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/EncryptedPrivateDirectory#Recovering Your Data Manually}{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/EncryptedPrivateDirectory\#Recovering Your Data Manually}. #. If you need to recover your encrypted files manually see \href{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/EncryptedPrivateDirectory#Recovering Your Data Manually}{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/EncryptedPrivateDirectory}. #. If you need to recover your encrypted files manually see \href{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/EncryptedPrivateDirectory}{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/EncryptedPrivateDirectory}. #. type: document #: ./security/security.tex #: :175 msgid "" "If you need to recover your encrypted files manually see \\" "url{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/EncryptedPrivateDirectory}." msgstr "" #. type: chapter{#2} #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :6 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Fejlfinding" #. type: section{#2} #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :10 msgid "Resolving problems" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :10 msgid "" "Sometimes, things simply do not work as they should. Luckily, problems " "encountered while working with Ubuntu are easily fixed. Below, we offer a " "guide to resolving basic problems that users may encounter while using " "Ubuntu. If you exhaust the troubleshooting advice below, see \\" "seclink{sec:troubleshooting:getting-more-help} to learn about seeking " "support from the Ubuntu community." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :13 msgid "Troubleshooting guide" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :15 msgid "" "The key to effective troubleshooting is working slowly and methodically, " "documenting changes you make to your Ubuntu system at every step. This way, " "you will always be able to roll back your work \\dash and give fellow users " "information about your previous attempts, in the unlikely event that you " "should need to turn to the community for support." msgstr "" #. This guide is based off of the instructions on the ubuntu community docs site. #. https://help.ubuntu.com/community/RecoveringUbuntuAfterInstallingWindows #. This guide recreates the linux bootloader, since this is much more flexible than maintaining the Windows bootloader #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :22 msgid "Ubuntu fails to start after I've installed Windows" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :22 msgid "" "Occasionally you may install Ubuntu and then decide to install Microsoft " "Windows as a second operating system running side-by-side with Ubuntu. " "While this is supported by Ubuntu, you may find that after installing " "Windows you may no longer be able to start Ubuntu." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :28 msgid "" "When you first turn on your computer, a program called a ``bootloader'' must " "start Ubuntu or another operating system. \\notecallout[Definition]{A \\" "textbf{bootloader} is initial software that loads the operating system when " "you turn on the computer.} When you installed Ubuntu, you installed an " "advanced bootloader called \\textbf{\\acronym{GRUB}} that allowed you to " "choose between the various operating systems on your computer, such as " "Ubuntu, Windows and others. However, when you installed Windows, it " "replaced \\acronym{GRUB} with its own bootloader, thus removing the ability " "to choose which operating system you'd like to use. You can easily restore " "\\acronym{GRUB} \\dash and regain the ability to choose your operating " "system \\dash by using the same \\acronym{CD} you used to install Ubuntu." msgstr "" "Når du tænder computeren, sørger et program kaldet ``opstartsindlæseren'' " "for at indlæse enten Ubuntu eller et andet styresystem.\\" "notecallout[Definition]{En \\textbf{opstartsindlæser} er et startprogram, " "der indlæser styresystemet, når du tænder computeren.} Når du installerer " "Ubuntu, installerer du også en avanceret opstartsindlæser kaldet \\textbf{\\" "acronym{GRUB}}, der lader dig vælge mellem de tilgængelige styresystemer på " "computeren, såsom Ubuntu, Windows og andre. Ved installeringen af Windows " "erstatter den dog \\acronym{GRUB} med sin egen opstartsindlæser og fjerner " "dermed muligheden for at vælge, hvilket styresystem du vil bruge. Du kan " "nemt genoprette \\acronym{GRUB} \\dash og igen få muligheden for at vælge " "styresystem \\dash ved at bruge den samme \\acronym{cd}, som du brugte til " "at installere Ubuntu." #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :36 msgid "" "First, insert your Ubuntu \\acronym{CD} into your computer and restart it, " "making sure to have your computer start the operating system that is on the " "\\acronym{CD} itself (see \\chaplink{ch:installation}). Next, choose your " "language and select \\textbf{Try Ubuntu}. Wait while the software loads. " "You will need to type some code to restore your bootloader. On the \\" "textbf{Applications} menu, click \\textbf{Accessories}, and then click the \\" "textbf{Terminal} item. Enter the following:" msgstr "" #. type: terminal #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :36 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo fdisk -l}" msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo fdisk -l}" #. type: verbatim #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :40 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Disk /dev/hda: 120.0 GB, 120034123776 bytes\n" "255 heads, 63 sectors/track, 14593 cylinders\n" "Units = cylinders of 16065 * 512 = 8225280 bytes\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Disk /dev/hda: 120.0 GB, 120034123776 bytes\n" "255 heads, 63 sectors/track, 14593 cylinders\n" "Units = cylinders of 16065 * 512 = 8225280 bytes\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :46 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Device Boot Start End Blocks Id System\n" "/dev/sda1 1 1224 64228+ 83 Linux\n" "/dev/sda2 * 1225 2440 9767520 a5 Windows\n" "/dev/sda3 2441 14593 97618972+ 5 Extended\n" "/dev/sda4 14532 14593 498015 82 Linux swap\n" "\n" msgstr "" " Device Boot Start End Blocks Id System\n" "/dev/sda1 1 1224 64228+ 83 Linux\n" "/dev/sda2 * 1225 2440 9767520 a5 Windows\n" "/dev/sda3 2441 14593 97618972+ 5 Extended\n" "/dev/sda4 14532 14593 498015 82 Linux swap\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :48 #, no-wrap msgid "Partition table entries are not in disk order" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :53 msgid "" "\\notecallout[Note]{The device (/dev/sda1, /dev/sda2, etc.) we are looking " "for is identified by the word ``Linux'' in the System column. Modify the " "instructions below if necessary, replacing /dev/sda1 with the name of your " "Linux device.}" msgstr "" "\\notecallout[Note]{Enheden (/dev/sda1, /dev/sda2, etc.), som vi søger, er " "tlikendegivet ved ordet ``Linux'' i systemsøjlen. Tilpas vejledningen " "herunder efter behov ved at erstatte /dev/sda1 med anvnet på din Loinux-" "enhed.}" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :55 msgid "" "This output means that your system (Linux, on which Ubuntu is based) is " "installed on device /dev/sda1, but your computer is booting to /dev/sda2 " "(where Windows is located). We need to rectify this by telling the computer " "to boot to the Linux device instead." msgstr "" "Denne udskrift betyder, at dit system (Linux, som Ubuntu er bygget over) er " "installeret på enheden /dev/sda1, men at din computer starter op fra " "/dev/sda2 (hvor Windows er). Vi skal rette op på dette ved at fortælle " "computeren, at den skal starte op fra Linux-enheden i stedet." #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :57 msgid "" "To do this, first create a place to manipulate your Ubuntu installation:" msgstr "" #. type: terminal #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :61 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo mkdir /media/root}" msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo mkdir /media/root}" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :63 msgid "Next, link your Ubuntu installation and this new folder:" msgstr "" #. type: terminal #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :67 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo mount /dev/sda1 /media/root}" msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo mount /dev/sda1 /media/root}" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :69 msgid "If you've done this correctly, then you should see the following:" msgstr "" #. type: terminal #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :76 msgid "" "\\prompt \\userinput{ls /media/root} bin dev home lib mnt root srv usr boot " "etc initrd lib64 opt sbin sys var cdrom initrd.img media proc selinux tmp " "vmlinuz" msgstr "" "\\prompt \\userinput{ls /media/root} bin dev home lib mnt root srv usr boot " "etc initrd lib64 opt sbin sys var cdrom initrd.img media proc selinux tmp " "vmlinuz" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :78 msgid "Now, you can reinstall \\acronym{GRUB}:" msgstr "" #. type: terminal #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :85 msgid "" "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo grub-install --root-directory=/media/root " "/dev/sda} Installation finished. No error reported. This is the contents of " "the device map /boot/grub/device.map. Check if this is correct or not. If " "any of the lines is incorrect, fix it and re-run the script \\" "commandlineapp{grub-install}." msgstr "" #. type: terminal #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :88 msgid "(hd0) /dev/sda" msgstr "(hd0) /dev/sda" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :90 msgid "" "Finally, remove the Ubuntu disc from your \\acronym{CD-ROM} drive, reboot " "your computer, and enjoy your Ubuntu system once again." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :97 msgid "" "This guide may not work for all Ubuntu users due to differences in system " "configuration. Still, this is the recommended method, and the most " "successful method, for restoring the \\acronym{GRUB} bootloader. If " "following this guide does not restore \\acronym{GRUB} on your computer, " "please consider trying some of the other troubleshooting methods at \\" "url{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/RecoveringUbuntuAfterInstallingWindows}" ". When following the instructions, please note that your Ubuntu " "installation uses Grub2. This guide replicates the method described in the " "first section of the referenced web page. Please consider starting with the " "third section, \\" "url{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/RecoveringUbuntuAfterInstallingWindows}" "." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :99 msgid "Ubuntu doesn't present the login screen when my computer boots" msgstr "" #. Due to difculites of caputing this at the correct rsolution it is not included in the manual - ubuntujenkins luke jennings #. \screenshotTODO{Screenshot of a virtual terminal (i.e. ctrl-alt-F1)} #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :105 msgid "" "The simplest and easiest way to correct this issue is to order Ubuntu to " "reset the graphics configuration. Press and hold \\textbf{Control}, \\" "textbf{Alt} and \\textbf{F1}. You should now see a black and white screen " "with a prompt for your username and password." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :117 msgid "" "Enter your username, press \\textbf{Enter}, and then enter your password. " "(Characters \\textit{will not} appear on the screen as you enter your " "password. Don't worry\\dash this behavior is normal and was implemented for " "security purposes.) Next, enter the following code and press enter:" msgstr "" #. type: terminal #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :117 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo dpkg-reconfigure -phigh xserver-xorg}" msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo dpkg-reconfigure -phigh xserver-xorg}" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :117 msgid "" "Enter your password at the prompt, as above. Allow Ubuntu to process the " "command, then enter:" msgstr "" #. type: terminal #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :117 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo reboot now}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :117 msgid "Ubuntu will reboot, and your login screen should be restored." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :120 msgid "I forgot my password" msgstr "Jeg har glemt min adgangskode" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :120 msgid "" "If you forget your password in Ubuntu, you will need to reset it using the " "``Rescue mode.''" msgstr "" #. \screenshotTODO{GRUB screen with Rescue Mode option highlighted} #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :126 msgid "" "To start Rescue mode, shut down your computer, then power it up. As the " "computer starts up, press \\textbf{Esc} when you see the white-on-black " "screen with a countdown (the \\acronym{GRUB} prompt). Select the \\" "textbf{Rescue mode} option using the arrow keys on your keyboard. Rescue " "mode should be the second item in the list. \\screenshot{08-grub-boot-" "screen.png}{ss:grub-boot-screen}{This is the grub screen in which you can " "choose the rescue mode.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :145 msgid "" "Wait while Ubuntu starts up. You \\textit{will not} see a normal login " "screen. Instead, you will be presented with a terminal prompt that looks " "something like:" msgstr "" #. type: terminal #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :145 msgid "root@something\\#" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :145 msgid "To reset your password, enter:" msgstr "" #. type: terminal #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :145 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{passwd \\emph{username}}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :145 msgid "" "Replace ``username'' above with your username. Ubuntu will prompt you for a " "new password. Enter your desired password, press enter and then type your " "password again, pressing enter after you are done. (Ubuntu asks for your " "password twice to make sure you did not make a mistake while typing.) Once " "you have restored your password, return to the normal system environment by " "entering:" msgstr "" #. type: terminal #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :145 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{init 2}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :145 msgid "Login as usual and continue enjoying Ubuntu." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :172 msgid "I accidentally deleted some files that I need" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :174 msgid "" "If you've deleted a file by accident, you may be able to recover it from " "Ubuntu's trash folder. This is a special folder where Ubuntu stores deleted " "files before they are permanently removed from your computer." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :176 msgid "" "To access the trash folder, select \\menu{Places \\then Computer} from the " "top panel, then choose \\menu{Trash} from the list of places in the left-" "hand sidebar of the window that appears (alternatively, click on the trash " "applet at the far right of the bottom panel). To remove items from this " "folder and restore them to your computer, right-click on the items you want " "and select \\button{Restore}, or otherwise drag them wherever you would like " "(we recommend a memorable location, such as your home folder or desktop)." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :178 msgid "How do I clean Ubuntu?" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :180 msgid "" "Over time, Ubuntu's software packaging system can accumulate unused packages " "or temporary files. These temporary files, also called caches, contain " "package files from all of the packages that you have ever installed. " "Eventually, this cache can grow quite large. Removing them allows you to " "reclaim space on your computer's hard drive for storing your documents, " "music, photographs, or other files." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :186 msgid "" "To clear the cache, you can use either the \\code{clean}, or the \\" "code{autoclean} option for a command-line program called \\" "commandlineapp{apt-get}. The \\code{clean} command will remove every single " "cached item, while the \\code{autoclean} command only removes cached items " "that can no longer be downloaded (these items are often unnecessary). To " "run \\code{clean}, open \\textbf{Terminal} and type:" msgstr "" #. type: terminal #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :190 msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get clean}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :194 msgid "" "Packages can also become unused over time. If a package was installed to " "assist with running another program \\dash and that program was subsequently " "removed \\dash you no longer need the supporting package. You can remove it " "with \\code{autoremove}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :196 msgid "Load \\textbf{Terminal} and type:" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :202 msgid "to remove the unnecessary packages." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :207 msgid "I can't play certain audio or video files" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :209 msgid "" "Many of the formats used to deliver rich media content are \\" "textbf{proprietary}, meaning they are not free to use, modify and distribute " "with an open source operating system like Ubuntu. Therefore, Ubuntu does not " "include the capability to use these formats by default; however, users can " "easily configure Ubuntu to use these proprietary formats. For more " "information about the differences between open source and proprietary " "software, see \\chaplink{ch:learning-more}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :211 msgid "" "If you find yourself in need of a proprietary format, you may install the " "files necessary for using this format with one command. Before initiating " "this command, ensure that you have Universe and Restricted repositories " "enabled. See the \\seclink{sec:synaptic} section to learn how to do this." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :216 msgid "" "Open the \\application{Ubuntu Software Center} by selecting it from \\" "menu{Applications}. Search for \\textbf{ubuntu-restricted-extras} by typing " "``ubuntu restricted extras'' in the search box on the right-hand side of the " "Ubuntu Software Center's main window. When the Software Center finds the " "appropriate software, click the arrow next to its title. Click \\" "button{Install}, then wait while Ubuntu installs the appropriate software." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :218 msgid "" "Once Ubuntu has successfully installed software, your rich media content " "should work properly." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :220 msgid "How can I change my screen resolution?" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :222 msgid "" "The image on every monitor is composed of millions of little colored dots " "called pixels. Changing the number of pixels displayed on your monitor is " "called ``changing the resolution.'' Increasing the resolution will make the " "displayed images sharper, but will also tend to make them smaller. The " "opposite is true when screen resolution is decreased. Most monitors have a " "``native resolution,'' which is a resolution that most closely matches the " "number of pixels in the monitor. Your display will usually be sharpest when " "your operating system uses a resolution that matches your display's native " "resolution." msgstr "" #. \screenshotTODO{gnome-display-properties screenshot with resolution dropdown open} #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :229 msgid "" "The Ubuntu configuration utility \\textbf{Monitors} allows users to change " "the resolution. Open it by choosing \\menu{System} from the Main Menu, then " "choosing \\menu{Preferences} and then \\menu{Monitors}. The resolution can " "be changed using the drop down list within the program. Picking options " "higher up on the list (for example, those with larger numbers) will increase " "the resolution. \\screenshot{08-display-properties.png}{ss:display-" "properties}{You can change your display settings.}" msgstr "" #. \screenshotTODO{gnome-display-properties screenshot of confirm or revert dialog} #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :234 msgid "" "You can experiment with various resolutions by clicking \\button{Apply} at " "the bottom of the window until you find one that's comfortable for you. " "Typically the highest resolution will be the native resolution. Selecting a " "resolution and clicking \\textbf{Apply} will temporarily change the screen " "resolution to the selected value. A dialog box will also be displayed. It " "allows you to revert to the previous resolution setting or keep the new " "resolution. The dialog box will disappear in 30 seconds, restoring the old " "resolution. \\screenshot{08-display-properties-confirm.png}{ss:08-display-" "properties-confirm}{You can revert back to your old settings if you need " "to.} This feature was implemented to prevent someone from being locked out " "of the computer by a resolution that distorts the monitor and makes it " "unusable. When you have finished setting the screen resolution, click \\" "textbf{Close}." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :241 msgid "Ubuntu is not working properly on my Apple MacBook or MacBook Pro" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :243 msgid "" "When installed on notebook computers from Apple \\dash such as the MacBook " "or MacBook Pro \\dash Ubuntu does not always enable all of the computer's " "built-in components, including the iSight camera and the Airport wireless " "Internet adapter. Luckily, the Ubuntu community offers documentation on " "fixing these and other problems. If you are having trouble installing or " "using Ubuntu on your Apple notebook computer, please follow the instructions " "at \\url{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/MacBook}. You can select the " "appropriate guide after identifying your computer's model number. For " "instructions on doing this, visit the web page above." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :245 msgid "Ubuntu is not working properly on my Asus EeePC" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :248 msgid "" "When installed on netbook computers from Asus \\dash such as the EeePC \\" "dash Ubuntu does not always enable all of the computer's built-in " "components, including the keyboard shortcut keys and the wireless Internet " "adapter. The Ubuntu community offers documentation on fixing these and other " "problems. If you are having trouble installing or using Ubuntu on your Asus " "EeePC, please follow the instructions at \\" "url{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/EeePC}. This documentation page " "contains information pertaining specifically to EeePC netbooks." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :250 msgid "My hardware is not working properly" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex #: :252 msgid "" "Ubuntu occasionally has difficulty running on certain computers, generally " "when hardware manufacturers use non-standard or proprietary components. The " "Ubuntu community offers documentation to help you troubleshoot many issues " "that may arise from this situation, including problems with wireless cards, " "scanners, mice and printers. You can find the complete hardware " "troubleshooting guide on Ubuntu's support wiki, accessible at \\" "url{https://wiki.ubuntu.com/HardwareSupport}. If your hardware problems " "persist, please see \\seclink{sec:troubleshooting:getting-more-help} for " "more troubleshooting options or information on obtaining support or " "assistance from an Ubuntu user." msgstr "" #. Chapter 9 - Josh Holland - first half only #. Josh, I re-wrote a significant portion of the introductory section, which explains open source software (to bring it in line with some comments from Jamin). -- b^2 #. Chapter superedited on Sunday, March 21; ready for writing freeze and general copyediting -- b^2 #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :4 msgid "" "This guide does not cover every possible workflow, task or issue in Ubuntu. " "If you require assistance beyond the information in the manual, you can find " "a variety of support opportunities online. You can access extensive and " "free documentation, buy professional support services, query the community " "for free support or explore technical solutions. More information is " "available here: \\url{http://www.ubuntu.com/support}" msgstr "" #. type: chapter{#2} #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :8 msgid "Learning more" msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :10 msgid "What else can I do with Ubuntu?" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :12 msgid "" "By now, you should be able to use your Ubuntu desktop for all your daily " "activities such as browsing the web and editing documents. But you may be " "interested in learning about other versions of Ubuntu that you can integrate " "into your digital lifestyle. In this chapter, we'll provide you with more " "detail about versions of Ubuntu that are specialized for certain tasks. To " "do this, we'll first discuss the technologies that make Ubuntu a powerful " "collection of software." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :14 msgid "Open Source software" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :16 msgid "" "Ubuntu is open source software. Simply put, open source software is software " "whose source code isn't owned exclusively by any one person, group, or " "organization, but is instead made freely available for download.\\" "marginnote{The \\textbf{source code} of a program is the files that have " "been written to make the program.} This makes Ubuntu different from " "proprietary software which requires users to purchase licenses before they " "are able to use the software on their computers.\\marginnote{\\" "textbf{Proprietary software} is software that cannot be copied, modified, or " "distributed freely.} Microsoft Windows and Adobe Photoshop are examples of " "proprietary software." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :18 msgid "" "Computer users can share and distribute open source software without fear of " "breaking intellectual property laws. They can also modify open source " "software to suit their individual needs, improve it, or translate it into " "other languages. Because open source software is developed by large " "communities of programmers distributed throughout the globe, it benefits " "from rapid development cycles and speedy security releases (in the event " "that someone discovers bugs in the software). In other words, open source " "software is updated, enhanced, and made more secure every day as programmers " "all over the world continue to improve it." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :20 msgid "" "Aside from these technical advantages, open source software also has " "economic benefits. Most open source programs cost nothing to obtain or run. " "Users needn't purchase a license to run Ubuntu, for example." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :22 msgid "" "To learn more about open source software, see the Open Source Initiative's " "open source definition, available at \\" "url{http://www.opensource.org/docs/definition.php}." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :24 msgid "Distribution families" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :26 msgid "" "Ubuntu is one of several popular operating systems based on Linux (an open " "source operating system). While other versions of Linux, or " "``distributions,'' may look different from Ubuntu at first glance, they " "share similar characteristics because of their common roots.\\marginnote{A " "distribution, or ``distro,'' is a operating system made from open source " "programs, bundled together to make them easier to install and use.}" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :28 msgid "" "Linux distributions can be divided into two broad families: the Debian " "family and the Red Hat family. Each family is named for a distribution on " "which subsequent distributions are based. For example, ``Debian'' refers to " "both the name of a distribution as well as the family of distributions " "derived from Debian. Ubuntu is part of the Debian family of distributions, " "as are Linux Mint, Xandros, and Crunchbang Linux. Distributions in the Red " "Hat family include Fedora, OpenSUSE, and Mandriva." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :30 msgid "" "The most significant difference between Debian-based and Red Hat-based " "distributions is the system each uses for installing and updating software. " "These systems are called ``package management systems.''\\marginnote{\\" "textbf{Package management systems} are the means by which users can install, " "remove, and organize software installed on computers with open source " "operating systems like Ubuntu.} Debian software packages are \\acronym{deb} " "files, while Red Hat software packages are \\acronym{rpm} files. For more " "information about package management, see \\chaplink{ch:software-management}." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :32 msgid "" "You will also find distributions that have been specialized for certain " "tasks. Next, we'll describe these versions of Ubuntu and explain the uses " "for which each has been developed." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :34 msgid "Choosing amongst Ubuntu and its derivatives" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :36 msgid "" "Just as Ubuntu is based on Debian, several distributions are subsequently " "based on Ubuntu. Some of these are made for general use, and each differs " "with respect to the software included as part of the distribution. Others " "are designed for specialized uses." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :44 msgid "" "Four derivative distributions are officially recognized and supported by " "both Canonical and the Ubuntu community. These are:" msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :44 msgid "" "\\textbf{Ubuntu Netbook Edition}, which is optimized for netbook computers." msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :44 msgid "" "\\textbf{Kubuntu}, which uses the \\acronym{KDE} graphical environment " "instead of the \\acronym{GNOME} environment found in Ubuntu;" msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :44 msgid "\\textbf{Edubuntu}, which is designed for use in schools; and" msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :44 msgid "" "\\textbf{Ubuntu Server Edition}, which is designed for use on servers, and " "typically is not used as a desktop operating system because it doesn't have " "a graphical interface." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :52 msgid "Four other derivatives of Ubuntu are available. These include:" msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :52 msgid "" "\\textbf{Xubuntu}, which uses the \\acronym{XFCE} graphical environment " "instead of the \\acronym{GNOME} environment found in Ubuntu;" msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :52 msgid "" "\\textbf{Lubuntu}, which uses the \\acronym{LXDE} graphical environment." msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :52 msgid "" "\\textbf{Ubuntu Studio}, which is designed for creating and editing " "multimedia; and" msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :52 msgid "" "\\textbf{Mythbuntu}, which is designed for creating a home theater \\" "acronym{PC} with MythTV (an open source digital video recorder)." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :54 msgid "" "For more information about these derivative distributions, see \\url " "{http://www.ubuntu.com/products/whatisubuntu/derivatives}." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :57 msgid "Ubuntu Netbook Edition" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :59 msgid "" "Ubuntu Netbook Edition is a version of Ubuntu designed specifically for " "netbook computers.\\marginnote{\\textbf{Netbooks} are low-cost, low-power " "notebook computers designed chiefly for accessing the Internet.} It is " "optimized for computing devices with small screens and limited resources " "(like the energy-saving processors and smaller hard disks common among " "netbooks). Ubuntu Netbook Edition sports a unique interface and features a " "collection of software applications particularly useful to on-the-go users." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :61 msgid "" "Because many netbooks do not contain \\acronym{CD-ROM} drives, Ubuntu " "Netbook Edition allows users to install it on their computers using \\" "acronym{USB} flash drives. To learn more about using a flash drive to " "install Ubuntu Netbook Edition on a netbook computer, visit \\" "url{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Installation/FromImgFiles}." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :64 msgid "Ubuntu Server Edition" msgstr "Ubuntus serverudgivelse" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :66 msgid "" "The Ubuntu Server Edition is an operating system optimized to perform multi-" "user tasks when installed on servers.\\marginnote{A \\textbf{server} is a " "computer that's been configured to manage, or ``serve,'' files many people " "wish to access.} Such tasks include file sharing and website or email " "hosting. If you are planning to use a computer to perform tasks like these, " "you may wish to use this specialized server distribution in conjunction with " "server hardware." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :68 msgid "" "This manual does not explain the process of running a secure web server or " "performing other tasks possible with Ubuntu Server Edition. For details on " "using Ubuntu Server Edition, refer to the manual at \\" "url{http://www.ubuntu.com/products/whatisubuntu/serveredition}." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :71 msgid "Ubuntu Studio" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :73 msgid "" "This derivative of Ubuntu is designed specifically for people who use " "computers to create and edit multimedia projects. For instance, it features " "applications to help users manipulate images, compose music, and edit video. " "While users can install these applications on computers running the desktop " "version of Ubuntu, Ubuntu Studio makes them all available immediately upon " "installation." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :75 msgid "" "If you would like to learn more about Ubuntu Studio (or obtain a copy for " "yourself), visit \\url{http://ubuntustudio.org/home}." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :78 msgid "Mythbuntu" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :80 msgid "" "Mythbuntu allows users to turn their computers into entertainment systems. " "It helps users organize and view various types of multimedia content such as " "movies, television shows, and video podcasts. Users with \\acronym{TV} " "tuners in their computers can also use Mythbuntu to record live video and " "television shows." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :82 msgid "" "To learn more about Mythbuntu, visit \\url{http://www.mythbuntu.org/}." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :86 msgid "32-bit or 64-bit?" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :88 msgid "" "As mentioned earlier in this manual, Ubuntu and its derivatives are " "available in two versions: 32-bit and 64-bit. This difference refers to the " "way computers process information. Computers capable of running 64-bit " "software are able to process more information than computers running 32-bit " "software; however, 64-bit systems require more memory in order to do this. " "Nevertheless, these computers gain performance enhancements by running 64-" "bit software." msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :94 msgid "" "Why choose one over another? Pay attention to the version you select in the " "following cases:" msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :94 msgid "" "If your computer is fairly old (made before 2007), then you may want to " "install the 32-bit version of Ubuntu. This is also the case for most " "netbooks." msgstr "" #. type: itemize #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :94 msgid "" "If your computer has more than 4~\\acronym{GB} of memory (\\acronym{RAM}), " "then you may need to install the 64-bit version in order to use all the " "installed memory." msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :96 msgid "Finding additional help and support" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :98 msgid "" "This guide is not intended to be an all-encompassing resource filled with " "everything you'll ever need to know about Ubuntu. Because \\emph{Getting " "Started with Ubuntu 10.04} could never answer all your questions, we " "encourage you to take advantage of Ubuntu's vast community when seeking " "further information, troubleshooting technical issues, or asking questions " "about your computer. Below, we'll discuss a few of these resources \\dash " "located both inside the operating system and on the Internet \\dash so you " "can learn more about Ubuntu or other Linux distributions." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :100 msgid "System help" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :102 msgid "" "If you need additional help when using Ubuntu or its applications, click the " "\\textbf{Help} icon on the top panel, or navigate to \\menu{System \\then " "Help and Support.} Ubuntu's built-in help guide covers a broad range of " "topics in great detail." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :104 msgid "Online Ubuntu help" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :106 msgid "" "The Ubuntu Documentation team has created and maintains a series of wiki " "pages designed to help both new and experienced users learn more about " "Ubuntu. You can access these at \\url{http://help.ubuntu.com}." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :108 msgid "The Ubuntu Forums" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :110 msgid "" "The Ubuntu Forums are the official forums of the Ubuntu community. Millions " "of Ubuntu users use them daily to seek help and support from one another. " "You can create an Ubuntu Forums account in minutes. To create an account and " "learn more about Ubuntu from community members, visit \\" "url{http://ubuntuforums.org}." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :112 msgid "Launchpad Answers" msgstr "Launchpad Answers" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :114 msgid "" "Launchpad, an open source code repository and user community, provides a " "question and answer service that allows anyone to ask questions about any " "Ubuntu-related topic. Signing up for a Launchpad account requires only a few " "minutes. Ask a question by visiting Launchpad at \\" "url{https://answers.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+addquestion}." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :116 msgid "Live Chat" msgstr "Chat" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :118 msgid "" "If you are familiar with Internet relay chat (\\acronym{IRC}), you can use " "chat clients such as \\application{XChat} or \\application{Pidgin} to join " "the channel \\#ubuntu on irc.freenode.net. Here, hundreds of user volunteers " "can answer your questions or offer you support in real time." msgstr "" "Hvis du kender Internet relay chat (\\acronym{IRC}), kan du bruge en klient " "som f.eks. \\application{XChat} eller \\application{Pidgin} til at tilslutte " "dig kanalen \\#ubuntu (engelsk) eller \\#ubuntu-dk (dansk) på " "irc.freenode.net. Her kan hundreder af frivillige svare på dine spørgsmål " "eller yde hjælp direkte." #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :120 msgid "" "\\marginnote{In addition to official Ubuntu and community help, you will " "often find third-party help available on the Internet. While these documents " "can often be great resources, some could be misleading or outdated. It's " "always best to verify information from third-party sources before taking " "their advice.}" msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :122 msgid "LoCo Teams" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :124 msgid "" "Within the Ubuntu community are dozens of local user groups called ``LoCo " "teams.'' Spread throughout the world, these teams offer support and advice, " "answer questions and promote Ubuntu in their communities by hosting regular " "events. To locate and contact the LoCo team nearest you, visit \\" "url{http://loco.ubuntu.com/}." msgstr "" #. type: subsection{#2} #: ./learning-more/learning-more.tex #: :126 msgid "Community Support" msgstr "" #. type: document #: main.tex:40 msgid "" "If you've exhausted all these resources and still can't find answers to your " "questions, visit Community Support at \\" "url{http://www.ubuntu.com/support/CommunitySupport}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: leave this command alone #. type: document #: ./backmatter/license.tex #: :8 msgid "\\LoadLicenseFile" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: do not translate this line #. type: document #: ./backmatter/glossary.tex #: :4 msgid "\\printglossaries" msgstr "" #. Just prints the glossary entries -- add entries in frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex #. type: chapter{#2} #: ./credits/credits.tex #: :3 msgid "Credits" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./credits/credits.tex #: :5 msgid "" "This manual wouldn't have been possible without the efforts and " "contributions from the following people:" msgstr "" "Denne manual ville ikke have været mulig uden indsatsen og bidragene fra " "følgende personer:" #. type: section{#2} #: ./credits/credits.tex #: :7 msgid "Team Leads" msgstr "Gruppeledere" #. type: document #: ./credits/credits.tex #: :20 msgid "" "\\begingroup\\parindent0pt\\parskip0pt\\obeylines{} Benjamin Humphrey\\dash " "Team Lead Kevin Godby\\dash Lead \\TeX{}nician Jamin Day\\dash Head of " "Editing Ilya Haykinson\\dash Authors coordinator Josh Holland\\dash " "Translation maintenance Thorsten Wilms\\dash Design Adnane Belmadiaf\\dash " "Web development Luke Jennings\\dash Quickshot developer Neil Tallim\\dash " "Quickshot developer Simon Vermeersh\\dash Quickshot developer \\endgroup" msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./credits/credits.tex #: :22 msgid "Authors" msgstr "Forfattere" #. type: credits #: ./credits/credits.tex #: :37 msgid "" "Joe Burgess \\item Thomas Cantara \\item Sayantan Das \\item Kelvin Gardiner " "\\item Matt Griffin \\item Ilya Haykinson \\item Wolter Hellmund \\item Josh " "Holland \\item Benjamin Humphrey \\item Luke Jennings \\item Elan Kugelmass " "\\item Ryan Macnish" msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./credits/credits.tex #: :39 msgid "Editors" msgstr "" #. type: credits #: ./credits/credits.tex #: :46 msgid "" "Bryan Behrenshausen \\item Jamin Day \\item Kevin Godby \\item Benjamin " "Humphrey" msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./credits/credits.tex #: :48 msgid "Designers" msgstr "" #. type: credits #: ./credits/credits.tex #: :56 msgid "" "K. Vishnoo Charan Reddy \\item Wolter Hellmund \\item Benjamin Humphrey \\" "item David Nel \\item Thorsten Wilms" msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./credits/credits.tex #: :58 msgid "Developers" msgstr "" #. type: credits #: ./credits/credits.tex #: :66 msgid "" "Adnane Belmadiaf \\item Kevin Godby \\item Luke Jennings \\item Neil Tallim " "\\item Simon Vermeersh" msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./credits/credits.tex #: :68 msgid "Translators" msgstr "" #. type: credits #: ./credits/credits.tex #: :99 msgid "" "Vytautas Bačiulis \\item Dmitry Belonogov \\item Francisco Dieguez \\item " "André Gondim \\item Jiri Grönroos \\item Mohamad Imran Ishak \\item Martin " "Kaba \\item The KanchiLUG Tamil translating team \\item Kentaro Kazuhama \\" "item James Kelly \\item George Kontis \\item Shushi Kurose \\item Martin " "Lukeš \\item Kostas Milonas \\item Anwar Mohammed \\item Abhijit Navale \\" "item Emmanuel Ninos \\item Robert Readman \\item Roth Robert \\item Anmol " "Sarma \\item Daniel Schury \\item Paulius Sladkevicius \\item Pierre Slamich " "\\item Frederik Sudmann \\item Muhd Syazwan \\item Ralph Ulrich \\item John " "Xygonakis \\item \\ldots and many others" msgstr "" #. type: section{#2} #: ./credits/credits.tex #: :101 msgid "Special Thanks" msgstr "Særlig tak" #. type: credits #: ./credits/credits.tex #: :122 msgid "" "Joey-Elijah Alexithymia \\item Jono Bacon \\item Manualbot \\item Chris " "Johnson \\item Elan Kugelmass \\item Elizabeth Krumbach \\item Josh " "Leverette \\item Walter Méndez \\item Martin Owens \\item Tim Penhey \\item " "Andy Piper \\item Alan Pope \\item Matthew Paul Thomas" msgstr "" #. type: document #: ./credits/credits.tex #: :122 msgid "" "\\begingroup\\small\\parskip0pt\\parindent0pt\\obeylines{} The Mozilla " "Firefox Documentation Team The Ubuntu Documentation Team The Ubuntu " "Community Learning Project \\endgroup" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Start here" #~ msgstr "Start her" #~ msgid "About this Manual" #~ msgstr "Om denne manual" #~ msgid "The spirit of Ubuntu" #~ msgstr "Ånden hos Ubuntu" #~ msgid "Linux" #~ msgstr "Linux" #~ msgid "Kubuntu" #~ msgstr "Kubuntu" #~ msgid "Choosing a version" #~ msgstr "Valg af version" #~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different versions that you can choose, which one is " #~ "right for you is up to you to decide:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Der er et antal forskellige versioner som du kan vælge blandt, hvilken der " #~ "er den bedste for dig er dit valg:" #~ msgid "Canonical" #~ msgstr "Canonical"